Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
125-26 RESOLUTION
Page 1 113 West Mountain Street Fayetteville, AR 72701 (479) 575-8323 Resolution: 125-26 File Number: 2026-1541 A RESOLUTION TO APPROVE THE PURCHASE OF A SPARTAN PUMPER TANKER FIRE APPARATUS FROM DELTA FIRE AND SAFETY IN THE AMOUNT OF $1,370,800.00, PURSUANT TO A SOURCEWELL COOPERATIVE PURCHASING CONTRACT, PLUS ANY APPLICABLE SURCHARGES, FREIGHT CHARGES AND DELIVERY FEES UP TO 10% OF THE ORIGINAL PURCHASE PRICE, AND TO APPROVE A BUDGET AMENDMENT NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: Section 1: That the City Council of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas hereby authorizes the purchase of a Spartan Pumper Tanker fire apparatus from Delta Fire and Safety in the amount of $1,370,800.00, pursuant to a Sourcewell cooperative purchasing contract, plus any applicable surcharges, freight charges and delivery fees up to 10% of the original purchase price. Section 2: That the City Council of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas hereby approves a budget amendment, a copy of which is attached to this Resolution. PASSED and APPROVED on May 19, 2026 Approved: _______________________________ Molly Rawn, Mayor Attest: _______________________________ Kara Paxton, City Clerk Treasurer Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Mailing address: 113 W. Mountain Street Fayetteville, AR 72701 www.fayetteville-ar.gov CITY COUNCIL MEMO 2026-1541 MEETING OF MAY 19, 2026 TO: Mayor Rawn and City Council THROUGH: Terry Gulley, Asst Public Works Director - Ops FROM: Ross Jackson, Jr., Fleet Operations Superintendent SUBJECT: Fire Apparatus Replacement through Delta Fire and Safety Inc. RECOMMENDATION: A RESOLUTION TO APPROVE THE PURCHASE OF A SPARTAN PUMPER TANKER FIRE APPARATUS THROUGH DELTA FIRE AND SAFETY IN THE AMOUNT OF $1,370,800.00 PLUS ANY APPLICABLE SURCHARGES, FREIGHT CHARGES AND DELIVERY FEES UP TO 10% OF THE ORIGINAL PURCHASE PRICE PURSUANT TO A SOURCEWELL COOPERATIVE PURCHASING CONTRACT (082025-RVG-4) AND TO APPROVE A BUDGET AMENDMENT. BACKGROUND: Fire apparatus 43 also known as Engine 1, is approximately two years away from forecasted replacement by hours of service and age. DISCUSSION: The Fire Department is seeking to replace unit 43 (FIRE_F018) which is a 2017 Fire Engine on track to obtain over 10 years and 10,000 hours of front line use by the time its replacement arrives. The replacement will be a 2027 Spartan Gladiator Pumper Tanker. It has been recognized that, under certain conditions, portions of the city’s water supply system may be challenged in meeting the demands of large or complex fire incidents. These situations can include heavy fire conditions that exceed available supply in certain areas, as well as circumstances such as infrastructure disruptions, or topographical limitations that can impact water delivery efficiency. In 2021, the Fayetteville Fire Department established a plan to replace select future Engines with Pumper Tankers to enhance our ability to conduct alternative water supply operations when needed, reducing reliance on neighboring departments. This will be the second of three pumper tankers, each carrying 2,250 gallons of water compared to our older Fire Engines that carry 500 gallons. This addition to the fleet will expand the department’s operational flexibility and strengthen our ability to provide effective fire protection across a wider range of scenarios. BUDGET/STAFF IMPACT: The apparatus was originally budgeted at $1,137,000. There is currently a 720-day lead time for this Spartan Apparatus. A budget amendment is attached for your approval. ATTACHMENTS: 3. Staff Review Form, 4. Budget Amendment, 5. Proposal Binder Rev4, 6. Sourcewell Letter Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Mailing address: 113 W. Mountain Street Fayetteville, AR 72701 www.fayetteville-ar.gov Louisiana Emergency, 7. RFW0214 - Multiplex Electronics - 4Y-60K - 2102 - SER, 8. RFW0502 - Body Structure (Aluminum) - 10Y-100K - 2102 - SER, 9. RFW0541 - Body Mounting (Vibra Torq® Mounting System) - 20Y-100K - 2102 - SER, 10. RFW0710 - Paint and Finish (Exterior Clear coated) - 10Y - 2104 - SER, 11. RFW0801 - Plumbing and Piping Corrosion-Free (Stainless Steel) - 10Y-100K - 2102 - SER, 12. 8002-001- Engine_Warranty_Cummins_5_Year_100000_Miles, 13. 8003-197- Warranty_Cab_and_Chassis_2_Year_RFW0102, 14. 8004-033- Cab_Structural_Warranty_10_Year_RFW0602, 15. 8005-001-Transmission_Warranty_Allison_5_Year, 16. 8007-036-Frame_Assembly_Structural_Warranty_50_Year_RFW0305, 17. 8013-156- Cab_Paint_Warranty_PPG_10_Year_RFW0710, 18. 8014-002- Electrical_System_Warranty_2_Year_RFW0202, 19. 8018-006- Emissions_System_Warranty_10_Years_Heavy_HDE_450K_Miles_22K_Hours_RFW0144, 20. 8018A-002- Regulated_Emissions_Warranty_Tires_2_Years_24000_Miles_RFW0145, 21. 8018B-002- Regulated_Emissions_Warranty_Air_Conditioning_5_Years_100000_Miles_RFW0146, 22. 8019-003- Frame_Rail_Corrosion_Warranty_25_Year_RFW0316, 23. 8022-004- Frame_Components_Corrosion_Warranty_3_Year_RFW0315, 24. 8059-003-Front_Axle_Warranty_IFS, 25. 8061-022-Rear_Axle_Warranty_Meritor_2027 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Page 1 City of Fayetteville, Arkansas Legislation Text 113 West Mountain Street Fayetteville, AR 72701 (479) 575-8323 File #: 2026-1541 A RESOLUTION TO APPROVE THE PURCHASE OF A SPARTAN PUMPER TANKER FIRE APPARATUS FROM DELTA FIRE AND SAFETY IN THE AMOUNT OF $1,370,800.00, PURSUANT TO A SOURCEWELL COOPERATIVE PURCHASING CONTRACT, PLUS ANY APPLICABLE SURCHARGES, FREIGHT CHARGES AND DELIVERY FEES UP TO 10% OF THE ORIGINAL PURCHASE PRICE, AND TO APPROVE A BUDGET AMENDMENT NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: Section 1: That the City Council of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas hereby authorizes the purchase of a Spartan Pumper Tanker fire apparatus from Delta Fire and Safety in the amount of $1,370,800.00, pursuant to a Sourcewell cooperative purchasing contract, plus any applicable surcharges, freight charges and delivery fees up to 10% of the original purchase price. Section 2: That the City Council of the City of Fayetteville, Arkansas hereby approves a budget amendment, a copy of which is attached to this Resolution. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville Staff Review Form 2026-1541 Item ID 5/19/2026 City Council Meeting Date - Agenda Item Only N/A for Non-Agenda Item Ross Jackson 4/23/2026 FLEET OPERATIONS (770) Submitted By Submitted Date Division / Department Action Recommendation: A RESOLUTION TO APPROVE THE PURCHASE OF A SPARTAN PUMPER TANKER FIRE APPARATUS THROUGH DELTA FIRE AND SAFETY IN THE AMOUNT OF $1,370,800.00 PLUS ANY APPLICABLE SURCHARGES, FREIGHT CHARGES AND DELIVERY FEES UP TO 10% OF THE ORIGINAL PURCHASE PRICE PURSUANT TO A SOURCEWELL COOPERATIVE PURCHASING CONTRACT (082025-RVG-4) AND TO APPROVE A BUDGET AMENDMENT. Budget Impact: 9700.770.1920-5802.00 Shop Account Number Fund 97001.4470.300 Fleet Replacement Vehicles Project Number Project Title Budgeted Item?Yes Total Amended Budget $1,137,000.00 Expenses (Actual+Encum)$- Available Budget $1,137,000.00 Does item have a direct cost?Yes Item Cost $1,370,800.00 Is a Budget Adjustment attached?Yes Budget Adjustment $233,800.00 Remaining Budget $- V20221130 Purchase Order Number:Previous Ordinance or Resolution # Change Order Number:Approval Date: Original Contract Number: Comments: Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 City of Fayetteville, Arkansas - Budget Amendment/Adjustment (Agenda) Budget Year Division /Org2 FLEET OPERATIONS (770) BA Number 2026 Requestor:Ross Jackson Jr. BUDGET AMENDMENT/ADJUSTMENT DESCRIPTION: A RESOLUTION TO APPROVE THE PURCHASE OF A SPARTAN PUMPER TANKER FIRE APPARATUS THROUGH DELTA FIRE AND SAFETY IN THE AMOUNT OF $1,370,800.00 PLUS ANY APPLICABLE SURCHARGES, FREIGHT CHARGES AND DELIVERY FEES UP TO 10% OF THE ORIGINAL PURCHASE PRICE PURSUANT TO A SOURCEWELL COOPERATIVE PURCHASING CONTRACT (082025- RVG-4) AND TO APPROVE A BUDGET AMENDMENT. (FIRE_F018) COUNCIL DATE:5/19/2026 ITEM ID#:2026-1541 Holly Black 4/29/2026 9:12 AM Budget Division Date TYPE:D - (City Council) JOURNAL #: GLDATE: RESOLUTION/ORDINANCE CHKD/POSTED:/ v.202646TOTAL233,800 233,800 Increase / (Decrease)Project.Sub# Account Number Expense Revenue Project Sub.Detl AT Account NameGLACCOUNTEXPENSEREVENUEPROJECTSUBATDESCRIPTION X 9700.770.1920-5802.00 233,800 - 97001 4470.300 EX Vehicles & Equipment - base 9700.770.1910-4999.99 - 233,800 RE Use Fund Balance - Current - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 of 1 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Spartan Fire, LLC Vendor Contract #082025-RVG-4 Date 4/27/2026 Member Name: City of Fayetteville Member ID #: 34143 Member Address: 303 W. Center Street Member: Fayetteville, AR 72701 We are pleased to offer to you a SPARTAN – GLADIATOR IPS PUMPER TANKER through the Sourcewell® Contract, based on the provided specifications and drawings. $1,577,118.00 $78,856.00 %5.00 MSRP Sourcewell Discount Discount Percentage Total Contract Price w/o Prepay OR Prepayment Discount Prepayment Percentage Total Contract Price with Prepay Discount $1,498,262.00 $127,462.00 %8.507322 $1,370,800.00 Prices above do not include any Federal, State or local taxes. We look forward to providing your agency with an industry leading apparatus. Our legacy of expertise means we build your apparatus from the ground up on a foundation ready to handle your specific response equipment and route needs. We strategically configure your apparatus design to represent the best possible mix of safety, speed, agility, ergonomics, and serviceability. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Spartan Fire, LLC April 27th, 2026 FAYETTEVILLE FIRE DEPARTMENT Attached Proposal for: New Pumper Tanker Apparatus Delta Fire & Safety is pleased to provide the following proposal to Fayetteville Fire Department. The attached specifications as per Sourcewell Contract. Apparatus will comply with all specifications attached to this proposal. The proposal price includes preconstruction and final inspection for (5) department personnel, apparatus training for (4) consecutive days, performance bond, and delivery. Description: (1) 2027 SPARTAN IPS PUMPER TANKER Proposal Price: $1,370,800.00 (Prepayment at Contract Signing) Build Days:720 As the authorized representative of the FAYETTEVILLE FIRE DEPARTMENT (AR), I_______________________________________ agree to purchase the proposed items and accept the terms and specifications attached. ______________________________________ Signature __________________________ Title _______________ Date Molly Rawn Mayor 5/19/2026 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 97.00 70.00 70.00 HB 54.00 99.00 43.00 HB 25.00 199.50 WB [16'-7.50"] 420.00 OL [35'] 109.50 109.50 139.50 CA 9.00 46.50 46.50 219.00 56.75 56.75 106.00 AE 74.00 W 60.0077.1021.00 120.00 C/L8° KUSSMAUL AUTO EJECT KE DRIVER INTAKE 4" DISCHARGE OFFICER DISCHARGE RIGHT SIDE INTAKE PUMP INTAKE PUMP DISCHARGE PANEL LIGHTSAIR HORN PUSH TO PRIME TRIDENT KUSSMAUL AIR EJECT KE 126.00 10° PUMP SHIFT MANUAL OVERRIDE CLOSEOPEN CLOSEOPEN INCONTROL SILENCE MENU IDLE PRESET PRESSURE rpm DEC INC frc PUMP DISCHARGE PUMP INTAKE THROTTLE READY CHECKENGINE STOPENGINE TANKVISION CAL FRC 50% 0% 100% 75% 25% 9A T E R PUMP COOLERPASSENGER INTAKE BLEEDER DRIVER INTAKE BLEEDER HOSE REEL BLOWOUT Scale: NOT TO SCALE Customer: Truck Number: Dealer: Rev Date Description Name Chassis:Spartan Gladiator EMFD 10RR Engine: Transmission: Axles: Model: Water/Foam: Pump: Foam System: 0 07/01/25 Initial Proposal Door Framed Openings Cummins X15 605hp Allison 4000 EVS Star Tanker 2250 / 0 Gallons Waterous CXS 1250gpm - 23,000# Front / 44,000# Rear Special Notes: Fayetteville Fire Department Generator: 000000 PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF SPARTAN EMERGENCY RESPONSE. ANY REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS A WHOLE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SPARTAN EMERGENCY RESPONSE IS PROHIBITED. SPARTAN FIRE, LLC. D/B/A SPARTAN EMERGENCY RESPONSE. CUSTOMER THIS DRAWING IS A CLOSE APPROXIMATION OF YOUR FIRE APPARATUS. IN ALL CASES WHERE THE DRAWING AND THE WRITTEN SPECIFICATION DIFFER, THE SPECIFICATION SHALL PREVAIL. PLEASE WORK WITH YOUR DEALER TO ASSURE THAT THE WRITTEN SPECIFICATION REPRESENTS WHAT YOU WANT IN YOUR FINISHED PRODUCT. SPARTAN EMERGENCY RESPONSE BUILDS TO THE WRITTEN SPECIFICATION, NOT THE DRAWING TO ASSURE THAT YOUR NEEDS ARE MET. Pump panel layout is reference only for quote, location of components will change as required for Design and customer inputs post preconstruction Compartment L1 L2 Door Framed Opening R1 R2 L3 L4 46.5-W x 65.0-H 56.75-W x 31.0-H 46.5-W x 65.0-H - 56.75-W x 31.0-H R.H. R3 R4 46.5-W x 42.5-H 56.75-W x 13.0-H 46.5-W x 42.5-H 56.75-W x 13.0-H Louisiana Emergency Equipment 1 07/10/25 New Files R.H. 2 08/01/25 New Files R.H. 3 12/16/25 New Files B.H. 4 02/23/26 New Files B.H. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 CHASSIS SPECIFICATIONS MODEL The chassis shall be a Gladiator model. The cab and chassis shall include design considerations for multiple emergency vehicle applications, rapid transit and maneuverability. The chassis shall be manufactured for heavy duty service with the strength and capacity to support a fully laden apparatus, one hundred (100) percent of the time. MODEL YEAR The chassis shall have a vehicle identification number that reflects a 2027 model year. COUNTRY OF SERVICE The chassis shall be put in service in the country of United States of America (USA). The chassis will meet applicable U.S.A. federal motor vehicle safety standards per CFR Title 49 Chapter V Part 571 as clarified in the incomplete vehicle book per CFR Title 49 Chapter V Part 568 Section 4 which accompanies each chassis. The chassis manufacturer is not responsible for compliance to state, regional, or local regulations. Dealers should identify those regulations and order any necessary optional equipment from the chassis manufacturer or their OEM needed to be in compliance with those regulations. CAB AND CHASSIS LABELING LANGUAGE The cab and chassis shall include the applicable caution, warning, and safety notice labels with text to be written in English. All applicable caution, warning, and safety notice labels shall be Innovative Controls brand. Where applicable to the location within the specific layout and label package of the cab and chassis, the labels shall include decorative Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 chrome bezels. Designs shall include bezels that fit individual labels or packaged configurations of labels in certain common locations. APPARATUS TYPE The apparatus shall be a pumper vehicle designed for emergency service use which shall be equipped with a permanently mounted fire pump which has a minimum rated capacity of 750 gallons per minute (3000 L/min). The apparatus shall include a water tank and hose body whose primary purpose is to combat structural and associated fires. VEHICLE TYPE The chassis shall be manufactured for use as a straight truck type vehicle and designed for the installation of a permanently mounted apparatus behind the cab. The apparatus of the vehicle shall be supplied and installed by the apparatus manufacturer. VEHICLE ANGLE OF APPROACH PACKAGE The angle of approach of the apparatus shall be a minimum of 8.00 degrees. NFPA1901 Angle of Approach definition: “To determine the angle of approach, place a thin steel strip against the front of the tires where they touch the ground or stretch a tight string from one front tire to the other at the front where they touch the ground. Determine the lowest point (component or equipment) on the vehicle forward of the front tire that would make the smallest angle of approach. Hang a plumb bob from the lowest point and mark the point on the ground where the point of the plumb bob touches. Measure the vertical distance from the ground to the point where the plumb bob was hung (distance V). Measure the horizontal distance from the plumb bob point to the steel strip or string running from front tire to front tire (distance H). Divide the vertical distance by the horizontal distance. The ratio of V/H is the tangent of the angle of approach. If the ratio is known, the angle of approach can be determined from a table of trigonometric functions of angles or from a math calculator. The standard requires a minimum angle of approach of 8.00 degrees: since the tangent of 8.00 degrees is 0.1405, if V divided by H is 0.1405 or larger, the angle of approach is 8.00 degrees or greater.” AXLE CONFIGURATION Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The chassis shall feature a 6 x 4 axle configuration consisting of a tandem rear drive axle set with a single front steer axle. GROSS AXLE WEIGHT RATINGS FRONT The front gross axle weight rating (GAWR) of the chassis shall be 23,000 pounds. This front gross axle weight rating shall be adequate to carry the weight of the completed apparatus including all equipment and personnel. GROSS AXLE WEIGHT RATINGS REAR The rear gross axle weight rating (GAWR) of the chassis shall be 44,000 pounds. This rear gross axle weight rating shall be adequate to carry the weight of the completed apparatus including all equipment and personnel. PUMP PROVISION The chassis shall include provisions to mount a drive line pump in the middle of the chassis, behind the cab, more commonly known as the midship location. Chassis driveline pump provisions shall include an interlock feature for automatic setting of the park brake when the vehicle is shifted into pump mode while the transmission is in neutral and the transmission output speed translates to less than 1 mph. When the conditions are met the driver side parking brake valve shall activate. Once shifted to road mode the condition for electric automatic brake engagement is no longer present and the driver’s parking brake control valve shall function normally. WATER & FOAM TANK CAPACITY The chassis shall include a carrying capacity of 2201 gallons (8331 liters) to 3000 gallons (11,356 liters). The water and/or foam tank(s) shall be supplied and installed by the apparatus manufacturer. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 WARRANTY Purchaser shall receive a Custom Chassis Two (2) Years or 36,000 Miles limited warranty in accordance with, and subject to, warranty certificate RFW0102. The warranty certificate is incorporated by reference into this proposal, and included with this proposal or available upon request. CAB STYLE The cab shall be a custom, fully enclosed, EMFD model with a 10.00 inch raised roof over the driver, officer, and crew area, designed and built specifically for use as an emergency response vehicle by a company specializing in cab and chassis design for all emergency response applications. The cab shall be designed for heavy-duty service utilizing superior strength and capacity for the application of protecting the occupants of the vehicle. This style of cab shall offer up to eight (8) seating positions. The cab shall incorporate a fully enclosed design with side wall roof supports, allowing for a spacious cab area with no partition between the front and rear sections of the cab. To provide a superior finish by reducing welds that fatigue cab metal; the roof, the rear wall and side wall panels shall be assembled using a combination of welds and proven industrial adhesives designed specifically for aluminum fabrication for construction. The cab shall be constructed using multiple aluminum extrusions in conjunction with aluminum plate, which shall provide proven strength and the truest, flattest body surfaces ensuring less expensive paint repairs if needed. All aluminum welding shall be completed to the American Welding Society and ANSI D1.2-96 requirements for structural welding of aluminum. All interior and exterior seams shall be sealed for optimum noise reduction and to provide the most favorable efficiency for heating and cooling retention. The cab shall be constructed of 5052-H32 corrosion resistant aluminum plate. The cab shall incorporate tongue and groove fitted 6061-T6 0.13 & 0.19 inch thick aluminum Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 extrusions for extreme duty situations. A single formed, one (1) piece extrusion shall be used for the “A” pillar, adding strength and rigidity to the cab as well as additional roll-over protection. The cab side walls and lower roof skin shall be 0.13 inch thick; the rear wall and raised roof skins shall be 0.09 inch thick; the front cab structure shall be 0.19 inch thick. The exterior width of the cab shall be 99.40 inches wide with a minimum interior width of 91.00 inches. The overall cab length shall be 137.10 inches with 60.00 inches from the centerline of the front of the axle to the back of the cab. The cab interior shall be designed to afford the maximum usable interior space and attention to ergonomics with hip and legroom while seated which exceeds industry standards. The crew cab floor shall be flat across the entire walking area for ease of movement inside the cab. The cab shall offer an interior height of 57.50 inches from the front floor to the headliner and a rear floor to headliner height of 65.00 inches in the raised roof area, at a minimum. The cab shall offer an interior measurement at the floor level from the rear of the engine tunnel to the rear wall of the cab of 55.88 inches. All interior measurements shall include the area within the interior trimmed surfaces and not to any unfinished surface. The cab shall include a driver and officer area with two (2) cab doors large enough for personnel in full firefighting gear. The front doors shall offer a clear opening of 40.25 inches wide X 53.50 inches high, from the cab floor to the top of the door opening. The cab shall also include a crew area with up to two (2) cab doors, also large enough for personnel in full firefighting gear. The rear doors shall offer a clear opening of 32.25 inches wide X 61.00 inches high, from the cab floor to the top of the door opening. The cab shall incorporate a progressive two (2) step configuration from the ground to the cab floor at each door opening. The progressive steps are vertically staggered and extend the full width of each step well allowing personnel in full firefighting gear to enter and exit the cab easily and safely. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The first step for the driver and officer area shall measure approximately 11.50 inches deep X 31.13 inches wide. The intermediate step shall measure approximately 8.50 inches deep X 32.50 inches wide. The height from the first step to the intermediate step and the intermediate step to the cab floor shall not exceed 11.00 inches. The first step for the crew area shall measure approximately 11.50 inches deep X 20.44 inches wide. The intermediate step shall measure approximately 10.25 inches deep X 22.75 inches wide. The height from the first step to the intermediate step and the intermediate step to the cab floor shall not exceed 12.80 inches. OCCUPANT PROTECTION An IMMI 4Front® occupant protection system shall be installed in the vehicle’s cab. The system shall inflate up to three (3) air bags in the following locations as applicable by customer specification: Steering wheel air bag to protect the head and neck of the driver Knee bolster air bag to protect the driver’s legs Knee bolster air bag to protect the officer’s legs The air bags shall use a combination of high-pressure stored argon and oxygen with a pyrotechnic charge for initiation to inflate the bags remain inflated for several seconds. The system shall be connected to the crash detection sensor that will also activate the driver and first officer integrated belt pretensioners if it detects a frontal crash. A RollTek ™ rollover occupant protection system shall be installed in the apparatus cab. The system shall include an integrated roll sensor (IRS). The IRS shall be a microprocessor-controlled solid-state sensing device that utilizes vehicle-specific calibrations to detect rollovers. The IRS shall be equipped with pyrotechnic loops for connection to the protective countermeasures which shall include seat integrated side roll airbags (SRA), integrated seat belt pretensioners, and air seat pull- downs (S4S), in applicable occupant seat positions. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The IRS shall continuously monitor the truck`s acceleration and angle, and upon detection of an imminent roll-over, shall activate protective countermeasures in a pre-programmed sequence. In addition, the IRS shall also act as a data recorder to record crash events for post-crash evaluation. CAB FRONT FASCIA The front cab fascia shall be constructed of 5052-H32 Marine Grade, 0.13 of an inch thick aluminum plate which shall be an integral part of the cab. The cab fascia will encompass the entire front of the aluminum cab structure from the bottom of the windshield to the bottom of the cab and shall be the “Classic” design. The front cab fascia shall include two (2) molded plastic modules on each side accommodating a total of up to four (4) Hi/Low beam headlights and two (2) turn signal lights or up to four (4) warning lights. A chrome plated molded plastic bezel shall be provided on each side around each set of four lamps. FRONT GRILLE The front cab fascia shall include a classic box style, 304 stainless steel front grille. The grille shall measure 55.45 wide X 33.50 inches high X 1.50 inches deep. The upper portion of the grille shall be hinged to provide service access behind the grille. The grille shall include a minimum free air intake of 750.00 square inches. CAB UNDERCOAT There shall be undercoating applied to the underside of the cab which provides an abrasion resistant coating for protection against corrosion caused by moisture, salt, alkalis and galvanic reaction. CAB SIDE DRIP RAIL Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 There shall be a drip rail along the top radius of each cab side. The drip rails shall help prevent water from the cab roof running down the cab side. CAB PAINT EXTERIOR The cab exterior shall be painted a single color per customers specified paint color following the RFG-SR-001 paint standards. CAB PAINT PROCESS/MANUFACTURER The cab shall be painted with PPG Industries paint prior to the installation of glass accessories and all other cab trim to ensure complete paint coverage and the maximum in corrosion protection of all metal surfaces. All metal surfaces on the cab shall be mechanically etched by sanding disc to remove any surface oxidation or surface debris which may hinder the paint adhesion. Once all imperfections on the exterior surfaces are removed and sanded smooth, body fillers shall be applied to the cab on all surfaces that require a critically aesthetic finish and sanded smooth. The entire cab shall then be coated with a high quality base primer that is designed to fill any minor surface defects, provide an adhesive bond between the primer and the paint and improve the color and gloss retention of the color. The finish to this procedure shall be sanding the cab to a smooth finish followed by sealing the seams with an automotive seam sealer. The minimum thickness of the primer coat after sanding shall be 2.50 mils with a maximum thickness of 5.00 mils. The cab shall then be painted the specific color(s) designated by the customer with an acrylic urethane type system designed to retain color and resist acid rain and most atmospheric chemicals found on an emergency scene. The paint shall have a minimum thickness of 1.00 mils with a maximum of 4 mills, followed by a clear top coat with a minimum of 2.5 mils and a maximum of 3.5 mils. The entire cab shall then be baked to speed the curing process of the coatings. CAB PAINT PRIMARY/LOWER COLOR Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The primary/lower paint color shall be PPG FBCH 911659 Red. CAB PAINT WARRANTY Purchaser shall receive a Paint and Finish (Exterior Clear coated) Ten (10) Years limited warranty in accordance with, and subject to, warranty certificate RFW0710. The warranty certificate is incorporated by reference into this proposal, and included with this proposal or available upon request. CAB PAINT INTERIOR The visible interior cab structure surfaces shall feature a medium gray spray on bedliner coating which shall mold to each surface of the cab interior. The bedliner shall be environmentally friendly and chemically resistant. CAB ENTRY DOORS The cab shall include four (4) entry doors, two (2) front doors and two (2) crew doors designed for ease of entering and egress when outfitted with an SCBA. The doors shall be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal thickness of 0.13 inch. The exterior skins shall be constructed of 0.13 inch aluminum plate. The doors shall include a double rolled style automotive rubber seal around the perimeter of each door frame and door edge which ensures a weather tight fit. All door hinges shall be hidden within flush mounted cab doors for a pleasing smooth appearance and perfect fit along each side of the cab. Each door hinge shall be piano style with a 0.38 inch pin and shall be constructed of stainless steel. CAB ENTRY DOOR TYPE All cab entry doors shall be barrier clear design resulting in exposed lower cab steps. The doors shall provide approximately 32.00 inches of clearance from the ground to the bottom Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 of the door so cab doors may be opened un-hindered by most obstacles encountered, such as guard rails along interstate highways. Entry doors shall include Pollak mechanical plunger style switches for electrical component activation. CAB INSULATION The cab ceiling and walls shall include a nonwoven polyester fiber insulation. The insulation shall act as a barrier absorbing noise as well as assisting in sustaining the desired climate within the cab interior. CAB STRUCTURAL WARRANTY Purchaser shall receive a Cab Structure (Aluminum) Ten (10) Years or 100,000 Miles limited warranty in accordance with, and subject to, warranty certificate RFW0602. The warranty certificate is incorporated by reference into this proposal, and included with this proposal or available upon request. CAB TEST INFORMATION The cab shall have successfully completed the preload side impact, static roof load application and frontal impact without encroachment to the occupant survival space when tested in accordance with Section 4 of SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks, Section 5 of SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation Quasi –Static Loading Heavy Trucks and ECE R29 Uniform Provisions Concerning the Approval of Vehicles with regard to the Protection of the Occupants of the Cab of a Commercial Vehicles Annex 3 Paragraph 5. The above tests have been witnessed by and attested to by an independent third party. The test results were recorded using cameras, high speed imagers, accelerometers and strain gauges. Documentation of the testing shall be provided upon request. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The chassis shall include a single starting electrical system which shall include a 12 volt direct current multiplexing system, suppressed per SAE J551. The wiring shall be appropriate gauge cross link with 311 degree Fahrenheit insulation. All SAE wires in the chassis shall be color coded and shall include the circuit number and function where possible. The wiring shall be protected by 275 degree Fahrenheit minimum high temperature flame retardant loom. All nodes and sealed Deutsch connectors shall be waterproof. MULTIPLEX DISPLAY The multiplex electrical system shall include two (2) FRC OmniPlex S-Core 10-inch Touchscreen displays which shall be located one (1) on the left side dash in the switch panel and one (1) on the right side of the dash in the switch panel. The Touchscreen displays shall feature full color LCD display screens. LOAD MANAGEMENT SYSTEM The apparatus load management shall be performed by the included multiplex system. The multiplex system shall also feature the priority of sequences and shall shed electrical loads based on the priority list specifically programmed. DATA RECORDING SYSTEM The chassis shall have a Vehicle Data Recorder (VDR) system installed. The system shall be designed to meet NFPA 1901 and shall be integrated with the ControlMaxx Multiplex electrical system. The following information shall be recorded: • Vehicle Speed • Acceleration • Deceleration • Engine Speed • Engine Throttle Position Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 • ABS Event • Seat Occupied Status • Seat Belt Status • Master Optical Warning Device Switch Position • Time • Date Each portion of the data shall be recorded at the specified intervals and stored for the specified length of time to meet NFPA 1901 guidelines and shall be retrievable by connecting a laptop computer to the VDR system. The laptop connection shall be a panel mounted female type C USB connection point, mounted in dash. ACCESSORY POWER The electrical distribution panel shall include two (2) power studs. The studs shall be size #10 and each of the power studs shall be circuit protected with a fuse of the specified amperage. One (1) power stud shall be capable of carrying up to a 40-amp battery direct load. One (1) power stud shall be capable of carrying up to a 15-amp ignition switched load. The two (2) power studs shall share one (1) #10 ground stud. The Master power distribution box (MPD) shall include four (4) fuses. The battery direct bus bar shall include one (1) 300-amp fuse labeled E-PUMP and one (1) 300-amp fuse labeled PUMP PRIMER. The master power bus bar shall include one (1) 200-amp fuse labeled PUMP MASTER and one (1) 300-amp fuse labeled BODY MASTER. Each bus bar stud is size 5/16”. AUXILIARY ACCESSORY POWER An auxiliary set of power and ground studs shall be provided and installed in the officer side under seat storage compartment. The power and ground studs shall be circuit protected with a 40 amp breaker. The studs shall be 0.38 inch diameter and be capable of carrying up to a 40 amp load switched with the ignition switch. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 EXTERIOR ELECTRICAL TERMINAL COATING All terminals exposed to the elements will be sprayed with a high visibility protective rubberized coating to prevent corrosion. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WARRANTY Purchaser shall receive an Electrical System Two (2) Years or 36,000 Miles limited warranty in accordance with, and subject to, warranty certificate RFW0202. The warranty certificate is incorporated by reference into this proposal, and included with this proposal or available upon request. ENGINE The chassis engine shall be a Cummins heavy heavy duty (HHD) certified X15 engine. The X15 engine shall be an in-line six (6) cylinder, four-cycle diesel-powered engine. The engine shall offer a rating of 605 horsepower at 1800 RPM and shall be governed at 2100 RPM. The torque rating shall feature 1850-foot pounds of torque at 1000 RPM with 912 cubic inches (14.9 liter) of displacement. The engine shall feature a VGT ™ Turbocharger, a high-pressure common rail fuel system, fully integrated electronic controls with an electronic governor, and shall be EPA certified to meet the 2027 emissions standards. A wiring harness shall be supplied ending at the back of the cab. The harness shall include a connector which shall allow an optional harness for the pump panel. The included circuits shall be provided for a tachometer, oil pressure, engine temperature, hand throttle, high idle and a PSG system. A circuit for J1939 data link shall also be provided at the back of the cab. Until the 2027 EPA engine integration is finalized, option availability and body design relative to engine and aftertreatment are subject to change. Additional costs associated with the 2027 EPA engine will be passed on to the end user. No exceptions. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 CAB ENGINE TUNNEL The cab interior shall include an integrated engine tunnel constructed of 5052-H32 Marine Grade 0.19 of an inch thick aluminum alloy plate. The tunnel shall be a maximum of 46.50 inches wide X 29.00 inches high. DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER CONTROLS There shall be two (2) controls for the diesel particulate filter. One (1) control shall be for regeneration and one (1) control shall be for regeneration inhibit. The controls shall be located on the digital dash display. ENGINE PROGRAMMING HIGH IDLE SPEED The engine high idle control shall maintain the engine idle at approximately 1250 RPM when engaged. ENGINE HIGH IDLE CONTROL The vehicle shall be equipped with an automatic high-idle speed control which shall be pre-set to operate the engine at a specified RPM to increase alternator output if the system voltage drops to 12.5 volts. This device shall automatically operate only when the engine is running, the transmission is in neutral, and with the parking brake set. The automatic high idle will stay engaged for a minimum of ten (10) minutes and until the system, voltage has reached 13.0 volts. Application of the service brake will override the automatic high idle and reset timer. The vehicle shall be equipped with a high-idle speed virtual button on the vehicle display and control screen to activate/deactivate manual control only. It shall be pre-set so when activated, it will operate the engine at the specified RPM to increase alternator output. This device shall operate only when the engine is running, the transmission is in neutral, and with the parking brake set. When automatically engaged the high idle shall disengage when the operator depresses the brake pedal, or the transmission is placed in gear, and shall be available to manually or automatically re-engage when the brake pedal is released, or when the transmission is placed in neutral. Virtual control Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 screen shall not override automatic high idle between voltage parameters during timed cycle. Display shall indicate when high idle is disabled, enabled, or active. ENGINE PROGRAMMING ROAD SPEED GOVERNOR The engine shall include programming which will govern the top speed of the vehicle. AUXILIARY ENGINE BRAKE A compression brake, for the six (6) cylinder engine shall be provided. A cutout relay shall be installed to disable the compression brake when in pump mode or when an ABS event occurs. The engine compression brake shall activate upon 0% accelerator when in operation mode and actuate the vehicle’s brake lights. The engine shall utilize a variable geometry turbo (VGT) as an integrated auxiliary engine brake to offer a variable rate of exhaust flow, which when activated in conjunction with the compression brake shall enhance the engine's compression braking capabilities. AUXILIARY ENGINE BRAKE CONTROL An engine compression brake control device shall be included. The electronic control device shall monitor various conditions and shall activate the engine brake only if all of the following conditions are simultaneously detected: A valid gear ratio is detected. The driver has requested or enabled engine compression brake operation. The throttle is at a minimum engine speed position. The electronic controller is not presently attempting to execute an electronically controlled final drive gear shift. The compression brake shall be controlled via an off/low/high virtual button through the vehicle display and control screen. The system shall remember and default to the last engine brake control setting when the vehicle is shut off and re-started. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 ELECTRONIC ENGINE OIL LEVEL INDICATOR The engine oil shall be monitored electronically and shall send a signal to activate a warning in the instrument panel when levels fall below normal. The warning shall activate in a low oil situation upon turning on the master battery and ignition switches without the engine running. FLUID FILLS The front of the chassis shall accommodate fluid fill for the engine oil through the grille. This area shall also accommodate a check for the engine oil. The transmission, power steering, and coolant fluid fills and checks shall be under the cab. The windshield washer fill shall be accessible through the front left side mid step. ENGINE DRAIN PLUG The engine shall include an original equipment manufacturer installed oil drain plug. ENGINE WARRANTY The Cummins engine shall be warranted for a period of five (5) years or 100,000 miles, whichever occurs first. REMOTE THROTTLE HARNESS An apparatus interface wiring harness for the engine and transmission pump interlocks shall be supplied with the chassis. The harness shall include a connector for connection to a chassis pump panel harness supplied by the body builder and shall terminate in the left frame rail behind the cab for connection by the body builder. The harness shall include circuits deemed for a pump panel and shall contain circuits for a hand throttle, and a multiplexed gauge. Separate circuits shall also be included for a pump control switch, “Pump Engaged” and “OK to Pump” indicator lights, open compartment ground, start signal, park brake ground, ignition signal, master power, clean power, customer ignition, air horn solenoid switch, high idle switch and high idle indicator light. The harness shall contain interlocks that will prevent shifting to road or pump mode unless the transmission Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 output speed translates to less than 1 mph and the transmission is in neutral. The shift to pump mode shall also require the park brake be set. ENGINE PROGRAMMING REMOTE THROTTLE The engine ECM (Electronic Control Module) discreet wire remote throttle circuit shall be turned off for use with a J1939 based pump controller or when the discreet wire remote throttle controls are not required. ENGINE PROGRAMMING IDLE SPEED The engine low idle speed will be programmed at 700 rpm. ENGINE AIR INTAKE The engine air intake system shall include an ember separator. This ember separator shall be designed to protect the downstream air filter from embers using a combination of unique flat and crimped metal screens packaged in a heavy duty galvanized steel frame. This multilayered screen shall trap embers and allow them to burn out before passing through the pack. The engine air intake system shall also include an air cleaner mounted above the radiator. This air cleaner shall utilize a replaceable dry type filter element designed to prevent dust and debris from being ingested into the engine. A service cover shall be provided on the housing, reducing the chance of contaminating the air intake system during air filter service. The air intake system shall include a restriction indicator light in the warning light cluster on the instrument panel, which shall activate when the air cleaner element requires replacement. ENGINE FAN DRIVE Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The engine cooling system fan shall incorporate a thermostatically controlled, Horton fully variable type fan drive with SmartClutch J-1939 CAN controller. The variable speed fan clutch only engages at the amount needed for proper cooling to facilitate improved vehicle performance, cab heating in cold climates, and fuel economy. The fan clutch design shall be fail-safe so that if the clutch drive fails the fan shall engage to prevent engine overheating due to the fan clutch failure. The fan speed shall include a J- 1939 CAN clutch controller to receive signal from the engine control module to activate at variable rates of speed. Variable speeds shall be set through thermostatic and engine speed signals to run as efficiently and quietly as required to maintain temperature. ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM There shall be a heavy-duty aluminum cooling system designed to meet the demands of the emergency response industry. The cooling system shall have the capacity to keep the engine properly cooled under all conditions of road and pumping operations. The cooling system shall be designed and tested to meet or exceed the requirements specified by the engine and transmission manufacturer and all EPA requirements. The complete cooling system shall be mounted to isolate the entire system from vibration or stress. The individual cores of the cooling system shall be mounted in a manner to allow expansion and contraction at various rates without inducing stress into the adjoining cores. The cooling system shall be comprised of a charge air cooler to radiator serial flow package that provides the maximum cooling capacity for the specified engine as well as serviceability. The main components shall include a surge tank, a charge air cooler bolted to the front of the radiator, recirculation shields, a shroud, a fan, and required tubing. The radiator shall be a down-flow design constructed with aluminum cores, plastic end tanks, and a steel frame. The radiator shall be equipped with a drain cock to drain the coolant for serviceability. The cooling system shall include a one piece injected molded polymer fan with a three (3) piece fiberglass fan shroud. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The cooling system shall be equipped with a surge tank that is capable of removing entrained air from the system. The surge tank shall be equipped with a low coolant probe and rearward oriented sight glass to observe coolant in the system. A cold fill and observation line shall be included within the frame mounted translucent recovery bottle to monitor the level of the coolant. The surge tank shall have a dual seal cap that meets the engine manufacturer's pressure requirements and allows for expansion and recovery of coolant into a separate integral expansion chamber. All radiator tubes shall be formed from aluminized steel tubing. Recirculation shields shall be installed where required to prevent heated air from reentering the cooling package and affecting performance. The charge air cooler shall be a cross-flow design constructed completely of aluminum with cast tanks. All charge air cooler tubes shall be formed from aluminized steel tubing and installed with silicone hump hoses and stainless steel “constant torque” style clamps meeting the engine manufacturer's requirements. The radiator and charge air cooler shall be removable through the bottom of the chassis. ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM PROTECTION The engine cooling system shall include a recirculation shield designed to act as a light duty skid plate below the radiator to provide additional protection for the engine cooling system from light impacts, stones, and road debris. The skid plate shall be painted to match the frame components. ENGINE COOLANT The cooling package shall include Extended Life Coolant (ELC). The use of ELC provides longer intervals between coolant changes over standard coolants providing improved performance. The coolant shall contain a 50/50 mix of ethylene glycol and de-ionized water to keep the coolant from freezing to a temperature of -34 degrees Fahrenheit. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Proposals offering supplemental coolant additives (SCA) shall not be considered, as this is part of the extended life coolant makeup. ELECTRONIC COOLANT LEVEL INDICATOR The instrument panel shall feature a low engine coolant indicator light which shall be located in the center of the instrument panel. An audible tone alarm shall also be provided to warn of a low coolant incident. COOLANT HOSES The cooling systems hose shall be formed silicone hose and formed aluminized steel tubing and include stainless steel constant torque band clamps. ENGINE COOLANT OVERFLOW BOTTLE A remote engine coolant overflow expansion bottle shall be provided in the case of over filling the coolant system. The overflow bottle shall capture the expansion fluid or overfill rather than allow the fluid to drain on the ground. ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM The exhaust system shall include dual module after treatment device, and downpipe from the charge air cooled turbo. The dual module shall include a diesel particulate filter (DPF), urea dosing module (UL2), and a selective catalytic reduction (SCR) catalyst to meet current EPA standards. The system shall utilize 0.07 inch thick stainless steel exhaust tubing between the engine turbo and the DPF. Zero leak clamps seal all system joints between the turbo and DPF. The DPF, the decomposition tube, and the SCR canister through the end of the tailpipe shall be connected with zero leak clamps. The discharge shall terminate horizontally on the right side of the vehicle ahead of the rear tires. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The exhaust system shall be mounted under the frame with the DPF and the SCR canisters mounted horizontally and stacked with the SCR below the DPF in a switchback configuration. Disclaimer - Until the 2027 EPA engine integration is finalized, available options and body design specifications related to the engine and aftertreatment system are subject to change. This may include, but is not limited to, wheelbase dimensions, centerline of suction for pumps, and pump configurations. Any additional costs resulting from the 2027 EPA engine requirements will be passed on to the end user - No exceptions. DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK The exhaust system shall include a molded cross linked polyethylene tank for Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF). The tank shall have a capacity of five (5) usable gallons and shall be mounted on the left-hand side of the chassis frame behind the rear crew door entry steps. The DEF tank shall be designed with capacity for expansion in case of fluid freezing. Engine coolant, which shall be thermostatically controlled, shall run through lines in the tank to help prevent the DEF from freezing and to provide a means of thawing the fluid if it should become frozen. The tank fill tube shall be routed under the rear of the cab with the fill neck and splash guard accessible in the top rear step. ENGINE EXHAUST ACCESSORIES An exhaust temperature mitigation device shall be shipped loose for installation by the body manufacturer on the vehicle. The temperature mitigation device shall lower the temperature of the exhaust by combining ambient air with the exhaust gasses at the exhaust outlet. ENGINE EXHAUST WRAP Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The exhaust tubing between the engine turbo and the diesel particulate filter (DPF) shall be wrapped with a thermal cover in order to retain the necessary heat for DPF regeneration. The exhaust wrap shall also help protect surrounding components from radiant heat which can be transferred from the exhaust. The exhaust flex joint shall not include the thermal exhaust wrap. EMISSIONS SYSTEMS WARRANTY Purchaser shall receive a Regulated Emissions Systems ten (10) years, or 450,000 miles, or 22,000 engine hours limited warranty for heavy heavy-duty engines in accordance with, and subject to, warranty certificate RFW0144. The warranty certificate is incorporated by reference into this proposal and included with this proposal or available upon request. REGULATED EMISSIONS WARRANTY TIRES Purchaser shall receive a regulated emissions tires two (2) years or 24,000 miles limited warranty in accordance with, and subject to, warranty certificate RFW0145. The warranty certificate is incorporated by reference into this proposal and included with this proposal or available upon request. REGULATED EMISSIONS WARRANTY AIR CONDITIONING Purchaser shall receive a regulated emissions air conditioning five (5) years or 100,000 miles limited warranty in accordance with, and subject to, warranty certificate RFW0146. The warranty certificate is incorporated by reference into this proposal and included with this proposal or available upon request. TRANSMISSION The drive train shall include an Allison model EVS 4000 torque converting, automatic transmission which shall include electronic controls. The transmission shall feature two (2) 10-bolt PTO pads located on the converter housing. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The transmission shall include two (2) internal oil filters which shall offer Allison formulated Castrol TranSynd™ synthetic transmission fluid which shall be utilized in the lubrication of the EVS transmission. An electronic oil level sensor shall be included with the readout located in the shift selector. The transmission gear ratios shall be: 1st 3.51:1 2nd 1.91:1 3rd 1.43:1 4th 1.00:1 5th 0.74:1 6th 0.64:1 (if applicable) Rev 4.80:1 TRANSMISSION MODE PROGRAMMING The transmission, upon start-up, will select a six (6) speed operation without the need to press the mode button. TRANSMISSION FEATURE PROGRAMMING The Allison Gen V/VI-E transmission EVS group package number 127 shall contain the 198 vocational package in consideration of the duty of this apparatus as a pumper. This package shall incorporate an automatic neutral with selector override. This feature commands the transmission to neutral when the park brake is applied, regardless of drive range requested on the shift selector. This requires re-selecting drive range to shift out of neutral for the override. This package shall be coupled with the use of a split shaft PTO and incorporate pumping circuits. These circuits shall be used allowing the vehicle to operate in the fourth range Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 lockup while operating the pump mode due to the 1 to 1 ratio through the transmission, therefore the output speed of the engine is the input speed to the pump. The pump output can be easily calculated by using this input speed and the drive ratio of the pump itself to rate the gallons of water the pump can provide. A transmission interface connector shall be provided in the cab. This package shall contain the following input/output circuits to the transmission control module. The Gen V/VI-E transmission shall include prognostic diagnostic capabilities. These capabilities shall include the monitoring of the fluid life, filter change indication, and transmission clutch maintenance. Function ID Description Wire assignment Inputs C PTO Request 142 J Fire Truck Pump Mode (4th Lockup) 122 / 123 Outputs C Range Indicator 145 (4th) G PTO Enable Output 130 Signal Return 103 TRANSMISSION SHIFT SELECTOR An Allison pressure sensitive range selector touch pad shall be provided and located to the right of the driver within clear view and easy reach. The shift selector shall have a graphical Vacuum Florescent Display (VFD) capable of displaying two lines of text. The shift selector shall provide mode indication and a prognostic indicator (wrench symbol) on the digital display. The prognostics monitor various operating parameters and shall alert you when a specific maintenance function is required. ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION OIL LEVEL INDICATOR The transmission fluid shall be monitored electronically. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 TRANSMISSION PRE-SELECT WITH AUXILIARY BRAKE When the auxiliary brake is engaged, the transmission shall automatically shift to second gear to decrease the rate of speed assisting the secondary braking system and slowing the vehicle. TRANSMISSION COOLING SYSTEM The transmission shall include a water to oil cooler system located in the cooling loop between the radiator and the engine. The transmission cooling system shall meet all transmission manufacturer requirements. The transmission cooling system shall feature continuous flow of engine bypass water to maintain uninterrupted transmission cooling. TRANSMISSION DRAIN PLUG The transmission shall include an original equipment manufacturer installed magnetic transmission fluid drain plug. TRANSMISSION WARRANTY The Allison EVS series transmission shall be warranted for a period of five (5) years with unlimited mileage. Parts and labor shall be included in the warranty. PTO LOCATION The transmission shall have two (2) power take off (PTO) mounting locations, one (1) in the 8:00 o’clock position and one (1) in the 1:00 o’clock position. DRIVELINE All drivelines shall be heavy duty metal tube and equipped with MSI 1810 series universal joints for the main drivelines, and 1710 series for the inter-axle shaft. The shafts shall be dynamically balanced prior to installation to alleviate future vibration. In areas of the driveline where a slip shaft is required, the splined slip joint shall be coated with Glide Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Coat®. The drivelines shall include Meritor brand u-joints with thrust washers. The driveline shall include a half round yoke. MIDSHIP PUMP / GEARBOX A temporary jackshaft driveline and pump mounting brackets shall be installed by the chassis manufacturer to accommodate the midship split shaft pump as specified by the apparatus manufacturer. MIDSHIP PUMP / GEARBOX MODEL The midship pump/gearbox provisions shall be for a Waterous CXSC22 pump. MIDSHIP PUMP GEARBOX DROP The Waterous pump gearbox shall have a “C” (medium length) drop length. MIDSHIP PUMP RATIO The ratio for the midship pump shall be 2.27:1. MIDSHIP PUMP LOCATION C/L SUCTION TO C/L REAR AXLE The midship pump shall be located so the dimension from the centerline of the suction to the centerline of the rear axle is 120.00 inches. FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR The fuel system shall have a Fuel Pro FH230 fuel filter/water separator as a primary filter. The fuel filter shall have a see through cover to allow visual inspection of fuel and filter condition and a drain valve. The fuel lines shall be extended an additional eighteen (18) inches in front and behind the fuel filter to allow the fuel filter to be easily relocated. A secondary fuel filter shall be included as approved by the engine manufacturer. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 An instrument panel lamp and audible alarm which indicates when water is present in the fuel-water separator shall also be included. FUEL LINES The fuel system supply and return lines installed from the fuel tank to the engine shall be black textile braided lines which are reinforced with braided high tensile steel wire. The fuel lines shall be connected with reusable steel fittings. FUEL SHUTOFF VALVE There shall be two (2) fuel shutoff valves which shall be installed, one (1) in the fuel draw line at the primary fuel filter and one (1) in the fuel outlet line at the primary fuel filter to allow the fuel filters to be changed without loss of fuel to the fuel pump. A third fuel shutoff valve shall be installed in the fuel draw line, near the fuel tank to allow maintenance to be performed with minimal loss of fuel. ELECTRIC FUEL PRIMER Integral to the engine assembly is an electric lift pump that serves the purpose of pre-filter fuel priming. FUEL TANK The fuel tank shall have a capacity of sixty-eight (68) gallons and shall measure 35.00 inches in width X 17.00 inches in height X 29.00 inches in length. The baffled tank shall have a vent port to facilitate venting to the top of the fill neck for rapid filling without "blow-back" and a roll over ball check vent for temperature related fuel expansion and draw. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The tank is designed with dual draw tubes and sender flanges. The tank shall have 2.00 inch NPT fill ports for right or left hand fill. A 0.50 inch NPT drain plug shall be centered in the bottom of the tank. The fuel tank shall be mounted below the frame, behind the rear axle. Two (2) three-piece strap hanger assemblies with “U” straps bolted midway on the fuel tank front and rear shall be utilized to allow the tank to be easily lowered and removed for service purposes. Rubber isolating pads shall be provided between the tank and the upper tank mounting brackets. Strap mounting studs through the rail, hidden behind the body shall not be acceptable. FUEL TANK MATERIAL AND FINISH The fuel tank shall be constructed of 12 gauge stainless steel. The exterior of the fuel tank shall be natural finish. FUEL TANK STRAP MATERIAL The fuel tank straps shall be constructed of #304 stainless steel. The fuel tank straps shall be powder coated black and then painted to match the frame components if possible. FUEL TANK FILL PORT The fuel tank fill ports shall be provided with two (2) left fill ports located one (1) in the forward position and one (1) in the middle position and the right fill port located in the middle position of the fuel tank. FUEL TANK DRAIN PLUG A 0.5 inch NPT magnetic drain plug shall be centered in the bottom of the fuel tank. FRONT AXLE The front axle shall include a Reyco Granning ResponseMaster®, fire apparatus specific independent front suspension (IFS) offering superior ride and improved handling. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The suspension shall utilize fully independent double wishbone arms with carrier and kingpin for optimized scrub radius. Air springs are tuned for ride and help reduce suspension weight. The IFS reduces turn radius with improved wheel cut over beam axles. The hydraulic damper shall feature rebound control to ensure the maximum load stability and superior driver comfort. The IFS system shall improve handling and offer better braking because of improved ground to tire ratio. This design shall allow for independent adjustment of the vehicle’s alignment settings. The IFS shall include an auxiliary transverse leaf spring. Proposals offering independent front axles comprised of torsion bar style suspensions shall not be considered. FRONT AXLE WARRANTY The front axle shall be warranted by Tuthill for three (3) years or 150,000 miles, which ever comes first. Details of the Tuthill warranty are provided on the PDF document attached to this option. FRONT WHEEL BEARING LUBRICATION The front axle wheel bearings shall be lubricated with oil. The oil level can be visually checked via clear inspection windows in the front axle hubs. FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERS Two (2) Koni shock absorbers shall be provided and installed as part of the front suspension system. Each shock shall deliver improved road handling and durability. FRONT SUSPENSION The chassis shall include an independent front suspension (IFS) system. The known advantages of IFS systems can be improved handling and better braking due to the increase in tire surface to ground contact area. The suspension travel of the IFS shall be Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 approximately 6.50 inches, providing 3.00 inches bounce and 3.50 inches rebound of the suspension. The IFS front axle shall be rated between 22,001 and 24,000 pounds. STEERING COLUMN/ WHEEL The cab shall include a Douglas Autotech steering column which shall include a seven (7) position tilt, a 2.25 inch telescopic adjustment, and an 18.00 inch, four (4) spoke steering wheel located at the driver’s position. The steering wheel shall be covered with black polyurethane foam padding. The steering column shall contain a horn button, self-canceling turn signal switch, four- way hazard switch and headlamp dimmer switch. ELECTRONIC POWER STEERING FLUID LEVEL INDICATOR The power steering fluid shall be monitored electronically and shall send a signal to activate an audible alarm and visual warning in the instrument panel when fluid level falls below normal. POWER STEERING PUMP The hydraulic power steering pump shall be a TRW PS and shall be gear driven from the engine. The pump shall be a balanced, positive displacement, sliding vane type. The power steering system shall include an oil to air passive cooler. FRONT AXLE CRAMP ANGLE The chassis shall have a front axle cramp angle of 48-degrees to the left and right. Note: Addition of optional equipment may require cramp angle to be reduced. POWER STEERING GEAR The power steering gear shall be a TRW model TAS 85/RCS 85. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 CHASSIS ALIGNMENT The chassis frame rails shall be measured to insure the length is correct and cross checked to make sure they run parallel and are square to each other. The front and rear axles shall be laser aligned. The front tires and wheels shall be aligned and toe-in set on the front tires by the chassis manufacturer. REAR AXLE The rear axle shall be a Meritor model MT-44-14X tandem drive axle. The axle shall include precision forged, single reduction differential gearing, and shall have a rated capacity of 44,000 pounds. The axle shall be built of superior construction and quality components to provide the rugged dependability needed to stand up to the fire industry’s demands. The axle shall include rectangular shaped, hot-formed housing with a standard wall thickness of 0.50 of an inch for extra strength and rigidity and a rigid differential case for high axle strength and reduced maintenance. The axle shall have heavy-duty Hypoid gearing for longer life, greater strength and quieter operation. Industry-standard wheel ends for compatibility with both disc and drum brakes, and unitized oil seal technology to keep lubricant in and help prevent contaminant damage will be used. REAR AXLE DIFFERENTIAL LUBRICATION The rear axle differential shall be lubricated with oil. REAR AXLE WARRANTY The rear axle shall be warranted by Meritor for five (5) years with unlimited miles under the general service application. Details of the Meritor warranty are provided on the PDF document attached to this option. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 WHEEL HUB PAINT Each of the wheel hubs shall be coated with gloss black paint. REAR WHEEL BEARING LUBRICATION The rear axle wheel bearings shall be lubricated with oil. REAR AXLE DIFFERENTIAL CONTROL The tandem axle chassis shall include an inter-axle differential lock, which shall allow both axles to be engaged as drive axles. The inter-axle differential lock shall be controlled by a locking rocker switch on the switch panel. The light on the switch shall illuminate with positive engagement of the inter-axle differential lock. VEHICLE TOP SPEED The top speed of the vehicle shall be approximately 60 MPH +/-2 MPH at governed engine RPM. REAR SUSPENSION The tandem rear axle shall feature a Hendrickson Firemaax™ air suspension. Each axle will be independently suspended for optimum performance. The suspension shall include four optimized air springs mounted to cast structural trailing arms, transverse cross beams for increased roll stability and four heavy duty shock absorbers. Dual air height control valves shall be installed to ensure equal frame height on both sides of the vehicle regardless of the load. Axle alignment is maintained using four eccentric bushings at each frame bracket. The rear tandem suspension shall have 54.00 inch axle centers. The rear suspension capacity shall be rated at 40,000 to 48,000 pounds. REAR SHOCK ABSORBERS Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Shock absorbers shall be supplied by the suspension manufacturer and installed on the rear axle suspension. TIRE INTERMITTENT SERVICE RATING The chassis shall be rated using Intermittent Service ratings provided to the emergency vehicle market by the tire manufacturers as the basis for determining the maximum vehicle load and speed. FRONT TIRE The front tires shall be Michelin 425/65R22.5 “L” tubeless radial XZE regional tread. The front tire stamped load capacity shall be 22,800 pounds per axle with a nominal speed rating of 68 miles per hour when properly inflated to 120 pounds per square inch. The Michelin Intermittent Service Rating maximum load capacity shall be 24,396 pounds per axle with a maximum speed of 68 miles per hour when properly inflated to 120 pounds per square inch. The Michelin Intermittent Service Rating maximum speed capacity shall be 22,800 pounds per axle with a speed rating of 75 miles per hour when properly inflated to 120 pounds per square inch. The Michelin Intermittent Service Rating limits the operation of the emergency vehicle to no more than fifty (50) miles of continuous operation under maximum recommended payload, or without stopping for at least twenty (20) minutes. The emergency vehicle must reduce its speed to no more than 50 MPH after the first fifty (50) miles of travel. REAR TIRE The rear tires shall be Michelin 12R-22.5 16PR "H" tubeless radial X Multi grip D regional tread. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The rear tire stamped load capacity shall be 27,120 pounds per axle with a nominal speed rating of 68 miles per hour when properly inflated to 120 pounds per square inch. The Michelin Intermittent Service Rating maximum load capacity shall be 29,020 pounds per axle with a maximum speed of 68 miles per hour when properly inflated to 120 pounds per square inch. The Michelin Intermittent Service Rating maximum speed capacity shall be 27,120 pounds per axle with a speed rating of 75 miles per hour when properly inflated to 120 pounds per square inch. The Michelin Intermittent Service Rating limits the operation of the emergency vehicle to no more than fifty (50) miles of continuous operation under maximum recommended payload, or without stopping for at least twenty (20) minutes. The emergency vehicle must reduce its speed to no more than 50 MPH after the first fifty (50) miles of travel. REAR AXLE RATIO The rear axle ratio shall be 6.14:1. TIRE PRESSURE INDICATOR There shall be electronic chrome LED valve caps shipped loose for installation by the OEM which shall illuminate with a red LED when tire pressure drops 8psi provided. The valve caps are self-calibrating and set to the pressure of the tire upon installation. FRONT WHEEL The front wheels shall be Alcoa hub piloted, 22.50 inch X 12.25 inch aluminum wheels. The wheels shall feature Alcoa’s Dura-Black® finish technology as an integral part of the wheel surface. The hub piloted mounting system shall provide easy installation and shall include two-piece flange nuts. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 REAR WHEEL The outer rear wheels shall be Alcoa hub piloted, 22.50 inch X 8.25 inch aluminum wheels with Alcoa’s Dura-Black® finish technology as an integral part of the wheel surface. The inner rear wheels shall be Alcoa hub piloted, 22.50 inch X 8.25 inch aluminum wheels with Alcoa’s Dura-Black® finish technology as an integral part of the wheel surface. The hub piloted mounting system shall provide easy installation and shall include two-piece flange nuts. BALANCE WHEELS AND TIRES All of the wheels and tires, including any spare wheels and tire assemblies, shall include Counteract brand balancing beads. WHEEL GUARDS The rear dual wheels shall include a plastic isolator approximately 0.04” installed between the inner and outer wheel hub to help prevent corrosion caused by metal to metal contact. There shall also be a plastic isolator between the axle hub and the wheels on both front and rear axles. TIRE CHAINS Onspot brand six (6) strand automatic ice chains shall be installed on the rear axle of the chassis to provide instant traction while traveling on ice and snow at speeds below 35 MPH. TIRE CHAINS ACTIVATION The tire chain system shall be activated by a locking switch on the dash to deter accidental activation. The light on the switch shall illuminate when the tire chains are engaged. The Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 tire chains shall be interlocked with the transmission and shall engage only if the vehicle is traveling 30 MPH or less. After traveling over 30 MPH, the vehicle must be reduced to a speed below 5 MPH for the tire chains to be engaged or re-engaged. BRAKE SYSTEM A rapid build-up air brake system shall be provided. The air brakes shall include, at a minimum, a three (3) air tank, four (4) reservoir system with a total of 6236 cubic inch of air capacity. A floor mounted treadle valve shall be mounted inside the cab for graduated control of applying and releasing the brakes. An inversion valve shall be installed to provide a service brake application in the unlikely event of primary air supply loss. All air reservoirs provided on the chassis shall be labeled for identification. The tandem rear axle spring brakes shall automatically apply in any situation when the air pressure falls below 25 PSI and shall include a mechanical means for releasing the spring brakes when necessary. An audible alarm shall designate when the system air pressure is below 60 PSI. A six (6) sensor, six (6) modulator Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) shall be installed on the front and tandem rear axles in order to prevent the brakes from locking or skidding while braking during hard stops or on icy or wet surfaces. This in turn shall allow the driver to maintain steering control under heavy braking and in most instances, shorten the braking distance. The electronic monitoring system shall incorporate diagonal circuitry which shall monitor wheel speed during braking through a sensor and tone ring on each wheel. A dash mounted ABS lamp shall be provided to notify the driver of a system malfunction. The ABS system shall automatically disengage the auxiliary braking system device when required. The speedometer screen shall be capable of reporting all active defaults using PID/SID and FMI standards. Additional safety shall be accommodated through Automatic Traction Control (ATC) which shall be installed on the tandem rear axle. The ATC system shall apply the ABS when the drive wheels lose traction. The system shall scale the electronic engine throttle back to prevent wheel spin while accelerating on ice or wet surfaces. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 A virtual button on the vehicle display and control screen shall be provided and properly labeled “mud/snow”. When the switch is pressed once, the system shall allow a momentary wheel slip to obtain traction under extreme mud and snow conditions. During this condition the ATC light shall blink continuously notifying the driver of activation. Pressing the switch again shall deactivate the mud/snow feature. The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) unit is a functional extension of the electronic braking system. It is able to detect any skidding of the vehicle about its vertical axis as well as any rollover tendency. The control unit comprises an angular-speed sensor that measures the vehicle’s motion about the vertical axis, caused, for instance, by cornering or by skidding on a slippery road surface. An acceleration sensor measures the vehicle’s lateral acceleration. The Controller Area Network (CAN) bus provides information on the steering angle. On the basis of lateral acceleration and steering angle, an integrated microcontroller calculates a theoretical angular speed for the stable vehicle condition. FRONT BRAKES The front brakes shall be Knorr/Bremse SN7 disc brakes with 17.00 inch vented rotors. REAR BRAKES The rear brakes shall be Meritor EX225 Disc Plus disc brakes with 17.00 inch vented rotors. PARK BRAKE Upon application of the push-pull valve in the cab, the rear brakes will engage via mechanical spring force. This is accomplished by dual chamber rear brakes, satisfying the FMVSS parking brake requirements. PARK BRAKE CONTROL A Meritor-Wabco manual hand control push-pull style valve shall operate the parking brake system. The control shall be yellow in color. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The parking brake actuation valve shall be mounted in the left hand switch panel. AIR DRYER The brake system shall include a Wabco System Saver 1200 air dryer with an integral 100 watt heater with a Metri-Pack sealed connector. The air dryer incorporates an internal turbo cutoff valve that closes the path between the air compressor and air dryer purge valve during the compressor "unload" cycle. The turbo cutoff valve allows purging of moisture and contaminants without the loss of turbo boost pressure. The air dryer shall be located on the right hand frame rail forward of the front wheel behind the right hand cab step. FRONT BRAKE CHAMBERS The front brakes shall be provided with type 24 brake chambers as supplied with the independent front suspension axle. REAR BRAKE CHAMBERS The rear axle shall include TSE 24/30 H.O.T. (High Output Technology) brake chambers shall convert the energy of compressed air into mechanical force and motion. This shall actuate the brake camshaft, which in turn shall operate the foundational brake mechanism forcing the brake pads against the brake rotor. AIR COMPRESSOR The air compressor provided for the engine shall be a Wabco® SS318 single cylinder pass- through drive type compressor which shall be capable of producing 18.7 CFM at 1200 engine RPMs. The air compressor shall feature a higher delivery efficiency translating to more air delivery per horsepower absorbed. The compressor shall include an aluminum cylinder head which shall improve cooling, reduce weight and decrease carbon formation. Superior piston and bore finishing technology shall reduce oil consumption and significantly increasing the system component life. AIR GOVERNOR Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 An air governor shall be provided to control the cut-in and cut-out pressures of the engine mounted air compressor. The governor shall be calibrated to meet FMVSS requirements. The air governor shall be located on the air dryer bracket. MOISTURE EJECTORS Manual cable actuated drain valves shall be installed on all reservoirs of the air supply system. The actuation pull cables shall be coiled and tied at each drain valve. The supplied cables when extended shall be sufficient in length to allow each drain to be activated from the side of the apparatus. AIR SUPPLY LINES The air system on the chassis shall be plumbed with color coded reinforced nylon tubing air lines. The primary (rear) brake line shall be green, the secondary (front) brake line red, the parking brake line orange and the auxiliary (outlet) shall be blue. Brass compression type fittings shall be used on the nylon tubing except as noted. All drop hoses shall be fiber reinforced neoprene covered hoses. All nylon air tubing on the chassis shall be covered with high temperature plastic split loom. Note: The IR-2 valve shall include push to connect fittings. AIR INLET CONNECTION A Kussmaul air automatic eject connection for the shoreline air inlet shall be supplied. AIR INLET/ AUTO EJECT CONNECTION COVER The air auto eject connection shall be red in color. AIR INLET LOCATION Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The air inlet shall be installed on the left hand side of the cab ahead of the driver's door rear of the bumper above the electrical inlet. AIR INLET/ OUTLET FITTING TYPE The air connector supplied shall be a 0.25 inch size Tru-Flate Interchange style manual connection which is compatible with Milton ‘T’ style, Myers 0.25 inch Automotive style and Parker 0.25 inch 10 Series connectors. REAR AIR TANK MOUNTING If a combination of wheel base, air tank quantity, or other requirements necessitate the location of one or more air tanks to be mounted rear of the fuel tank, these tank(s) will be mounted perpendicular to frame. WHEELBASE The chassis wheelbase shall be 199.50 inches. REAR OVERHANG The chassis rear overhang shall be 106.00 inches. FRAME The frame shall consist of double rails running parallel to each other with cross members forming a ladder style frame. The frame rails shall be formed in the shape of a "C" channel, with the outer rail measuring 10.25 inches high X 3.50 inches deep upper and lower flanges X 0.38 inches thick with an inner channel of 9.44 inches high X 3.13 inches deep and 0.38 inches thick. Each rail shall be constructed of 110,000 psi minimum yield high strength low alloy steel. Each double rail section shall be rated by a Resistance Bending Moment (RBM) minimum of 3,213,100 inch pounds and have a minimum section modulus of 29.21 cubic inches. The frame shall measure 35.00 inches in width. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Proposals calculating the frame strength using the “box method” shall not be considered. Proposals including heat treated rails shall not be considered. Heat treating frame rails produces rails that are not uniform in their mechanical properties throughout the length of the rail. Rails made of high strength, low alloy steel are already at the required yield strength prior to forming the rail. A minimum of seven (7) fully gusseted 0.25 inch thick cross members shall be installed. The inclusion of the body mounting, or bumper mounting shall not be considered as a cross member. The cross members shall be attached using zinc coated grade 8 fasteners. The bolt heads shall be flanged type, held in place by distorted thread flanged lock nuts. Each cross member shall be mounted to the frame rails utilizing a minimum of 0.25 inch thick gusset reinforcement plates at all corners balancing the area of force throughout the entire frame. . Any proposals not including additional reinforcement for each cross member shall not be considered. All relief areas shall be cut in with a minimum 2.00 inch radius at intersection points with the edges ground to a smooth finish to prevent a stress concentration point. FRAME PAINT The frame rails shall be hot dip galvanized prior to assembly and attachment of any components. The components that shall be galvanized shall include: • Main frame “C” channel or channels The frame parts which are not galvanized shall be powder coated prior to any attachment of components. Parts which shall be powder coated shall include but are not limited to: Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Steering gear bracket Front splayed rails and fish plates Bumper extensions Cross members Cross member gussets Fuel tank mounting brackets Fuel tank straps (unless material/finish is specified in 3130 subcat) Air tanks (unless color coded tanks are specified in 3205 subcat) Air tank mounting brackets Exhaust mounting brackets Air cleaner skid plate Radiator skid plate Battery supports, battery trays and battery covers Other non-galvanized under carriage components which are received from the suppliers with coatings already applied shall include but are not limited to: Suspension components Front and rear axles All powder coatings, primers and paint used on the non-galvanized components shall be compatible with all metals, pretreatments and primers used. The cross hatch adhesion test per ASTM D3359 shall not have a fail of more than ten (10) squares. The pencil hardness test per ASTM D3363 shall have a final post-curved pencil hardness of H-2H. The direct impact resistance test per ASTM D2794 shall have an impact resistance of 120.00 inches per pound at 2 mils. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The chassis under carriage consisting of frame, axles, driveline running gear, air tanks and other assorted chassis mounted components shall then be painted the primary lower cab color. Paint shall be applied prior to airline and electrical wiring installation. FRAME PAINT - MISCELLANEOUS There shall be an RTV type sealant applied to the seams between the frame rail and the frame liner(s) to help prevent water intrusion between the frame rails. The sealant shall be applied to all seams along the length of the frame and at the top, front, and rear ends of the liner(s). The sealant shall be applied after the frame rails have been assembled and painted. FRAME ASSEMBLY STRUCTURAL Purchaser shall receive a Frame Assembly Structural Fifty (50) Years or 250,000 Miles limited warranty in accordance with, and subject to, warranty certificate RFW0305. The warranty certificate is incorporated by reference into this proposal, and included with this proposal or available upon request. FRAME RAIL CORROSION Purchaser shall receive a Frame Rail Corrosion (Zinc Plate and Powder Coat) Twenty Five (25) Years or 150,000 Miles limited warranty in accordance with, and subject to, warranty certificate RFW0316. The warranty certificate is incorporated by reference into this proposal, and included with this proposal or available upon request. FRAME COMPONENTS CORROSION Purchaser shall receive a Frame Components Corrosion (Powder Coat) Three (3) Years or 48,000 Miles limited warranty in accordance with, and subject to, warranty certificate RFW0313. The warranty certificate is incorporated by reference into this proposal, and included with this proposal or available upon request. FRONT BUMPER Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The chassis shall be equipped with a severe duty front bumper constructed from structural steel channel. The bumper material shall be 0.38 thick ASTM A36 steel which shall measure 12.00 inches high with a 3.05 inch flange and shall be 104.50 inches wide with angled front corners. The bumper shall be primed and painted as specified. FRONT BUMPER EXTENSION LENGTH The front bumper shall be extended approximately 21.00 inches ahead of the cab. FRONT BUMPER PAINT The front bumper shall be painted the same as the lower cab color. The front bumper trim shall feature a black spray on bedliner coating. FRONT BUMPER TRIM A stainless steel trim angle, painted to the customer’s specifications, shall be installed on the top corner of the bumper across the front and on the top corner of the bumper tails, terminating at the rearmost portion of the apron. The trim angle shall measure approximately 3.00 inches wide on the horizontal flange and 1.60 inches tall on the vertical flange. The trim shall be affixed to the bumper and bolted down to the apron with isolating washers. FRONT BUMPER APRON The 21.00 inch extended front bumper shall include an apron constructed of 0.19 inch thick embossed aluminum tread plate. The apron shall be installed between the bumper and the front face of the cab affixed using stainless steel bolts attaching the apron to the top bumper flange. FRONT BUMPER DISCHARGE Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The chassis shall include frame mounted 2.00 inch diameter plumbed pipe intended for use as a discharge trash line. The discharge pipe shall be routed from the right hand front splay rail area behind the bumper to the area rear of the front axle, ahead of the battery box. The discharge shall pipe shall be a, 2.00 inch stainless steel schedule 10 tube. The discharge shall include a Victaulic groove for connecting to the pump and discharge hose plumbing on each end of the tube. The apparatus manufacturer shall plumb the discharge pipe to the pump and shall provide all valves as required. FRONT BUMPER COMPARTMENT CENTER The front bumper shall include a compartment in the bumper apron located in the center between the frame rails which may be used as a hose well. The compartment shall be constructed of 0.13 inch 5052-H32 grade aluminum and shall include drain holes in the bottom corners to allow excess moisture to escape. Two PAC Trac straps shall be provided with the storage well. The straps shall be installed over the top of the compartment to retain the hose. MECHANICAL SIREN The front bumper shall include an electro mechanical Federal Q2B™ siren, which shall be streamlined, chrome-plated and shall produce 123 decibels of sound at 10.00 feet. The Q2B™ siren produces a distinctive warning sound that is recognizable at long distances. A unique clutch design provides a longer coast down sound while reducing the amp draw to 100 amps. The siren shall measure 10.50 inches wide X 10.00 inches high X 14.00 inches deep. The siren shall include a pedestal mount to surface mount on a horizontal surface. MECHANICAL SIREN LOCATION Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The siren shall be pedestal mounted on the bumper apron on the furthest outboard section of the bumper on the driver side. AIR HORN The front bumper shall include two (2) Hadley brand E-Tone air horns which shall measure 21.00 inches long with a 6.00 inch round flare. The air horns shall be trumpet style with a chrome finish on the exterior and a painted finish deep inside the trumpet. AIR HORN LOCATION The air horns shall be recess mounted in the front bumper face, one (1) on the right side of the bumper in the inboard position relative to the right hand frame rail and one (1) on the left side of the bumper in the inboard position relative to the left hand frame rail. AIR HORN RESERVOIR One (1) air reservoir, with a 1200 cubic inch capacity, shall be installed on the chassis to act as a supply tank for operating air horns. The reservoir shall be isolated with a 90 PSI pressure protection valve on the reservoir supply side to prevent depletion of the air to the air brake system. ELECTRONIC SIREN SPEAKER There shall be two (2) Federal Signal Inc. Dynamax® model ES100C, 100 watt speakers provided. Each speaker shall measure 5.90 inches tall X 5.50 inches wide X 2.30 inches deep. Each speaker shall include a Federal Signal “Electric F” style grille which shall measure 6.61 inches tall X 6.78 inches wide. ELECTRONIC SIREN SPEAKER LOCATION The two (2) electronic siren speakers shall be located on the front bumper face outboard of the frame rails with one (1) on the right side and one (1) on the left side in the outboard positions. FRONT BUMPER TOW EYES Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The bumper shall include two (2) painted tow eyes which shall be installed below the front bumper. The tow eyes shall be fabricated from 0.75 inch thick #1020 ASTM-36 hot rolled steel. The inside diameter of the eye shall be 2.00 inches and include inside/outside chamfered edges. The tow eyes shall be painted to match the frame components. TOW FORK PROVISION Two (2) heavy duty steel towing forks shall be bolt-on to the underside of the frame flange and butted to the bottom frame with a fish plate joint. Each shall be shaped like an upside down “U” to act as a designated hookup point to accept a tow bar from a service vehicle without having to reach the front axle. The robust design shall allow a disabled vehicle to be lifted and towed without doing damage to the bumper or bumper mounted options. The provisions shall be mounted directly behind the cab tilt cross member to provide optimal vehicle stability while maintaining access for most heavy duty tow stingers. Each tow fork shall be labeled for identification. CAB TILT SYSTEM The entire cab shall be capable of tilting approximately 45-degrees to allow for easy maintenance of the engine and transmission. The cab tilt pump assembly shall be located on the right side of the chassis forward of the front axle behind the officer’s door area. The electric-over-hydraulic lift system shall include an ignition interlock and red cab lock down indicator lamp on the tilt control which shall illuminate when holding the “Down” button to indicate safe road operation. It shall be necessary to activate the master battery switch and set the parking brake in order to tilt the cab. As a third precaution the ignition switch must be turned off to complete the cab tilt interlock safety circuit. Two (2) spring-loaded hydraulic hold down hooks located outboard of the frame shall be installed to hold the cab securely to the frame. Once the hold-down hooks are set in place, Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 it shall take the application of pressure from the hydraulic cab tilt lift pump to release the hooks. Two (2) cab tilt cylinders shall be provided with velocity fuses in each cylinder port. The cab tilt pivots shall be 1.90 inch ball and be anchored to frame brackets with 1.25 inch diameter studs. A steel safety channel assembly, painted safety yellow shall be installed on the right side cab lift cylinder to prevent accidental cab lowering. The safety channel assembly shall fall over the lift cylinder when the cab is in the fully tilted position. A cable release system shall also be provided to retract the safety channel assembly from the lift cylinder to allow the lowering of the cab. CAB TILT AUXILIARY PUMP A manual cab tilt pump module shall be attached to the cab tilt pump mounting bracket. CAB TILT LIMIT SWITCH A cab tilt limit switch shall be installed. The switch will effectively limit the travel of the cab when being tilted. The limit adjustment of the switch shall be preset by the chassis manufacturer to prevent damage to the cab or any bumper mounted option mounted in the cab tilt arc. Further adjustment to the limit by the apparatus manufacturer shall be available to accommodate additional equipment. CAB TILT CONTROL RECEPTACLE The cab tilt control cable shall include a receptacle which shall be temporarily located on the right hand chassis rail rear of the cab to provide a place to plug in the cab tilt remote control pendant. The tilt pump shall include 8.00 feet of cable with a six (6) pin Deutsch receptacle with a cap. The remote control pendant shall include 20.00 feet of cable with a mating Deutsch connector. The remote control pendant shall be shipped loose with the chassis. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 CAB TILT NOISE DAMPENER In an effort to reduce the amount of noise created by the cab tilt lock down system, sound dampening spray-on materials shall be utilized to insulate contact points in the system to help prevent metallic sounds from occurring while traversing rough roads. CAB TILT LOCK DOWN INDICATOR The cab dash shall include a message located within the dual air pressure gauge which shall alert the driver when the cab is unlocked and ajar. The alert message shall cease to be displayed when the cab is in the fully lowered position and the hold down hooks are secured and locked to the cab mounts. In addition to the alert message an audible alarm shall sound when the cab is unlocked and ajar and the parking brake is released. CAB WINDSHIELD The cab windshield shall have a surface area of 2969.88 square inches and be of a two (2) piece wraparound design for maximum visibility. The glass utilized for the windshield shall include standard automotive tint. The left and right windshield shall be fully interchangeable thereby minimizing stocking and replacement costs. Each windshield shall be bonded to the cab using a high strength commercial grade automotive adhesive. GLASS FRONT DOOR The front cab doors shall include a window which is 27.00 inches in width X 26.00 inches in height. These windows shall have the capability to roll down completely into the door housing. This shall be accomplished using electric actuation. The left and right front door Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 windows shall be controlled using a switch on each respective side inner door panel. The driver’s door shall include a switch for each powered door window in the cab. There shall be an irregular shaped fixed window which shall measure 2.50 inches wide at the top, 8.00 inches wide at the bottom X 26.00 inches in height, more commonly known as “cozy glass” ahead of the front door roll down windows. The windows shall be mounted within the frame of the front doors trimmed with a black ring on the exterior. GLASS TINT FRONT DOOR The windows located in the left and right front doors shall include a dark gray automotive tint which shall allow forty-five percent (45%) light transmittance. The dark tint shall aid in cab cooling and help protect passengers from radiant solar energy. GLASS REAR DOOR RH The rear right hand side crew door shall include a window which is 27.00 inches in width X 26.00 inches in height. The window shall be a powered type and shall be controlled by a switch on the door panel ledge and on the driver’s control panel. GLASS TINT REAR DOOR RIGHT HAND The window located in the right hand side rear window shall include a dark gray automotive tint which shall allow forty-five percent (45%) light transmittance. The dark tint shall aid in cab cooling and help protect passengers from radiant solar energy. GLASS REAR DOOR LH The rear left hand side crew door shall include a window which is 27.00 inches in width X 26.00 inches in height. The window shall be a powered type and shall be controlled by a switch on the door panel ledge and on the driver’s control panel. GLASS TINT REAR DOOR LEFT HAND Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The window located in the left hand side rear door shall include a dark gray automotive tint which shall allow forty-five percent (45%) light transmittance. The dark tint shall aid in cab cooling and help protect passengers from radiant solar energy. GLASS SIDE MID RH The cab shall include a window on the right side behind the front door and ahead of the crew door and above the wheel well which shall measure approximately 15.50 inches wide X 27.00 inches high and rectangular in shape. This window shall be fixed and bonded to the cab using a high strength commercial grade automative adhesive. GLASS TINT SIDE MID RIGHT HAND The window located on the right hand side of the cab between the front and rear doors shall include a dark gray automotive tint which shall allow forty-five percent (45%) light transmittance. The dark tint shall aid in cab cooling and help protect passengers from radiant solar energy. GLASS SIDE MID LH The cab shall include a window on the left side behind the front door and ahead of the crew door and above the wheel well which shall measure approximately 15.50 inches wide X 27.00 inches high and rectangular in shape. This window shall be fixed and bonded to the cab using a high strength commercial grade automative adhesive. GLASS TINT SIDE MID LEFT HAND The window located on the left hand side of the cab between the front and rear doors shall include a dark gray automotive tint which shall allow forty-five percent (45%) light transmittance. The dark tint shall aid in cab cooling and help protect passengers from radiant solar energy. CLIMATE CONTROL Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 A ceiling mounted combination defroster and cabin heating and air conditioning system shall be located above the engine tunnel area. The system covers and plenums shall be of severe duty design made of aluminum which shall be coated with a customer specified interior paint. The design of the system’s covers shall provide quick access to washable air intake filters as well as easy access to other serviceable items. The air delivery plenums provide targeted airflow directly to the vehicle occupants. Six (6) adjustable louvers will provide comfort for the front seat occupants and ten (10) adjustable louvers will provide comfort for the rear crew occupants. The system shall be capable of producing up to 12 FPM of air velocity at all occupant seating positions. Separate front and rear blower motors shall be of brushless design and shall be controlled independently. It shall be capable of reducing the interior cabin air temperature from 122˚ F (+/- 3˚ F) to 80˚ F in thirty minutes with 50% relative humidity and full solar load as described in SAE J2646. The system shall also provide heater pull up performance which meets or exceeds the performance requirements of SAE J1612 as well as defrost performance that meets or exceeds the performance requirements of SAE J381. A gravity drain system shall be provided that is capable of evacuating condensate from the vehicle while on a slope of up to a 13% grade in any direction. The air conditioning system plumbing shall be a mixture of custom bent zinc coated steel fittings and Aeroquip flexible hose with Aeroquip EZ-Clip fittings. The overhead heater/defroster plumbing shall include an electronic flow control valve that re-directs hot coolant away from the evaporator, via a bypass loop, as the temperature control is moved toward the cold position. Any component which needs to be accessed to perform system troubleshooting shall be accessible by one person using basic hand tools. Regularly serviced items shall be replaceable by one person using basic hand tools. **The chassis manufacturer recommends that the overall climate system performance be based off third-party testing in accordance with the Society of Automotive Engineering standards as a complete system. Individual component level BTU ratings is not an accurate indicator of the performance capability of the completed system. System individual component BTU ratings: Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Air conditioning evaporator total BTU/HR: 82,000 Air conditioning condenser total BTU/HR: 59,000 Heater coil total BTU/HR: 98,000 Performance data specified is based on testing performed by an independent third- party test facility using a medium four-door 10” raised roof cab equipped with an ISL engine. CLIMATE CONTROL DRAIN The climate control system shall include a gravity drain for water management. The gravity drain shall remove condensation from the air conditioning system without additional mechanical assistance. CLIMATE CONTROL ACTIVATION The heating, defrosting and air conditioning controls shall be in the center dash center switch panel, in a position which is easily accessible to the driver. The climate control shall be activated by a rotary switch. HVAC OVERHEAD COVER PAINT The overhead HVAC cover shall be painted with a single stage flat paint to closely match the color of our medium gray spray on bedliner. A/C CONDENSER LOCATION A roof mounted A/C condenser shall be installed centered on the cab forward of the raised roof against the slope rise. A/C COMPRESSOR Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The air-conditioning compressor shall be a belt driven, engine mounted compressor. The compressor shall be compatible with R134-a refrigerant. **The chassis manufacturer recommends that the overall climate system performance be based off third-party testing in accordance with the Society of Automotive Engineering standards as a complete system. Individual component level ratings are not an accurate indicator of the performance capability of the completed system. Refrigerant Compressor displacement: 19.1 cubic inches per revolution. CAB CIRCULATION FANS FRONT The cab shall include two (2) all metal 6.00 inch air circulation fans installed in the outer front cab corners. Each fan shall be controlled by an individual toggle switch on each fan. The fans can be used to help defog the windshield or to increase air circulation for passenger comfort. UNDER CAB INSULATION The underside of the cab tunnel surrounding the engine shall be lined with multi-layer insulation, engineered for application inside diesel engine compartments. The insulation shall act as a noise barrier, absorbing noise thus keeping the decibel level in the cab well within NFPA recommendations. As an additional benefit, the insulation shall assist in sustaining the desired temperature within the cab interior. The engine tunnel insulation shall measure approximately 0.30 inch thick including a multi- layer foil faced glass cloth and polyester fiber layer. The foil surface acts as protection against heat, moisture and other contaminants. The insulation shall meet or exceed FMVSS 302 flammability test. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The cab floor insulation shall measure 0.56 inch thick including a 1.0#/sf PVC barrier and a moisture and heat reflective foil facing, reinforced with fiberglass strands. The foil surface acts as protection against moisture and other contaminants. The insulation shall meet or exceed FMVSS 302 flammability test. The insulation shall be cut precisely to fit each section and sealed for additional heat and sound deflection. The insulation shall be held in place by acrylic pressure sensitive adhesive. In addition, the insulation on the underside of the cab floor shall have aluminum pins with hard hat, hold in place fastening heads and an expanded metal overlay to assist in retaining the insulation tight against the cab. The insulation inside the tunnel shall have a removable aluminum overlay installed to protect the insulation and assist in retaining the insulation tight against the engine tunnel surfaces. The cab floor insulation shall cover the driver and officer floor areas as well as all crew floor areas and compartment floor areas if applicable. INTERIOR TRIM FLOOR MAT The floor of the cab shall be covered with a multi-layer mat consisting of 0.25 inch thick sound absorbing closed cell foam with a 0.06 inch thick non-slip vinyl surface with a pebble grain finish. The covering shall be held in place by a pressure sensitive adhesive. The floor shall have an overlay of 3003-H22 aluminum embossed tread plate. The aluminum plate shall be held down with screws and shall feature a flange wrapping downward into each stepwell, eliminating the need for any additional trim where the cab floor and the step wells meet. All exposed seams shall be sealed with silicone caulk matching the color of the floor mat to reduce the chance of moisture and debris retention. INTERIOR TRIM The cab interior shall include trim on the front ceiling, rear crew ceiling, and the cab walls. It shall be easily removable to assist in maintenance. The trim shall be constructed of insulated vinyl over a hard board backing. REAR WALL INTERIOR TRIM Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The rear wall of the cab shall be trimmed with aluminum sheet metal coated with a customer specified interior paint or protective coating. HEADER TRIM The cab interior shall feature header trim over the driver and officer dash constructed of 5052-H32 Marine Grade, 0.13 inch thick aluminum. TRIM CENTER DASH The main center dash area shall be constructed of 5052-H32 Marine Grade, 0.13 inch thick aluminum plate. There shall be four (4) holes located on the top of the dash near each outer edge of the electrical access cover for ventilation. The center dash electrical access cover shall include a gas cylinder stay which shall hold the cover open during maintenance. TRIM LH DASH The left hand dash shall be constructed of 5052-H32 Marine Grade, 0.13 inch thick aluminum plate for a perfect fit around the instrument panel. For increased occupant protection the extreme duty left hand dash utilizes patent pending break away technology to reduce rigidity in the event of a frontal crash. The left hand dash shall offer lower vertical surface area to the left and right of the steering column to accommodate control panels. TRIM RH DASH The right hand dash shall be constructed of 5052-H32 Marine Grade, 0.13 of an inch thick aluminum plate and shall include a glove compartment with a hinged door and a Mobile Data Terminal (MDT) provision. The glove compartment size will measure 14.00 inches wide X 4.50 inches high X 5.88 inches deep. The MDT provision shall be provided above the glove compartment. TRIM RH DASH ACCESSORIES Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The Mobile Data Terminal (MDT) provision on the right hand dash shall be provided with a slide-out tray. The MDT slide-out tray shall be constructed of 5052-H32 Marine Grade, 0.13 of an inch thick aluminum plate. The mounting surface of the tray measures 12.50 inches wide X 10.75 inches deep which shall allow for the mounting of a MDT with the added luxury of sliding it toward the officer as much as 11.00 inches. ENGINE TUNNEL TRIM The cab engine tunnel shall be covered with a multi-layer mat consisting of 0.25 inch thick sound absorbing closed cell foam with a 0.06 inch thick non-slip vinyl surface with a pebble grain finish. The covering shall be held in place by a pressure sensitive adhesive. The cab engine tunnel shall have an overlay of 5052-H32 aluminum plate with a Multi-tone finish, colored to match the cab paint interior finish color scheme. The aluminum plate shall be held down with screws. All exposed seams shall be sealed with silicone caulk matching the color of the floor mat to reduce the chance of moisture and debris retention. POWER POINT DASH MOUNT The cab shall include two (2) Powerwerx combination fast charging (USB) QC3.0 and (USB) QC4.0 type-C power delivery receptacles in the cab dash switch panel to provide a power source for USB chargeable electrical equipment. Each USB receptacle shall have a total 75 Watts nominal combined output. The receptacles shall be wired battery direct. AUXILIARY POWER POINT MID CREW The cab interior shall include two (2) Powerwerx combination fast charging (USB) and (USB) type-C power delivery receptacles to provide a power source for USB chargeable electrical equipment. One (1) receptacle shall be located under the right hand mid side window location and one (1) receptacle shall be located under the left hand mid side window location, each within a composite housing. The receptacles shall be connected directly to the batteries. STEP TRIM Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Each cab entry door shall include a three step entry. The first step closest to the ground shall be constructed of SAE 304 stainless steel with embossed perforations and diamond shaped cutout. The perforations and cutouts shall allow water and other debris to flow through rather than becoming trapped within the stepping surface. The stainless steel material shall have a number 8 mirror finish. The lower step shall be mounted to a frame which is integral with the construction of the cab for rigidity and strength. The middle step shall be integral with the cab construction and shall be trimmed in 0.08 inch thick 3003- H22 embossed aluminum tread plate. STEP TRIM KICKPLATE The cab steps shall include a kick plate in the rise of each step. The risers shall be trimmed in 3003-H22 bright aluminum tread-plate which is 0.07 inch thick. UNDER CAB ACCESS DOOR The cab shall include an access door in the left crew step riser constructed of aluminum tread plate with a push and turn latch. The under cab access door shall provide access to the diesel exhaust fluid fill. INTERIOR DOOR TRIM The interior trim on the doors of the cab shall consist of an aluminum panel constructed of Marine Grade 5052-H32 0.13 inch thick aluminum plate. The door panels shall include a DA sanded finish. DOOR TRIM SCUFF PLATE The painted surface rear of the front door windows on the inside of the door shall include a stainless steel scuff plate to protect the painted surface from damage caused by the seat belt buckle. An additional stainless steel scuff plate shall also be provided along the window ledge for a more durable surface resisting wear from elbows in turnout gear. DOOR TRIM CUSTOMER NAMEPLATE Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The interior door trim on the front doors shall include a customer nameplate which states the vehicle was custom built for their department, city, township, or county. CAB DOOR TRIM REFLECTIVE The interior of each door shall include high visibility reflective tape. A white reflective tape shall be provided vertically along the outer rear edge of the door. The lowest portion of each door skin shall include a reflective tape chevron with red and black stripes and a Spartan logo. The chevron tape shall measure 6.00 inches in height. INTERIOR GRAB HANDLE "A" PILLAR There shall be two (2) rubber covered 11.00 inch grab handles installed inside the cab, one on each “A” post at the left and right door openings. The left handle shall be located 7.88 inches above the bottom of the door window opening and the right handle shall be located 2.88 inches above the bottom of the door window opening. The handles shall assist personnel in entering and exiting the cab. INTERIOR GRAB HANDLE FRONT DOOR Each front door shall include one (1) ergonomically contoured 9.00 inch cast aluminum handle mounted horizontally on the interior door panels. The handles shall feature a textured red finish to assist personnel entering and exiting the cab. INTERIOR GRAB HANDLE REAR DOOR A cast aluminum assist handle shall be provided on the inside of each rear crew door. A 30.00 inch long handle shall extend horizontally the width of the window just above the window sill. The handle shall include a textured red finish and assist personnel in exiting and entering the cab. ADDITIONAL INTERIOR GRAB HANDLE REAR DOOR Each rear door shall include one (1) additional grab handle. The handle shall be a 30.00 inch long one-piece cast aluminum grab handle. Each handle shall be mounted diagonally Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 on the interior door trim panels. Each handle shall be textured and feature a black powder coat finish and shall assist personnel entering and exiting the cab. INTERIOR SOFT TRIM COLOR The cab interior soft trim surfaces shall be gray in color. INTERIOR TRIM SUNVISOR The header shall include two (2) sun visors, one each side forward of the driver and officer seating positions above the windshield. Each sun visor shall be constructed of Masonite and covered with padded vinyl trim. INTERIOR FLOOR MAT COLOR The cab interior floor mat shall be gray in color. HEADER TRIM INTERIOR PAINT The metal surfaces in the header area shall feature a medium gray spray on bedliner coating. TRIM CENTER DASH INTERIOR PAINT The entire center dash and any accessory pods attached to the dash shall feature a medium gray spray on bedliner coating. TRIM LEFT HAND DASH INTERIOR PAINT The left hand dash shall feature a medium gray spray on bedliner coating. TRIM RIGHT HAND DASH INTERIOR PAINT The right hand dash shall feature a medium gray spray on bedliner coating. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 RIGHT HAND DASH ACCESSORIES INTERIOR PAINT The right hand dash accessories shall be coated with black powder coat. REAR WALL INTERIOR PAINT The rear wall of the cab shall be trimmed with aluminum sheet metal which shall feature a medium gray spray on bedliner coating. DASH PANEL GROUP The main center dash area shall include three (3) aluminum removable panels located one (1) to the right of the driver position, one (1) in the center of the dash and one (1) to the left of the officer position. The panels shall be coated with a black texture finish. The center panel shall be within comfortable reach of both the driver and officer. SWITCHES CENTER PANEL The center dash panel shall include two (2) rocker switch positions in the panel. A rocker switch with a blank legend installed directly above shall be provided for any position without a switch and legend designated by a specific option. The non-specified switches shall be two-position, black switches with a green indicator light. Each blank switch legend can be custom engraved by the body manufacturer. All switch legends shall have backlighting provided. SWITCHES LEFT PANEL The left dash panel shall include one (1) windshield wiper/washer control switch located in the left hand side of the panel and one (1) rocker switch located in the left hand side of the panel. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 A rocker switch with a blank legend installed directly above shall be provided for this position if not designated by a specific option. The non-designated switch shall be a two- position, black switch with a green indicator light. The blank switch legend can be custom engraved by the body manufacturer. The switch legend shall have backlighting provided. SWITCHES RIGHT PANEL The right dash panel shall include two (2) rocker switch positions in the upper left hand portion of the panel. A rocker switch with a blank legend installed directly above shall be provided for any position without a switch and legend designated by a specific option. The non-specified switches shall be two-position, black switches with a green indicator light. Each blank switch legend can be custom engraved by the body manufacturer. All switch legends shall have backlighting provided. SEAT BELT WARNING A seat belt warning system, integrated with the Vehicle Data Recorder system, shall be installed for each seat within the cab. The system shall provide a visual warning indicator in the vehicle display and control screen(s). The warning system shall activate when any seat is occupied with a minimum of 60 pounds, the corresponding seat belt remains unfastened, and the park brake is released. The warning system shall also activate when any seat is occupied, the corresponding seat belt was fastened in an incorrect sequence, and the park brake is released. Once activated, the visual indicators and applicable audible alarm shall remain active until all occupied seats have the seat belts fastened. SEAT MATERIAL The Bostrom Firefighter seats shall include a covering of extra high strength, wear resistant fabric made of durable low seam Durawear Plus™ ballistic polyester. A PVC coating shall be bonded to the back side of the material to help protect the seats from UV rays and from being saturated or contaminated by fluids. Durawear Plus™ meets or exceeds specification Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 of the common trade name Imperial 1800. The material meets FMVSS 302 flammability requirements. If applicable, Theatre style seats located in the cab shall be high strength, wear resistant fabric made of durable ballistic polyester. A PVC coating shall be bonded to the back side of the material to help protect the seats from UV rays and from being saturated or contaminated by fluids. Common trade names for this material are Imperial 1200 and Durawear. SEAT COLOR All seats supplied with the chassis shall be gray in color. All seats shall include red seat belts. SEAT BACK LOGO The seat back shall include the “Fayetteville ” logo. The logo shall be centered on the standard headrest of the seat back and on the left side of a split headrest. SEAT DRIVER The driver's seat shall be an H.O. Bostrom 500 Series Firefighter Sierra model seat with air suspension. The four-way seat shall feature a 3.00 inches vertical travel air suspension and manual fore and aft adjustment with 5.00 inches of travel. The suspension control shall be located on the seat below the left front corner of the bottom cushion. The seat shall also feature integral springs to isolate shock. The seat shall feature an all belts to seat (ABTS) style of safety restraint. The ABTS feature shall include a three-point shoulder harness with the lap belt and automatic retractor as an integral part of the seat assembly. The buckle portion of the seat belt shall extend from the seat base towards the driver position within easy reach of the occupant. The ABTS feature shall also include the RiteHite™ shoulder adjustment feature to provide enhanced comfort and safety by allowing customized seat belt fit. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 This model of seat shall have successfully completed the static load tests set forth by FMVSS 207/210. This testing shall include a simultaneous forward load of 3000 pounds each on the lap and shoulder belts and twenty (20) times the weight through the center of gravity. This model of seat installed in the cab model, as specified, shall have successfully completed the dynamic sled testing using FMVSS 208 as a guide with the following accommodations. In order to reflect the larger size outfitted firefighters, the test dummy used shall be a 95th percentile hybrid III male weighing 225 pounds rather than the 50th percentile male dummy weighing 165 pounds as referenced in FMVSS 208. The materials used in construction of the seat shall also have successfully completed testing with regard to the flammability of materials used in the occupant compartments of motor vehicles as outlined in FMVSS 302, of which dictates the allowable burning rate of materials in the occupant compartments of motor vehicles. SEAT BACK DRIVER The driver’s seat shall include a standard seat back incorporating the all belts to seat feature (ABTS) as described above. The seat back shall recline up to 19-degrees. SEAT MOUNTING DRIVER The driver’s seat shall be installed in an ergonomic position in relation to the cab dash. OCCUPANT PROTECTION DRIVER The driver’s position shall be equipped with the IMMI 4Front and RollTek™ Systems which shall secure belted occupants and increase the survivable space within the cab. The 4Front and RollTek™ Systems shall selectively deploy integrated systems to protect against injuries in qualifying frontal impact, and rollover events. The Driver’s seating area protection shall include: Drivers airbag DAB - inflates a steering wheel airbag to protect the head and neck of the driver. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Driver’s knee airbag DKAB - inflating knee bolster airbags to protect the knees. Integrated roll sensor IRS - detects an imminent rollover, activates protective devices and records crash events. Integrated belt pretension ICP - device for air ride seats tightens the seat belt, securing driver in seat and positions driver for contact with seat integrated head cushion side roll airbag. Seat pull-down system S4S - device for air seats locks seat to lowest position, increases survivable space. Inflatable Head Cushion seat integrated Side Roll Airbag SRA - protects driver's head/neck and shields driver from dangerous surfaces. SEAT OFFICER The officer's seat shall be an H.O. Bostrom 500 Series Sierra model seat. The seat shall feature two-way manual adjustment and shall include a tapered and padded seat cushion. The seat shall also feature integral springs to isolate shock. The seat shall feature an all belts to seat (ABTS) style of safety restraint. The ABTS feature shall include a three-point shoulder harness with the lap belt, automatic retractor and buckle as an integral part of the seat assembly. The ABTS feature shall also include the RiteHite™ shoulder adjustment feature to provide enhanced comfort and safety by allowing customized seat belt fit. The minimum vertical dimension from the seat H-point to the ceiling for this belted seating position shall be 35.00. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 This model of seat shall have successfully completed the static load tests by FMVSS 207, 209, 210 and 302 in effect at the time of manufacture. This testing shall include a simultaneous forward load of 3000 pounds each on the lap and shoulder belts and twenty (20) times the weight through the center of gravity. The model of seats shall also have successfully completed the flammability of materials used in the occupant compartments of motor vehicles as outlined in FMVSS 302, of which decides the burning rate of materials in the occupant compartments of motor vehicles. SEAT BACK OFFICER The officer’s seat shall feature the SecureAll+™ self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) locking system, designed as a single-bracket model compatible with most U.S. and international SCBA brands and sizes. The bracket shall allow tool-free adjustments to accommodate various cylinder diameters and lengths. To modify the fit for different cylinder sizes, a simple lever mechanism shall enable vertical movement of the top clamp, eliminating the need for tools. The system shall be free of straps and clamps that might interfere with auxiliary SCBA equipment. Instead, the top clamp shall securely guide the SCBA tank into position within the seat back cavity. The SCBA unit shall lock into place by pressing it against the pivot arm, activating the auto- locking mechanism. Once engaged, the top clamp shall provide a secure fit in all directions. The SecureAll+™ system shall include a quick-release handle integrated into the seat cushion for easy access, along with a manual release located on the left side of the SCBA bracket. The locking mechanism shall eliminate the need for straps or pull cords, preventing interference with SCBA equipment. Additionally, the seat back shall feature a removable padded cover over the SCBA cavity for enhanced comfort and protection. SEAT MOUNTING OFFICER The officer’s seat shall offer a special mounting position which is 2.00 inches rearward of the standard location offering increased leg room for the occupant. OCCUPANT PROTECTION OFFICER Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The officer’s position shall be equipped with the IMMI 4Front and RollTek™ Systems which shall secure belted occupants and increase the survivable space within the cab. The 4Front and RollTek™ Systems shall selectively deploy integrated systems to protect against injuries in qualifying frontal impact, and rollover events. The Officer’s seating area protection shall include: Officer’s knee airbag OKAB - inflating knee bolster airbags to protect the knees. Integrated roll sensor IRS - detects an imminent rollover, activates protective devices and records crash events. Integrated belt pretension IBP - device for mechanical and/or electrical seats tightens the seat belt, securing officer in seat and positioning officer for contact with seat integrated head cushion side roll airbag. Inflatable head cushion seat integrated side roll airbag SRA - protects officer’s head/neck and shields officer from dangerous surfaces. SEAT BELT ORIENTATION CREW The crew position seat belts shall follow the standard orientation which extends from the outboard shoulder extending to the inboard hip. SEAT FORWARD FACING OUTER LOCATION The crew area shall include two (2) forward facing outboard seats, which include one (1) located next to the outer wall of the cab on the left side of the cab and one (1) located next to the outer wall on the right side of the cab. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The primary position designation per NFPA 1900 2024 edition, shall only declare the positioning in the cab offers a minimum width of 27.60 inches of shoulder clearance without overlap of any other primary seating position and a minimum of 10.80 inches each side of seat center line. Clear width may be offset from center of seat cushion by up to 3.00 inches. It shall also offer a minimum of 22.00 inches of shoulder width clearance without any overlap of any position. SEAT CREW FORWARD FACING OUTER The crew area shall include a seat in the forward facing outer position which shall be a H.O. Bostrom 500 Series Firefighter model seat. The seat shall feature a tapered and padded seat back and cushion. The seat shall feature an all belts to seat (ABTS) style of safety restraint. The ABTS feature shall include a three-point shoulder harness with the lap belt and automatic retractor as an integral part of the seat assembly. The buckle portion of the seat belt shall extend from the seat base towards the driver position within easy reach of the occupant. The ABTS feature shall also include the RiteHite™ shoulder adjustment feature to provide enhanced comfort and safety by allowing customized seat belt fit. The minimum vertical dimension from the seat H-point to the ceiling for each belted seating position shall be 35.00 inches. This model of seat shall have successfully completed the static load tests by FMVSS 207/210. This testing shall include a simultaneous forward load of 3000 pounds each on the lap and shoulder belts and twenty (20) times the weight through the center of gravity. This model of seat installed in the cab model, as specified, shall have successfully completed the dynamic sled testing using FMVSS 208 as a guide with the following accommodations. In order to reflect the larger size outfitted firefighters, the test dummy used shall be a 95th percentile hybrid III male weighing 225 pounds rather than the 50th percentile male dummy weighing 165 pounds as referenced in FMVSS 208. The model of seats shall also have successfully completed the flammability of materials used in the occupant compartments of motor vehicles as outlined in FMVSS 302, of which decides the burning rate of materials in the occupant compartments of motor vehicles. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SEAT BACK FORWARD FACING OUTER Each forward-facing outboard seat position shall feature the SecureAll+™ self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) locking system, designed as a single-bracket model compatible with most U.S. and international SCBA brands and sizes. The bracket shall allow tool-free adjustments to accommodate various cylinder diameters and lengths. To modify the fit for different cylinder sizes, a simple lever mechanism shall enable vertical movement of the top clamp, eliminating the need for tools. The system shall be free of straps and clamps that might interfere with auxiliary SCBA equipment. Instead, the top clamp shall securely guide the SCBA tank into position within the seat back cavity. The SCBA unit shall lock into place by pressing it against the pivot arm, activating the auto- locking mechanism. Once engaged, the top clamp shall provide a secure fit in all directions. The SecureAll+™ system shall include a quick-release handle integrated into the seat cushion for easy access, along with a manual release located on the left side of the SCBA bracket. The locking mechanism shall eliminate the need for straps or pull cords, preventing interference with SCBA equipment. Additionally, the seat back shall feature a removable padded cover over the SCBA cavity for enhanced comfort and protection. SEAT MOUNTING FORWARD FACING OUTER The forward facing outer seat shall be mounted inboard from the side wall for additional clearance facing the front of the cab. OCCUPANT PROTECTION FFO The forward facing outer seat positions shall be equipped with the RollTek™ rollover occupant protection system which shall secure occupants, increase the survivable space within the cab and protect against head/neck injuries in the event of a roll over accident. The system shall function using a microprocessor-controlled, solid-state sensing device which, when the system detects a side roll shall provide instantaneous occupant Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 protection (less than 0.3 seconds from trigger to total deployment) by automatically initiating the following sequence: 1. The seat belt shall tighten around the occupant. System Components Shall Include: Integrated Roll Sensor IRS - detects an imminent rollover, activates protective devices and records crash events. Integrated Belt Pretension IBP with flip-up (non theatre) and fixed mechanical seats - tightens the seat belt around occupant, securing occupant in seat. Integrated Gas Pretension IGP with flip-up theatre style seats - tightens the seat belt around occupant, securing occupant in seat. SEAT FORWARD FACING CENTER LOCATION The crew area shall include one (1) forward facing center crew seat located directly behind the engine tunnel in the center of the cab. SEAT CREW FORWARD FACING CENTER The forward facing center seat shall be a H.O. Bostrom 500 Series Firefighter model seat. The seat shall feature a tapered and padded seat, and cushion. The seat shall be mounted in a fixed position. The seat shall feature an all belts to seat (ABTS) style of safety restraint. The ABTS feature shall include a three-point shoulder harness with the lap belt and automatic retractor as an integral part of the seat assembly. The buckle portion of the seat belt shall extend from the seat base towards the driver position within easy reach of the occupant. The ABTS feature shall also include the RiteHite™ shoulder adjustment feature to provide enhanced comfort and safety by allowing customized seat belt fit. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The minimum vertical dimension from the seat H-point to the ceiling for each belted seating position shall be 35.00 inches. This model of seat shall have successfully completed the static load tests by FMVSS 207/210. This testing shall include a simultaneous forward load of 3000 pounds each on the lap and shoulder belts and twenty (20) times the weight through the center of gravity. This model of seat installed in the cab model, as specified, shall have successfully completed the dynamic sled testing using FMVSS 208 as a guide with the following accommodations. In order to reflect the larger size outfitted firefighters, the test dummy used shall be a 95th percentile hybrid III male weighing 225 pounds rather than the 50th percentile male dummy weighing 165 pounds as referenced in FMVSS 208. The model of seats shall also have successfully completed the flammability of materials used in the occupant compartments of motor vehicles as outlined in FMVSS 302, of which decides the burning rate of materials in the occupant compartments of motor vehicles. SEAT BACK FORWARD FACING CENTER Each forward-facing center seat position shall feature the SecureAll+™ self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) locking system, designed as a single-bracket model compatible with most U.S. and international SCBA brands and sizes. The bracket shall allow tool-free adjustments to accommodate various cylinder diameters and lengths. To modify the fit for different cylinder sizes, a simple lever mechanism shall enable vertical movement of the top clamp, eliminating the need for tools. The system shall be free of straps and clamps that might interfere with auxiliary SCBA equipment. Instead, the top clamp shall securely guide the SCBA tank into position within the seat back cavity. The SCBA unit shall lock into place by pressing it against the pivot arm, activating the auto- locking mechanism. Once engaged, the top clamp shall provide a secure fit in all directions. The SecureAll+™ system shall include a quick-release handle integrated into the seat cushion for easy access, along with a manual release located on the left side of the SCBA bracket. The locking mechanism shall eliminate the need for straps or pull cords, preventing interference with SCBA equipment. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Additionally, the seat back shall feature a removable padded cover over the SCBA cavity for enhanced comfort and protection. OCCUPANT PROTECTION FFC The forward facing center seat positions shall be equipped with the RollTek™ rollover occupant protection system which shall secure occupants, increase the survivable space within the cab and protect against head/neck injuries in the event of a rollover accident. The system shall function using a microprocessor-controlled, solid-state sensing device which, when the system detects a side roll shall provide instantaneous occupant protection (less than 0.3 seconds from trigger to total deployment) by automatically initiating the following sequence: 1. The seat belt shall tighten around the occupant. System Components Shall Include: Integrated Roll Sensor IRS - detects an imminent rollover, activates protective devices and records crash events. Integrated Belt Pretension IBP with flip-up (non theatre) and fixed mechanical seats - tightens the seat belt around occupant, securing occupant in seat. Integrated Gas Pretension IGP with flip-up theatre style seats - tightens the seat belt around occupant, securing occupant in seat. SEAT FRAME FORWARD FACING The forward facing center seating positions shall include an enclosed style seat frame located and installed at the rear wall. The seat frame shall measure 62.38 inches wide X Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 12.38 inches high X 22.00 inches deep. The seat frame shall be constructed of Marine Grade 5052-H32 0.19 inch thick aluminum plate. The seat box shall be painted with the same color as the remaining interior. SEAT FRAME FORWARD FACING STORAGE ACCESS There shall be two (2) access points to the seat frame storage area, one (1) on each side of the seat frame. Each access point shall be covered by a hinged door which measures 15.00 inches in width X 10.63 inches in height with an opening that measures 13.75 inches wide X 10.00 inches high. SEAT MOUNTING FORWARD FACING CENTER The forward facing center seats shall be installed facing the front of the cab. CAB FRONT UNDERSEAT STORAGE ACCESS DOOR The right under seat storage area shall have a solid aluminum hinged door with non-locking latch. SEAT COMPARTMENT DOOR FINISH All underseat storage compartment access doors shall feature a medium gray spray on bedliner coating. WINDSHIELD WIPER SYSTEM The cab shall include a triple arm linkage wiper system which shall clear the windshield of water, ice and debris. There shall be two (2) windshield wipers; each shall be affixed to a radial arm. The wiper motor shall be activated by an intermittent wiper control located within easy reach of the driver’s position. ELECTRONIC WINDSHIELD FLUID LEVEL INDICATOR Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The windshield washer fluid level shall be monitored electronically. When the washer fluid level becomes low the yellow “Check Message Center” indicator light on the instrument panel shall illuminate and the message center in the dual air pressure gauge shall display a “Check Washer Fluid Level” message. CAB DOOR HARDWARE The cab entry doors shall be equipped with exterior pull handles, suitable for use while wearing firefighter gloves. The handles shall be made of a fiber reinforced plastic composite with a black matt finish. The interior exit door handles shall be flush paddle type with a black finish, which are incorporated into the upper door panel. All cab entry doors shall include locks which are keyed alike. The door locks shall be designed to prevent accidental lockout. The exterior pull handles shall include a scuff plate behind the handle constructed of polished stainless steel to help protect the cab finish. DOOR LOCKS Each cab entry door shall include a manually operated door lock. Each door lock may be actuated from the inside of the cab by means of a red knob located on the paddle handle of the respective door or by using a TriMark key from the exterior. The door locks are designed to prevent accidental lock out. GRAB HANDLES The cab shall include one (1) 18.00 inch three-piece knurled aluminum anti-slip exterior grab handle behind each cab door. The Hansen Anti-Slip Rails shall be mounted in bright anodized aluminum 4000 Series II stanchions, complete with weep holes to prevent the buildup of moisture. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The grab rails shall include red reflective tape. GRAB HANDLES ACCESSORY Each assist handle shall include a stainless-steel plate which saves the cab from scuffs through continued use of the handle. LIGHTED GRAB HANDLES The grab rails shall include a 12 volt, 17.00 inch long red LED light to provide an increased margin of safety for night time cab entry and egress. AUXILIARY GRAB HANDLE There shall be two (2) 7.00 inch molded stainless steel grab handles with a bright finish attached to the front fascia of the cab one (1) each side above the headlights. REARVIEW MIRRORS The cab exterior shall include Ramco bus style mirrors, one (1) mounted on the drivers’ door and one (1) mounted on the right front cab corner radius below the windshield. The left side mirror shall be model CRM-310-1750-TPCHR. The mirror head shall be injection molded chrome plated ABS plastic that measures 9.50 inches wide X 17.50 inches high and is mounted with a polished die-cast aluminum arm. The right side mirror shall be model CRM-310-1752-A10-TPCHR. The mirror head shall be injection molded chrome plated ABS plastic that measures 9.50 inches wide X 17.50 inches high and is mounted with a 19.00 inch long polished cast aluminum arm. Both the flat and convex mirrors shall be heated and remote controlled. The mirror control switches shall be located within easy reach of the driver. The mirrors shall be Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 manufactured using the finest quality non-glare glass and shall feature a rigid mounting thereby reducing vibration. The mirrors shall be corrosion free under all weather conditions. REARVIEW MIRROR HEAT SWITCH The heat for the rearview mirrors shall be controlled through a virtual button on the vehicle display and control screen. CAB FENDER Full width wheel well liners shall be installed on the extruded cab to limit road splash and enable easier cleaning. Fender shall consist of an inner liner 16.00 inches wide made of ABS composite and an outer fenderette 3.50 inches wide made of SAE 304 polished stainless steel. MUD FLAPS FRONT The front wheel wells shall have mud flaps installed on them. CAB EXTERIOR FRONT & SIDE EMBLEMS The cab shall include three (3) Spartan emblems. There shall be one (1) installed on the front air intake grille and one (1) emblem on each of the cab sides. CAB EXTERIOR MODEL NAMEPLATE The cab shall include “Gladiator” nameplates on the front driver and officer side doors. IGNITION A master battery system with a keyless start ignition system shall be provided. There shall be a three-position rocker switch with off, battery, and ignition positions as well as a stainless-steel etched engine start push-button. The engine start button shall include an Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 illuminated LED halo ring. Both switches shall be mounted to the left of the steering wheel on the dash. The engine start switch shall only operate when the master battery and ignition switch is in the “ignition” position. BATTERY The single start electrical system shall include five (5) Harris BCI 31 925 CCA batteries with a 210 minute reserve capacity and 4/0 welding type dual path starter cables per SAE J541. BATTERY TRAY The batteries shall be installed within two (2) stainless steel battery trays located on the left side and right side of the chassis, securely bolted to the frame rails. The battery trays shall feature a black spray on bedliner coating. The battery trays shall include drain holes in the bottom for sufficient drainage of water. A durable, non-conducting, interlocking mat made by Dri-Dek shall be installed in the bottom of the trays to allow for air flow and help prevent moisture build up. BATTERY BOX COVER Each battery box shall include a cover which protects the top of the batteries. The covers shall be constructed of a composite material which is resistant to corrosion. BATTERY CABLE The starting system shall include cables which shall be protected by 275 degree F. minimum high temperature flame retardant loom, sealed at the ends with heat shrink and sealant. BATTERY JUMPER STUD Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The starting system shall include battery jumper studs. These studs shall be located in the forward most portion of the driver's side lower step, 8.00 inches apart. The studs shall allow the vehicle to be jump started, charged, or the cab to be raised in an emergency in the event of battery failure. ALTERNATOR The charging system shall include a 430 amp Delco Remy 55SI 12 volt alternator. The alternator shall include a self-exciting integral regulator. STARTER MOTOR The single start electrical system shall include a Delco brand starter motor. BATTERY CONDITIONER A Kussmaul Auto Charge Chief 4012 battery conditioner shall be supplied. The battery conditioner shall provide a circuit protected 40-amp output for the chassis batteries and a 20-amp output circuit for accessory loads. The conditioner shall also include a battery temperature sensor. BATTERY CONDITIONER LOCATION The battery conditioner shall be mounted in the cab in the left-hand rear facing outer seating position. BATTERY CONDITIONER DISPLAY A Kussmaul battery conditioner display with a Digital Status Center shall be integrated into the electrical inlet. BATTERY CONDITIONER DISPLAY LOCATION Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The battery conditioner display shall be integrated into the electrical inlet and located via the electrical inlet location 5209 subcategory. ELECTRICAL INLET LOCATION An electrical inlet shall be installed on the left hand side of the cab ahead of the front door rear of the bumper. ELECTRICAL INLET A Kussmaul 20 amp super auto-eject electrical receptacle shall be supplied. It shall automatically eject the plug when the starter button is depressed. A single item or an addition of multiple items must not exceed the rating of the electric inlet that it’s connected to. Amp Draw Reference List: Kussmaul 40 LPC Charger - 5 Amps Kussmaul Chief 4012 Charger – 5.7 Amps Kussmaul 80 LPC Charger - 13 Amps Kussmaul Chief 6012 Charger - 9 Amps Blue Sea P12 7532 - 7.5 Amps Iota DLS-45/IQ4 - 11 Amps 1000W Engine Heater - 8.33 Amps 1500W Engine Heater - 12.5 Amps 120V Air Compressor - 4.2 Amps 120V Dometic HVAC - 15 Amps ELECTRICAL INLET CONNECTION Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The electrical inlet shall be connected to the battery conditioner. ELECTRICAL INLET COLOR The electrical inlet connection shall include a red cover. HEADLIGHTS The cab front shall include two (2) FireTech rectangular LED headlamps with high/low beam in the same housing and two (2) separate FireTech LED high beam only headlamps mounted in bright chrome bezels. HEADLIGHT LOCATION The headlights shall be located on the front fascia of the cab directly below the front warning lights. FRONT TURN SIGNALS The front fascia shall include two (2) Whelen model M6 4.00 inch X 6.00 inch amber LED turn signals which shall be installed in a chrome radius mount housing above and outboard of the front warning and head lamps. SIDE TURN/MARKER LIGHTS The sides of the cab shall include two (2) Tecniq S170 LED side marker lights which shall be provided just behind the front cab radius corners. The lights shall be amber with chrome bezels. MARKER AND ICC LIGHTS Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 In accordance with FMVSS, there shall be five (5) Tecniq S170 LED cab marker lamps designating identification, center and clearance provided. These lights shall be installed on the face of the cab within full view of other vehicles from ground level. The lights shall be amber with chrome bezels. HEADLIGHT AND MARKER LIGHT ACTIVATION The headlights and marker lights shall be controlled via a virtual button on the vehicle display and control screen. There shall be a virtual dimmer control on the vehicle display and control screen to adjust the brightness of the dash lights. The headlamps and markers lamps shall illuminate to 100% brilliance when the ignition switch is in the "On" position. The headlamps shall be equipped with an LED halo parking light around the perimeter of each lamp that shall activate with marker lights “on”. INTERIOR OVERHEAD LIGHTS The cab shall include a LED dome lamp located over each door. The lights shall include push switches on each lamp to activate both the clear and red portions of the light individually. INTERIOR OVERHEAD LIGHTS ACTIVATION The clear portion of each lamp shall be activated by opening the respective door and via the multiplex display. LIGHTBAR PROVISION There shall be one (1) light bar installed on the cab roof. The light bar shall be provided and installed by the chassis manufacturer. The light bar installation shall include a lowered mounting that shall place the light bar just above the junction box and wiring to a control switch on the cab dash. CAB FRONT LIGHTBAR MODEL The cab shall be provided with one (1) Whelen model F4N72 light bar. The light bar shall be 72.00 inches in length and feature eighteen (18) customizable pods. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 See the light bar layout for specific details. If applicable, clear lights shall be disabled with park brake engaged. LIGHTBAR SWITCH The light bar shall be controlled by a virtual button on the vehicle display and control screen. This button shall be clearly labeled for identification. FRONT SCENE LIGHTS The front of the cab shall include two (2) HiViz model Firetech FT-BG2S-R-R3-72-ML- Wscene lights installed on the brow of the cab. 72” 12vdc Brow mounted light bar shall incorporate forward facing marker/clearance lights, scene lighting & emergency lighting (RED) FRONT SCENE LIGHT LOCATION There shall be two (2) scene lights mounted to the front brow of the cab inboard of the outer front marker lights. FRONT SCENE LIGHTS ACTIVATION The front scene lighting shall be activated by a virtual button on the vehicle display and control screen. SIDE SCENE LIGHTS The cab shall include two (2) HiViz model Firetech FT-BG2-R-R3-26-B scene lights installed one (1) on each side of the cab. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Each lamp head shall operate on 12 volt DC and incorporate a 36 LED optic that combines both spot and flood lighting. Each lamp head shall draw 14 amps, generate 19,008 total lumens, and measure approximately 3.75 inches in height X 20.60 inches in width. The lamp heads and brackets shall be powder coated black. SIDE SCENE LIGHT LOCATION The scene lighting located on the driver and officer sides of the cab shall be mounted on the upper side radius of the cab centered above the mid crew area. SIDE SCENE ACTIVATION The scene lights shall be activated by two (2) virtual buttons on the vehicle display and control screen(s), one (1) for each light. GROUND LIGHTS Each door shall include a Tecniq T44 LED ground light mounted to the underside of the cab step below each door. The lights shall include a polycarbonate lens, a housing which is vibration welded and LEDs which shall be shock mounted for extended life. GROUND LIGHTS The ground lighting shall be activated when the parking brake is set, by the opening of the door on the respective cab side, through a virtual button on the vehicle display and control screen, and by the respective side turn signal. UNDER BUMPER LIGHTS There shall be two (2) 4.00 inch round LED ground lights mounted under the bumper. The lights shall include a polycarbonate lens, a housing which is vibration welded, and LEDs Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 which shall be shock mounted for extended life. The under bumper ground lighting shall be interlocked with the park brake. LOWER CAB STEP LIGHTS The middle step located at each door shall include a Tecniq T44 LED light which shall activate with the opening of the respective door. The lights shall include a polycarbonate lens, a housing which is vibration welded and LEDs which shall be shock mounted for extended life. INTERMEDIATE STEP LIGHTS The intermediate step well area at the front doors shall include a TecNiq D06 LED light within a chrome housing. The front egress step lights shall provide visibility to the step well area for the first step exiting the vehicle. The Egress step lights shall activate with entry step lighting. ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHT There shall be a LED NFPA compliant light mounted under the engine tunnel for area work lighting on the engine. The light shall activate automatically when the cab is tilted. DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS LIGHT The front headliner of the cab shall include a flashing red TecNiq K50 LED light clearly labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus". In addition to the flashing red light, an audible alarm shall be included which shall sound while the light is activated. The flashing red light shall be located centered left to right for greatest visibility. The light and alarm shall be interlocked for activation when either a cab door is not firmly closed, or an apparatus compartment door is not closed, and the parking brake is released. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 MASTER WARNING SWITCH A master switch shall be included, as a virtual button on the display and control screen which shall be labeled “E Master” for identification. The button shall feature control over all devices wired through it. Any warning device switches left in the “ON” position when the master switch is activated shall automatically power up. HEADLIGHT FLASHER An alternating high beam headlight flashing system shall be installed into the high beam headlight circuit which shall allow the high beams to flash alternately from left to right. Deliberate operator selection of high beams will override the flashing function until low beams are again selected. Per NFPA, these clear flashing lights will also be disabled “On Scene” when the park brake is applied. HEADLIGHT FLASHER SWITCH The flashing headlights shall be activated through a virtual button on the Vista display and control screen. INBOARD FRONT WARNING LIGHTS The cab front fascia shall include two (2) Whelen M6 Super LED front warning lights in the left and right inboard positions. The lights shall feature multiple flash patterns including steady burn for solid colors and multiple flash patterns for split colors. The lights shall be mounted to the front fascia of the cab within a chrome bezel INBOARD FRONT WARNING LIGHTS COLOR The warning lights mounted on the cab front fascia in the inboard positions shall be red with a clear lens. OUTBOARD FRONT WARNING LIGHTS Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The cab front fascia shall include two (2) Whelen M6 Super LED front warning lights in the left and right outboard positions. The lights shall feature multiple flash patterns including steady burn for solid colors and multiple flash patterns for split colors. The lights shall be mounted to the front fascia of the cab within a chrome bezel. OUTBOARD FRONT WARNING LIGHTS COLOR The warning lights mounted on the cab front fascia in the outboard position shall be red with a clear lens. FRONT WARNING SWITCH The front warning lights shall be controlled through a virtual control on the vehicle display and control screen. This switch shall be clearly labeled for identification. INTERSECTION WARNING LIGHTS The chassis shall include two (2) Whelen M6 series Super LED intersection warning lights, one (1) each side. The lights shall feature multiple flash patterns including steady burn. INTERSECTION WARNING LIGHTS COLOR The intersection lights shall be red with a clear lens. INTERSECTION WARNING LIGHTS LOCATION The intersection lights shall be recess mounted into the side face of the bumper. AUXILIARY INTERSECTION WARNING LIGHTS The chassis shall include two (2) Whelen M6 series Super LED auxiliary intersection warning lights, one (1) each side. The lights shall feature multiple flash patterns including steady burn. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 AUXILIARY INTERSECTION WARNING LIGHTS COLOR The auxiliary intersection warning lights shall be red with clear lens. AUXILIARY INTERSECTION WARNING LIGHTS LOCATION The auxiliary intersection warning lights shall be recessed in the steel channel bumper's angled front right and left corners. SIDE WARNING LIGHTS The cab sides shall include two (2) Whelen M6 Super LED warning lights, one (1) on each side. The lights shall feature multiple flash patterns including steady burn for solid colors and multiple flash patterns for split colors. The lights shall be mounted to the sides of the cab within a chrome bezel. SIDE WARNING LIGHTS COLOR The warning lights located on the side of the cab shall be red with clear lens. SIDE WARNING LIGHTS LOCATION The warning lights on the side of the cab shall be mounted over the front wheel well directly over the center of the front axle. SIDE AND INTERSECTION WARNING SWITCH The side warning lights shall be controlled through a virtual button on the vehicle display and control screen. This button shall be clearly labeled for identification. TANK LEVEL LIGHTS There shall be two (2) FRC MaxVision surface mount water level light strips. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 The light strips shall feature four (4) colors of LED lights to indicate the fluid level of a tank. The colors from top to bottom shall be green, blue, amber, and red. TANK LEVEL LIGHTS ACTIVATION The tank level lights shall be pre-wired and coiled at rear of the cab for connection to the apparatus by the body builder. TANK LEVEL LIGHTS LOCATION There shall be water level lights mounted on each side of the cab, centered between the rear cab doors and the rear corners of the cab. INTERIOR DOOR OPEN WARNING LIGHTS The interior of each door shall include one (1) 15.87 inch long X 0.73 inch tall amber Weldon LED warning light. The light shall be located on the upper portion of the door frame to be visible when a person is standing in front of the door while entering or exiting the cab. Each light shall activate with a scrolling directional flash pattern which moves from inside to outside when the door is in the open position. This shall serve as a warning to oncoming traffic. SIREN CONTROL HEAD A Federal PA4000-200 electronic siren control head shall be provided and flush mounted in the switch panel with a location specific to the customer’s needs. The siren shall feature 200-watt output, wail, radio broadcast, public address, yelp, priority tones and a noise cancelling microphone. STEERING WHEEL HORN BUTTON SELECTOR SWITCH A virtual button on the Vista display and control screen shall be provided to allow control of either the electric horn or the air horn from the steering wheel horn button. AUDIBLE WARNING LH FOOT SWITCH Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 A foot switch wired to actuate the mechanical siren(s) shall be supplied for installation in the front section of the cab for driver actuation. MECHANICAL SIREN FOOT SWITCH LH The mechanical siren foot switch shall be a Linemaster model 491-S. MECHANICAL SIREN FOOT SWITCH LH LOCATION The mechanical siren foot switch shall be located on the left hand side accessible to the driver between the steering column and the door. MECHANICAL SIREN FOOT SWITCH LH POSITION The mechanical siren foot switch shall be positioned outboard of any other foot switch, if applicable. AUDIBLE WARNING LH FOOT SWITCH BRACKET A 30.00 degree angled foot switch bracket, to accommodate a single foot switch, shall be installed outboard of the steering column for specified driver accessible foot switch activations. AIR HORN AUXILIARY ACTIVATION The air horn activation shall be accomplished by two (2) lanyard cables, one (1) on the left hand side accessible to the driver and one (1) on the right hand side accessible to the officer. An air horn activation circuit shall be provided to the chassis harness pump panel harness connector. MECHANICAL SIREN BRAKE/AUXILIARY ACTIVATION The mechanical siren shall be actuated by one (1) momentary rocker switch in the switch panel on the dash. Two (2) red momentary siren brake rocker switches shall be provided in the switch panel on the dash. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 MECHANICAL SIREN INTERLOCK The siren shall only be active when master warning switch is on to prevent accidental engagement. BACK-UP ALARM An ECCO model 575 backup alarm shall be installed at the rear of the chassis with an output level of 107 dB. The alarm shall automatically activate when the transmission is placed in reverse. INSTRUMENTATION An Innovative Controls Digital Instrument Cluster (DIC) shall be provided that combines gauges, telltales, warning messages, and advanced diagnostic capabilities into a single 12.8-inch digital display. The display screen shall have an anti-reflective coating and include touch screen and mechanical button user interaction with the display as well as video and audio interfaces. The DIC shall include a vehicle odometer which displays the total vehicle distance traveled. The DIC shall also include two vehicle trip odometers (TRIP A and TRIP B) which indicate the distance traveled and average fuel economy for each respective trip. The operator may select which odometer is displayed and may reset either trip odometer through the on-screen display. The DIC shall include an engine hour meter which displays the total engine hours of operation. The gauges shall have high-contrast white scales with orange pointers. The following gauges shall be included on the display: Speedometer that indicates vehicle speed. The scale on the speedometer shall read from 0 to 100 MPH. A numerical display of vehicle speed shall also be shown on the gauge. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Tachometer that indicates engine speed. The scale of the tachometer shall read from 0 to 3000 RPM. Primary and secondary air pressure gauges shall indicate the pressure in the primary and secondary air systems. The scale of the air pressure gauges shall read from 0 to 160 pounds per square inch (PSI). The gauge icon and scale shall turn amber when the system pressure drops below 70 PSI. The icon and scale shall turn red when the system pressure drops below 62 PSI. An audible alarm shall also sound when air pressure is low. Fuel gauge. The fuel gauge shall read from empty to full as a fraction of full tank capacity. The gauge icon and scale shall turn amber when the fuel level is below 1/8th tank capacity (1/4th tank in pump mode). An audible alarm shall also sound with low fuel level. Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) gauge. The DEF gauge shall read from empty to full as a fraction of full tank capacity. The gauge icon and scale shall turn amber, and an audible alarm shall sound to indicate low DEF level. Engine oil pressure gauge. The scale of the engine oil pressure gauge shall read from 0 to 100 PSI. The gauge icon and scale shall turn red, and an audible alarm shall sound to indicate low oil pressure. Engine coolant temperature gauge. The scale of the coolant temperature shall read from 100 to 250 degrees Fahrenheit (°F). The gauge icon and scale shall turn red, and an audible alarm shall sound to indicate high coolant temperature. Voltmeter indicating chassis system voltage. The scale of the voltmeter shall be from 10 to 18 volts. The gauge icon and scale shall turn red, and an audible alarm shall sound when the system voltage drops below 11.8 volts for more than 120 seconds in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 1901. The gauge icon and scale shall turn red, and an audible alarm shall sound when the system voltage rises above 15.5 volts for more than 5 seconds. Transmission temperature gauge. The scale of the transmission temperature shall read from 100 to 300 degrees Fahrenheit (°F). The gauge icon and scale shall turn amber, and an audible alarm shall sound to indicate high transmission temperature. The DIC shall include thirty-six (36) colored telltales to indicate vehicle operating conditions. The DIC shall provide text-based warning messages to accompany all telltales. The DIC shall contain an audible alarm capable of providing different alert sounds based Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 on the type of warning. The audible alarm shall be capable of being heard from all seating positions in the cab. The operator shall be able to silence active alarms that are permitted to be silenced by applicable regulations. The DIC shall contain the following indicators and produce the following audible alarms when supplied in conjunction with applicable configurations: RED TELLTALES • Air Filter Restriction - indicates restriction of the engine air intake filter • Air Pressure (Primary) – indicates critically low primary system air pressure • Air Pressure (Secondary) – indicates critically low secondary system air pressure • Cab Tilt Warning - indicates the cab tilt system locks are not engaged • Coolant Temperature – indicates high engine coolant temperature • Low Coolant - indicates critically low engine coolant • Oil Pressure – indicates critically low engine oil pressure • Park Brake - indicates parking brake is set • Seat Belt - indicates a seat belt violation • Stop Engine - indicates critical engine fault • Voltage – indicates critically low or high system voltage AMBER TELLTALES • Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) – ISO Icon indicates an SRS fault • Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) - indicates anti-lock brake system fault • Check Engine - indicates engine fault • Check Transmission - indicates transmission fault Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 • Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) level – indicates low DEF level • Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) - indicates restriction of the diesel particulate filter • Electronic Stability Control (ESC) – indicates active electronic stability control system • Fuel Level – indicates low fuel • High Exhaust System Temperature (HEST) – indicates elevated exhaust temperature • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) - indicates an engine emissions system fault • Regen Inhibit - indicates regeneration of the DPF has been inhibited by the operator • Transmission Temperature – indicates high transmission or transmission retarder temperature • Transmission Range Inhibit - indicates a transmission operation is prevented and requested shift into gear may not occur • Wait to Start - indicates active engine air preheat cycle • Water in Fuel - indicates presence of water in fuel filter • Windshield Washer Fluid – indicates low washer fluid GREEN TELLTALES Automatic Traction Control (ATC) - indicates low wheel traction for automatic traction control equipped vehicles. Also indicates mud/snow mode is active for ATC system Auxiliary Brake - indicates secondary braking device is active Cruise Control - indicates cruise control is enabled High Idle - indicates engine high idle is active OK to Pump - indicates that conditions have been met for pump operations Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Left and Right Turn Signal – indicates active turn signal Pump Engaged - indicates the pump transmission is currently in pump gear BLUE TELLTALES High Beam indicator AUDIBLE ALARMS ABS System Fault Air Filter Restriction APS System Fault Cab Tilt Warning Check Engine Check Transmission Do Not Move Apparatus (open door/compartment) DPF Restriction High Coolant Temperature High or Low System Voltage High Transmission Temperature Idle Shutdown Low Air Pressure Low Coolant Level Low DEF Level Low Engine Oil Pressure Low Fuel Seatbelt Warning Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Stop Engine Turn Signal On Water in Fuel The DIC shall allow the user to configure settings through an on-screen menu. The following settings shall be adjustable by the user: • Distance/Speed Units – English (miles/MPH) or metric (kilometers/KPH) • Temperature Units – degrees Fahrenheit (°F) or degrees Celsius (°C) • Pressure Units – pounds per square inch (PSI) or kilopascals (kPA) • Odometer/Trip odometer–chose which odometer is displayed and reset trip odometers • Display Brightness – adjust brightness levels for both day and night settings • Volume – adjust volume of display speaker • Auxiliary Gauges – configure location of auxiliary gauges The DIC shall include on-screen control of the diesel particulate filter (DPF). The DIC shall be capable of initiating and halting a manual DPF regeneration cycle. Also, the DIC shall be capable of inhibiting DPF regeneration when not desired by the operator. The DIC shall be capable of displaying detailed diagnostic information. Diagnostic information screens shall only be accessible when the park brake is set to prevent unsafe operation of the vehicle. The following information shall be available through the on-screen menu: On-Board Diagnostics (OBD) faults – display of all active OBD faults, including the system reporting the fault, the suspect parameter number (SPN), and the failure mode identifier (FMI) Messages– display a list of all active warning messages and the status of alarms Vehicle Info – display of broadcast chassis information, including Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Pump Interlocks – display pump interlocks status, engine speed, and transmission output speed Input/Output Diagnostics – display the state of all wired inputs and outputs to the DIC Symbol Legend – display a glossary of all symbols and icons used on the DIC J1939 Databus Info – display a list of all electronic control units (ECUs) communicating on the vehicle J1939 databus and display a list of all current message data on J1939 BACKLIGHTING COLOR The digital dash instrumentation gauges shall display in white and the switch panel legends shall be backlit using red LED backlighting. HOUR METER An hour meter for the engine, pump, and PTO shall be included within the digital dash display which shall measure the number of hours the engine, driveline pump, and PTO has been operated. The hour meter shall be wired to the left-hand PTO. RADIO A Jensen brand heavy-duty radio with weather band, AM/FM stereo receiver and Bluetooth capabilities shall be installed in a customer specified location. Radio shall be the current, commercially available heavy-duty single-DIN automotive model at time of vehicle manufacturing date. RADIO LOCATION The radio shall be installed in the right hand overhead position above the officer. AM/FM ANTENNA Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 A small antenna shall be located on the right hand side of the cab roof for AM/FM and weather band reception. RADIO SPEAKERS There shall be two (2) speakers installed in the front portion of the cab recessed overhead and two (2) speakers installed in the rear portion of the cab overhead. The speakers shall be provided for connection to the sound system. CAMERA An FRC branded inView 360-HD™ heavy duty 360° camera system powered by SEON shall be supplied. Three (3) HD cameras with box shaped housing shall be shipped loose for OEM installation in the body to afford the driver a clear view to the rear and sides of the vehicle and one (1) HD camera shall be mounted on the front of the cab, above the windshield. The system shall provide a dual camera view. One (1) view shall be a stitched bird’s eye 360.00 degrees view around the truck and one (1) shall be a direct feed from a single camera. This feed shall display the rear camera when the transmission is placed in reverse, the left or right camera with the activation of the respective side turn signal, or the front camera at all other times. CAMERA DISPLAY The camera system shall be wired to two (2) vehicle display and control screens located on the driver’s and officer’s side dash. The camera system display can be activated through the vehicle display and control screens. COMMUNICATION ANTENNA An antenna base, for use with an NMO type antenna, shall be mounted on the left hand front corner of the cab roof so not to interfere with light bars or other roof mounted equipment installed by chassis builder. The antenna base shall be an Antenex model MABVT8 made for either a 0.38 inch or 0.75 inch receiving hole in the antenna and shall Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 include 17 foot of RG58 A/U cable with no connector at the radio end of the cable. The antenna base design provides the most corrosion resistance and best power transfer available from a high temper all brass construction and gold plated contact design. The antenna base shall be chassis builder supplied. COMMUNICATION ANTENNA CABLE ROUTING The antenna cable shall be routed from the antenna base mounted on the roof to the area behind and underneath the right hand front seat. AUXILIARY COMMUNICATION ANTENNA An auxiliary antenna base, for use with and NMO type antenna, shall be installed on the cab. The antenna base shall be an Antenex model MABVT8 and shall include 17.00 foot of RG58 A/U cable with no connector at the radio end of the cable. The antenna shall be mounted on the right hand front corner of the cab roof so not to interfere with light bars or other roof mounted equipment installed by chassis builder. The antenna base shall be chassis builder supplied. AUXILIARY COMMUNICATION ANTENNA CABLE ROUTING The auxiliary antenna cable shall be routed from the antenna base mounted on the roof to the area behind and underneath the right hand front seat. TWO-WAY RADIOS There shall be one (1) cutout in the center switch panel for a customer installed Motorola APX4500 radio control head. A 1.50 inch diameter radio wire conduit with a pull wire included shall be installed and routed from behind the dash to under the officer’s seat for radio installation by the customer. The officer’s under seat storage area shall include an access hole for the conduit cut into the rear face of the seat box as not to interfere with the officer seat mounting. FIRE EXTINGUISHER Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 A 2.50 pound D.O.T approved fire extinguisher with BC rating shall be shipped loose with the cab. DOOR KEYS The cab and chassis shall include a total of four (4) door keys for the manual door locks. CHASSIS OPERATION MANUAL There shall be two (2) digital copies of the chassis operation manual provided with the chassis. The digital data shall include a parts list specific to the chassis model. ENGINE AND TRANSMISSION OPERATION MANUALS The following manuals specific to the engine and transmission models ordered will be included with the chassis in the ship loose items: (1) Hard copy of the Engine Operation and Maintenance manual with digital copy (1) Digital copy of the Transmission Operator’s manual (1) Digital copy of the Engine Owner’s manual CAB/CHASSIS AS BUILT WIRING DIAGRAMS The cab and chassis shall include two (2) digital copies of wiring schematics and option wiring diagrams. SALES TERMS The sale of the chassis shall be governed by the terms contained on the Sales Terms – Acceptance of Purchase Order document, a copy of which is attached to this option. DRIVELINE LAYOUT CONFIRMATION Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 During the design phase of the chassis the Spartan Chassis driveline engineer shall submit the driveline layout to an OEM engineer to review the chassis design for any potential problems integrating the OEM body to the chassis. This shall also include review and approval of requested clear areas. The OEM engineer shall provide approval to the driveline engineer prior to driveline bills of materials being released. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 1 INTENT OF SPECIFICATIONS It shall be the intent of these specifications to provide a complete apparatus equipped as hereinafter and as specified. With a view to obtaining the best results and the most acceptable apparatus for service in the Department, these specifications cover only the general requirements as to the type of construction and tests to which the apparatus must conform, together with certain details as to finish, equipment and appliances with which the successful bidder shall conform. Minor details of construction and materials where not otherwise specified are left to the discretion of the contractor, who shall be solely responsible for the design and construction for all features. The manufacturer shall provide loose equipment only when specified by the customer. The current NFPA (Standard for Automotive Fire Apparatus) at time of contract, unless otherwise specified as requested by the customer in these specifications, shall prevail. The apparatus must meet all NFPA, DOT, ICC, AE, SAE, UL, TRA, FMVSS and local state Motor Vehicle Requirements. It is required that the apparatus be manufactured to current NFPA edition standards, all NFPA equipment (LOOSE EQUIPMENT) not specified in the specifications will not be provided by the contractor. Bids shall only be considered from companies that have an established reputation in the field of fire apparatus construction that have been in business and construction for a minimum of twenty-five (25) years. The bidder of the apparatus herein specified; shall be wholly owned (100%) and managed by a Company, Corporation, and/or Parent Company that is wholly based, and permanently resides in the United States of America. The Company, Corporation, and/or Parent Company and all assets belonging to such, shall be wholly owned and managed (100%) by the entities specified above. The bidder shall state the location of the manufacturing facility where the apparatus is to be built and the location of the parent company if a subsidiary of a manufacturer. The bidder shall provide satisfactory evidence of their ability to construct the apparatus specified in the bidders' manufacturing facilities. The bidder's representation shall state the length of time representing the manufacturer of specified apparatus. Due to the severe service requirements, the department will impose on the apparatus as specified, each bidder shall provide a list of at least six (6) departments in which similar apparatus utilizing the brand of chassis proposed have been in service for over one year. This list shall include contact names and phone numbers. Due to the importance of keeping this vital piece of firefighting apparatus in service with a minimum of downtime, the manufacturer shall maintain a network of service centers with factory-training personnel. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 2 The bid shall be accompanied by a set of “Contractor’s Specifications” consisting of a detailed description of the apparatus being furnished under this contract which conform. Computer runoff sheets are not acceptable as “Contractor’s Specifications”. Item compliance shall be indicated in the “Yes/No” column of each item by all Bidders. Note: Each bidder shall submit their bid in the same sequence as these specifications to allow the department to easily compare. These specifications shall indicate size, type, model and make of all component parts and equipment. QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP The design of the Apparatus shall embody the latest approved automotive engineering practices. The workmanship must be of the highest quality in its respective field. Special consideration will be given to the following points: Accessibility of the various units, which require periodic maintenance, ease of operation (including both pumping and driving) and symmetrical proportions. Construction shall be rugged and ample safety factors shall be provided to carry loads as specified and to meet both on and off-road requirements and to speed conditions as set forth under “Performance tests and requirements”. Welding shall be employed in the assembly of the apparatus in a manner that will not prevent the ready removal of any component part for service or repair, with apparatus bodies of bolt together design not being acceptable. All steel welding shall follow American Welding Society requirements for AWS D1.1:2012 Structural Welding Code for welding steel structural assemblies. All aluminum welding shall follow American Welding Society requirements for AWS D1.2/D1.2M:2003 Structural Welding Code for any type of structure made from aluminum structural alloys. All sheet metal welding shall follow American Welding Society AWS D9.1M/D9.1:2006 Structural Welding code for Arc/Braze requirements of non-structural materials. All pressure pipe welding shall follow American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASME IX/ ASME B31:2010 requirements to the qualification of procedures in welding and brazing, in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and the ASME B31 Code for Pressure Piping. Flux core arc welding to use alloy rods, type 7000, American Welding Society AWS standards A5.20-E70T1. DELIVERY The bidder shall provide the number of calendar days from the date the bid is awarded to the delivery of the completed unit. A qualified delivery engineer representing the contractor shall deliver the apparatus and instruct the Fire Department personnel in the proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 3 To ensure proper break-in of all components while still under warranty, the apparatus shall be delivered under its own power. The unit will remain insured by the apparatus manufacturer until the department accepts the unit. PERFORMANCE TESTS AND REQUIREMENTS A road test shall be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded to its estimated in-service weight and shall be capable of the following performance while on dry paved roads that are in good condition and for a continuous run of ten (10) miles or more, during which time the apparatus shall show no loss of power or overheating. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and rear axles shall run quietly and be free from abnormal vibration or noise throughout the operating range of the apparatus. The successful bidder shall furnish a Weight Certificate showing weights on front axle, rear axles and total weight for the completed apparatus at time of delivery. A. The apparatus shall be capable of accelerating to 35 MPH (55 km/hr) from a standing start within 25 seconds on a level concrete highway without exceeding the maximum governed RPM of the engine. B. The apparatus, fully loaded, shall be capable of obtaining a minimum top speed of 50 MPH (80 km/hr) on a level dry concrete highway with the engine not exceeding its governed RPM (fully loaded). C. The service brakes shall be capable of stopping a fully loaded vehicle in 35ft (10.7 m) at 20 mph (32.2 km/hr) on a level concrete highway. The air brake system shall conform to Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS) 121. D. The apparatus, when fully loaded, shall have not less than 25 percent or more than 50 percent of the weight on the front axle, and not less than 50 percent nor more than 75 percent on the rear axle. E. From a steady pace of 15 mph, the vehicle will accelerate to a true speed of 35 mph within 15 seconds. This will be accomplished without moving gear selector. F. The apparatus will be able to maintain a speed of at least 20 mph on any grade up to and including 6 percent. G. The contractor shall have a third party testing company conduct the tests of the apparatus as in accordance with standard practices required by the third party testing company (Guide for the Certification of Fire Department Pumper latest edition). A copy of all tests shall accompany the Apparatus. (For apparatus sold within Canadian ULC S515 latest revision shall prevail). H. The contractor shall provide copies of the Pump Manufacturer’s Certification of hydrostatic test, the Engine Manufacturer current certified brake horsepower curve, and the Manufacturer’s record of pumper construction details when delivered. I. All fluid levels and applicable pressures will be brought to proper levels and noted prior to final delivery. INFORMATION REQUIRED Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 4 The manufacturer shall supply, at time of delivery, a complete operation and maintenance manual covering the completed apparatus as delivered. A Fire Apparatus Safety Guide published by Fire Apparatus Manufacturer's Association shall be provided with the apparatus upon delivery. This manual includes essential safety information for fire fighters, fire chiefs, apparatus mechanics, and fire department safety officers. The guide is applicable to municipal, wildland, and airport firefighting apparatus manufactured on either custom or commercial chassis. A permanent plate shall be mounted in the driver's compartment to specify the quantity and type of the following fluids used in the vehicle: Engine oil, engine coolant, and chassis transmission fluid, pump transmission lubrication fluid, pump primer fluid (if used) and drive axle lubrication fluid. The manufacturer shall supply the final certification of GVWR and GAWR on a nameplate affixed to the vehicle. A permanent plate in the driver's compartment shall be installed, specifying the seating capacity of the enclosed cab. Signs that state "OCCUPANTS MUST BE SEATED AND BELTED WHEN APPARATUS IS IN MOTION" shall be provided and will be visible from each seated position. An accident prevention sign shall be located at the rear step area of the apparatus. It shall warn all personnel that standing on the step while apparatus is in motion shall be prohibited. A nameplate indicating the chassis transmission shift selector position to be used when pumping shall be provided in the driving compartment and located so that it can be easily read from the driver's position. LIABILITY The bidder, if their bid is accepted, shall defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented device or article forming part of the apparatus or any appliance provided under the contract. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION The apparatus shall be designed with due consideration to distribution of load between the front and rear axles, so that all specified equipment, including filled water tank, a full complement of personnel and fire hose will be carried without injury to the apparatus. Weight balance and distribution shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the current NFPA, Standard for Automotive Fire Apparatus, documentation at time of contract signing. The apparatus shall be designed so that all recommended daily maintenance checks can be performed easily by the operator without the need for hand tools. Apparatus components that interfere with repair or removal of Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 5 other major components must be attached with fasteners (cap, screws, nuts, etc.) so that the components can be removed and installed with normal hand tools. These components must not be welded or otherwise permanently secured into place. The GAWR and GVWR of the chassis shall be adequate to carry the fully equipped apparatus including all tanks filled, the specified hose load, unequipped personnel weight, ground ladders and a miscellaneous equipment allowance per NFPA criteria. It shall be the responsibility of the purchaser to provide the contractor with the weight of equipment to be carried if it is in excess of the allowance as set forth by NFPA. The unequipped personnel weight shall be calculated at 250 lbs. per person times the maximum number of persons to ride on the apparatus. The height of the fully loaded vehicle's center of gravity shall not exceed the chassis manufacturer's maximum limit. The front to rear weight distribution of the fully loaded vehicle shall be within the limits set by the chassis manufacturer. The front axle loads shall not be less than the minimum axle loads specified by the chassis manufacturer, under full loads and all other loading conditions. The difference in weight on the end of each axle, from side to side, when the vehicle is fully loaded and equipped, shall not exceed 7 percent. The apparatus shall be so designed that the various parts are readily accessible for lubrication, inspection, adjustment and repair. Where special tools manufactured or designed by the contractor and are required to provide routine service on any component of the apparatus built or supplied by the contractor, such tools shall be provided with the apparatus. EXCEPTIONS TO SPECIFICATIONS The following specifications shall be strictly adhered to. Exceptions shall be allowed if they are equal to or superior to that as specified and providing, they are listed and entirely explained on a separate page entitled "Exceptions to Specifications". The exceptions list to refer to specification page number and paragraph. Proposals taking total exception to specifications or total exception to certain parts of the specifications such as Electrical Systems, Chassis, Body or Pump, will not be accepted. Prototype units will not be acceptable. Apparatus shall be inspected upon completion for compliance with specifications. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 6 Deviations will not be tolerated and will be cause for rejection of Apparatus unless they were originally listed in bidder’s proposal and accepted in writing by the department. If the bidder takes an exception, on the exception page, the bidder must state an option price to bring their specifications into full compliance with the Department specifications. Failure to provide this information shall be cause to reject the proposal as being non-responsive. Copied or run off sheets of these specifications shall be unacceptable, and the bid will be rejected no exceptions. WARRANTY Warranties applicable to the chassis and body (excluding vendor supplied components {engine, transmission, axles, etc.} which carry their own specific warranties) will be addressed by a single point warranty service provider approved by the manufacturer to perform service as necessary. PURCHASER'S RIGHTS The Purchaser reserves the right to accept or reject any or all bids as it deemed in their best interests. ENGINE AVAILBILITY If an L9 engine is NOT available or cannot be provided for that specific quote or build slot at time of production, the engine will automatically be upgraded and charged for an X12 (or the X10 engine) with all costs associated with the upgrade being passed on to the end user. No exceptions. If a pre-2027 emission engine is NOT available at the time of build (starting production on January 1, 2026) the order will automatically be upgraded and charged for either the 2027 engine compliant Cummins X-10 or X-15, with all associated costs being passed on to the end user. No exceptions. BID/PROPOSAL DRAWINGS For purposes of evaluation, the bidder shall provide a drawing illustrating, but not limited to, the overall dimensions, wheelbase, and overall length of the proposed apparatus and other specified equipment, shall be required to be included with the bidder's proposal package. The drawings shall be large "D" size (minimum 24.00 inches x 36.00 inches). Smaller size drawings, "similar to" drawings or general sales drawings, shall not be acceptable. Failure to provide a bid evaluation drawing in accordance with these specifications shall be cause for rejection of the bid proposal. PRE-CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 7 After the award of the bid, the contractor shall provide detailed colored engineering drawings including, but not limited to, the overall dimensions, wheelbase, and overall length of the proposed apparatus for use during the pre- construction conference. The drawings shall include, but shall not be limited to the right, left, top, front and rear views of the apparatus. In addition, a detailed engineering drawing of the pump operator's panel shall be provided prior to manufacturing for fire department approval. PERFORMANCE BOND A 100% Performance Bond shall be supplied within thirty days of bid award. The signatures of both buyer and bidder on the contract shall construe awarding of the bid. The prime apparatus builder shall provide the performance bond. Any bonds supplied by the dealer or representative shall not be acceptable. SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER Bids shall only be accepted from a single source apparatus manufacturer. The definition of single source manufacturer is a company that designs and manufactures their products utilizing an approach that includes complete product integration, including the apparatus chassis, cab, and body modules being constructed, assembled, and tested on company premises only. Warranties qualified to the chassis and body design construction (excluding vender component warranties such as engine, axles, transmission, and pumps, etc.) will be from a single source manufacturer and not separated between manufacturers (i.e., body and chassis). The bidder shall provide evidence of maintaining compliance to this requirement. TAG-ON ORDERS-COOPERATIVE PURCHASING Other fire departments, metropolitan regions, or municipalities may purchase apparatus and equipment from same manufacture similar to the Apparatus and Equipment that is the subject of this Contract held by the same manufacture. The following terms shall apply to any such tag-on orders: (a) Changes - Tag-on orders utilizing the same specification as the Apparatus and Equipment that is the subject of this Contract in order to provide favorable pricing and lead-times to other buyers due to having such specification fully engineered. Limited changes will be permitted. Such changes will be captured in the pre- construction meeting and the price of any tag-on unit adjusted accordingly. (b) Term – Tag-on orders may be placed for a term of one year after the Effective Date of this Contract. (c) Escalation - Manufacture reserves the right to adjust the price of any tag-on order if material costs escalate during the term of this Contract, changes in regulations become effective (for example EPA, NFPA or other), or the tag-on order would cross a model year. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 8 (d) Acceptance – Manufacture holding the contract reserves the right to accept or reject any tag-on orders under this Contract. FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS AND TESTING Prototype bodies have been subjected to rigorous testing over varied terrains simulating different environmental conditions. The purpose of such complex engineering methods of analysis shall be to ensure the longevity of the design by analyzing stress levels throughout the body and incorporating the structural supports wherever necessary. There shall have been a minimum of three (3) different load cases (per DOT, FHWA, and TTMA recommended practice) applied and analyzed to properly display the different areas and levels of stresses that will be present under the various operating conditions of the apparatus. Analysis shall also have been conducted on the mounting system for the apparatus body and pump house. SUPPLIED INFORMATION & EXTRAS The apparatus manufacturer shall supply two (2) hard copies of apparatus manuals with all manufactured apparatus. The manuals shall include, but not be limited to: all component warranties, users' manuals and information for supplied products, apparatus engineering information including drawings and build prints, and whatever other pertinent information the manufacturer can supply to its customer regarding the said apparatus. Included in the delivery of the unit, the manufacturer shall also include spare hardware and extra fasteners, paint for touch-up, information regarding washing and care procedures, as well as other recommendations for care and maintenance of the general apparatus. The manufacturer shall also supply a manufacturer's record of apparatus construction details, including the following information: • Owner name and address • Apparatus manufacturer, model, and serial number • Chassis make, model, and serial number • GAWR of front and rear axles • Front tire size and total rated capacity in pounds • Rear tire size and total rated capacity in pounds • Chassis weight distribution in pounds with water (if applicable) and manufacturer mounted equipment (front and rear) • Engine make, model, serial number, rated horsepower, related speed and no load governed speed • Type of fuel and fuel tank capacity • Electrical system voltage and alternator output in amps Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 9 • Battery make and model, capacity in CCA • Paint numbers • Weight documents from a certified scale showing actual loading on the front axle, rear axle(s), and overall vehicle (with the water tank full (if applicable) but without personnel, equipment, and hose) • Written load analysis and results of the electrical system performance tests • Transmission make, model, and type • Pump to drive through the transmission (yes or no) • Engine to pump gear ratio and transmission gear ratio used • Pump make and model, rated capacity in gallons per minute, serial number, and number of stages • Pump manufacturer's certification of suction capability • Pump manufacturer's certification of hydrostatic test • Pump manufacturer's certification of inspection and test for the fire pump • Copy of the apparatus manufacturer's approval for stationary pumping applications • Pump transmission make, model and serial number • Priming device type • Type of pump pressure control system • The engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower curve for the engine furnished, showing the maximum no load governed speed • Certification of the water tank capacity ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS The apparatus manufacturer shall supply one (1) set(s) as-built wiring schematics, to include all line voltage schematics with each apparatus. WARNING AND INFORMATION LABELS All warning and informational labels (non-vendor specific) shall be provided in compliance with current NFPA (Standard for Automotive Fire Apparatus) at time of contract, and installed in the appropriate locations to alert the operator of potential hazards and operating instructions. ON-LINE CUSTOMER INTERACTION The manufacturer shall provide the capability for online access through the manufacturer’s website. The customer shall be able to view digital photos of their apparatus in the specified phases of construction. The following phases will be captured and displayed on the manufacturer’s website: 1. Chassis when available at manufacturing facility 2. Body – Prior to Paint 3. Body – Painted 4. Pump and Plumbing 5. Assembly – 80% Complete Due to the complex nature of fire apparatus and the importance of communication between the manufacture and customer, this line item is considered a critical requirement. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 10 LIABILITY INSURANCE COVERAGE In order to protect the department and its personnel, the bidder shall show proof that it has no less than $10 million in liability insurance in force. A certificate of coverage shall be included in the bid package. Failure to carry liability insurance of at least this amount or failure to include proof of coverage shall be cause to reject the bidder's proposal. GENERAL WARRANTY The manufacturer shall provide a two (2) year warranty from the date of delivery. In the case of a commercial chassis being used, the warranty on the chassis, engine, transmission, tires, storage batteries, generators, electrical lamps and other devices subject to deterioration is limited to the warranty of the manufacturer thereof and adjustments for the same are to be made directly with the manufacturer by the customer. PLUMBING WARRANTY A Stainless Steel Plumbing/Piping warranty shall be provided by the apparatus manufacturer for products of its manufacture to be free from defects in material and workmanship, under normal use and service, for a period of ten (10) years from the date of delivery. THIRD PARTY PUMP CERTIFICATION AND TESTING The apparatus upon completion will be tested and certified by an independent third party testing company. The certification tests will follow the guidelines outlined in the current NFPA, Standard for Automotive Fire Apparatus, documentation at time of contract signing. There shall be multiple tests performed by the contractor and the third party testing company when the apparatus has been completed. The manufacturer shall provide the completed Test Certificate(s) to the purchaser at time of delivery. The fire pump shall be mounted on the apparatus and shall have a minimum rated capacity of 250 gpm (1000 L/min) at 150 psi (1000 kPa) net pump pressure. Where the apparatus is designed for pump in-motion operations, the vehicle drive engine and drive train shall be arranged so that the pump can deliver at least 20 gpm (76 L/min) at a gauge pressure of 80 psi (550 kPa), while the fire apparatus is moving. If the pumping system provided is rated at 3000 gpm (12,000 L/min) or less, the pump shall be capable of delivering the following: (1) One hundred percent of rated capacity at 150 psi (1000 kPa) net pump pressure (2) Seventy percent of rated capacity at 200 psi (1400 kPa) net pump pressure Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 11 (3) Fifty percent of rated capacity at 250 psi (1700 kPa) net pump pressure If the pumping system provided is rated at greater than 3000 gpm (12,000 L/min), the pump shall be capable of delivering the following: (1) One hundred percent of rated capacity at 100 psi (700 kPa) net pump pressure (2) Seventy percent of rated capacity at 150 psi (1000 kPa) net pump pressure (3) Fifty percent of rated capacity at 200 psi (1400 kPa) net pump pressure If the fire pump has a rated capacity of 750 gpm (3000 L/min) or greater, the pump shall be tested after the pump and all its associated piping and equipment have been installed on the apparatus. The tests shall include at least the pumping test, the pumping engine overload test, the pressure control system test, the priming device tests, and the vacuum test. A test plate shall be provided at the pump operator’s panel that gives the rated discharges and pressures together with the speed of the engine as determined by the certification test for each unit, the position of the parallel/series pump as used, and the governed speed of the engine as stated by the engine manufacturer on a certified brake horsepower curve. The plate shall be completely stamped with all information at the factory and attached to the vehicle prior to shipping. Pumping Test: The test site shall be adjacent to a supply of clear water at least 4 feet (1.2 m) deep, with the water level not more than 10 feet (3 m) below the center of the pump intake, and close enough to allow the suction strainer to be submerged at least 2 feet (0.6 m) below the surface of the water when connected to the pump by 20 feet (6 m) of suction hose. Tests shall be performed when conditions are as follows: (1) Air temperature: 0 degrees Fahrenheit to 110 degrees Fahrenheit (−18 degrees Celsius to 43 degrees Celsius) (2) Water temperature: 35 degrees Fahrenheit to 90 degrees Fahrenheit (2 degrees Celsius to 32 degrees Celsius) (3) Barometric pressure: 29 inches Hg (98.2 kPa), minimum (corrected to sea level) Engine-driven accessories shall not be functionally disconnected or rendered inoperative during the tests. The following devices shall be permitted to be turned off or not operating during the pump test: Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 12 (1) Aerial hydraulic pump (2) Foam pump (3) Hydraulically driven equipment (other than hydraulically driven line voltage generator) (4) Winch (5) Windshield wipers (6) Four-way hazard flashers (7) Compressed air foam system (CAFS) compressor All structural enclosures, such as floorboards, gratings, grilles, and heat shields, not provided with a means for opening them in service shall be kept in place during the tests. All test gauges shall meet the requirements for Grade A gauges as defined in ASME B40.100, Pressure Gauges and Gauge Attachments, and shall be at least size 3 1∕2 per ASMEB40.100. The pump intake gauge shall have a range of 30 in. Hg (100 kPa) vacuum to zero for a vacuum gauge, or 30 in. Hg (100 kPa) vacuum to a gauge pressure of 150 psi (1000 kPa) for a compound gauge. The discharge pressure gauge shall have a gauge pressure range of 0 psi to 400 psi (0 kPa to 2800 kPa). All pilot gauges shall have a gauge pressure range of at least 0 psi to 160 psi (0 kPa to 1100 kPa). All gauges shall be calibrated in the month preceding the tests using a dead-weight gauge tester or a master gauge meeting the requirements for Grade 3A or 4A gauges, as defined in ASME B40.100, Pressure Gauges and Gauge Attachments, that has been calibrated within the preceding year. The engine speed–measuring equipment shall consist of a nonadjustable tachometer supplied from the engine or transmission electronics, a revolution counter on a checking shaft outlet and a stopwatch, or other engine speed– measuring means that is accurate to within ± 50 rpm of actual speed. If the apparatus is equipped with a fire pump rated at 750 gpm (3000 L/min) or greater but not greater than 3000 gpm (12,000 L/min), the pump shall be subjected to a 3 hour pumping test from draft consisting of 2 hours of continuous pumping at rated capacity at a minimum of 150 psi (1000 kPa) net pump pressure, followed by 1∕2 hour of continuous pumping at 70 percent of rated capacity at a minimum of 200 psi (1400 kPa) net pump pressure and 1∕2 hour of continuous pumping at 50 percent of rated capacity at a minimum of 250 psi (1700 kPa) net pump pressure and shall not be stopped until after the 2 hour test at rated capacity, unless it becomes necessary to clean the suction strainer. If the apparatus is equipped with a fire pump rated at greater than 3000 gpm (12,000 L/min), the pump shall be subjected to a 3 hour pumping test from draft consisting of 2 hours of continuous pumping at rated capacity at 100 psi (700 kPa) net pump pressure, followed by 1∕2 hour of continuous pumping at 70 percent of rated capacity at 150 psi (1000 kPa) net pump pressure and 1∕2 hour of continuous pumping at 50 percent of rated capacity at 200 psi (1400 kPa) net pump pressure and shall not be stopped until after the 2 hour test at rated capacity, unless it becomes necessary to clean the suction strainer. If the apparatus is equipped with a fire pump rated at less than 750 gpm (3000 L/min), the pump shall be subjected to a 50-minute pumping test from draft consisting of 30 minutes of continuous pumping at rated Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 13 capacity at a minimum of 150 psi (1000 kPa) net pump pressure, followed by 10 minutes of continuous pumping at 70 percent of rated capacity at a minimum of 200 psi (1400 kPa) net pump pressure and 10 minutes of continuous pumping at 50 percent of rated capacity at a minimum of 250 psi (1700 kPa) net pump pressure and shall not be stopped until after the 30-minute test at rated capacity, unless it becomes necessary to clean the suction strainer. Pumping Engine Overload Test: If the pump has a rated capacity of 750 gpm (3000 L/min) or greater but not greater than 3000 gpm (12,000 L/min), the apparatus shall be subjected to an overload test consisting of pumping rated capacity at 165 psi (1100 kPa) net pump pressure for at least 10 minutes. This test shall be performed immediately following the pumping test of rated capacity at 150 psi (1000 kPa). The capacity, discharge pressure, intake pressure, and engine speed shall be recorded at least three times during the overload test. Pressure Control System Test: If the pump is rated at 3000 gpm (12,000 L/min) or less, the pressure control system on the pump shall be tested as follows: (1) The pump shall be operated at draft, delivering rated capacity at a discharge gauge pressure of 150 psi (1000 kPa). (2) The pressure control system shall be set in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions to maintain the discharge gauge pressure at 150 psi (1000 kPa) ±5 percent. (3) All discharge valves shall be closed not more rapidly than in 3 seconds and not more slowly than in 10 seconds. (4) The rise in discharge pressure shall not exceed 30 psi (200 kPa) and shall be recorded. (5) The original conditions of pumping rated capacity at a discharge gauge pressure of 150 psi (1000 kPa) shall be reestablished. (6) The discharge pressure gauge shall be reduced to 90 psi (620 kPa) by throttling the engine fuel supply, with no change to the discharge valve settings, hose, or nozzles. (7) The pressure control system shall be set according to the manufacturer’s instructions to maintain the discharge gauge pressure at 90 psi (620 kPa) ±5 percent. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 14 (8) All discharge valves shall be closed not more rapidly than in 3 seconds and not more slowly than in 10 seconds. (9) The rise in discharge pressure shall not exceed 30 psi (200 kPa) and shall be recorded. (10) The pump shall be operated at draft, pumping 50 percent of rated capacity at a discharge gauge pressure of 250 psi (1700 kPa). (11) The pressure control system shall be set in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions to maintain the discharge gauge pressure at 250 psi (1700 kPa) ±5 percent. (12) All discharge valves shall be closed not more rapidly than in 3 seconds and not more slowly than in 10 seconds. (13) The rise in discharge pressure shall not exceed 30 psi (200 kPa) and shall be recorded. If the pump is rated at greater than 3000 gpm (12,000 L/min), the pressure control system on the pump shall be tested as follows: (1) The pump shall be operated at draft, delivering rated capacity at a discharge gauge pressure of 100 psi (700 kPa). (2) The pressure control system shall be set in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions to maintain the discharge gauge pressure at 100 psi (700 kPa) ±5 percent. (3) All discharge valves shall be closed not more rapidly than in 3 seconds and not more slowly than in 10 seconds. (4) The rise in discharge pressure shall not exceed 30 psi (200 kPa) and shall be recorded. (5) The original conditions of pumping rated capacity at a discharge gauge pressure of 150 psi (1000 kPa) shall be reestablished. (6) The pump shall be operated at draft, pumping 50 percent of rated capacity at a discharge gauge pressure of 200 psi (1400 kPa). (7) The pressure control system shall be set according to the manufacturer’s instructions to maintain the discharge gauge pressure at 200 psi (1400 kPa) ±5 percent. (8) All discharge valves shall be closed not more rapidly than in 3 seconds and not more slowly than in 10 seconds. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 15 (9) The rise in discharge pressure shall not exceed 30 psi (200 kPa) and shall be recorded. Priming System Tests: With the apparatus set up for the pumping test, the primer shall be operated in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions until the pump has been primed and is discharging water. This test shall be permitted to be performed in connection with priming the pump for the pumping test. The interval from the time the primer is started until the time the pump is discharging water shall be noted. The time required to prime the pump shall not exceed 30 seconds if the rated capacity is 1250 gpm (5000 L/min) or less. The time required to prime the pump shall not exceed 45 seconds if the rated capacity is 1500 gpm (6000 L/min) or more. An additional 15 seconds shall be permitted in order to meet the requirements of 16.13.5.3 and 16.13.5.4 when the pump system includes an auxiliary 4 inches (100 mm) or larger intake pipe having a volume of 1 foot³ (0.30 m³) or more. Vacuum Test: The vacuum test shall consist of subjecting the interior of the pump, with all intake valves open, capped or plugged, and all discharge caps removed, to a vacuum of 22 inches/Hg (75 kPa) by means of the pump priming system. At altitudes above 2000 feet (600 m), the vacuum attained shall be permitted to be less than 22 inches/Hg (75 kPa) by 1 inch/Hg (3.4 kPa) for each 1000 feet (305 m) of altitude above 2000 feet (610 m). The vacuum shall not drop more than 10 inches/Hg (34 kPa) in 5 minutes. The primer shall not be used after the 5 minute test period has begun and the engine shall not be operated at any speed greater than the governed speed during this test. Water Tank–to–Pump Flow Test: A water tank–to–pump flow test shall be conducted as follows: (1) The water tank shall be filled until it overflows. (2) All intakes to the pump shall be closed. (3) The tank fill line and bypass cooling line shall be closed. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 16 (4) Hose lines and nozzles for discharging water at the rated tank-to-pump flow rate shall be connected to one or more discharge outlets. (5) The tank-to-pump valve(s) and the discharge valves leading to the hose lines and nozzles shall be fully opened. (6) The engine throttle shall be adjusted until the required flow rate −0/+5 percent is established. (7) The discharge pressure shall be recorded. (8) The discharge valves shall be closed, and the water tank refilled. (9) The bypass line shall be permitted to be opened temporarily, if needed, to keep the water temperature in the pump within acceptable limits. (10) The discharge valves shall be reopened fully, and the time noted. (11) If necessary, the engine throttle shall be adjusted to maintain the discharge pressure recorded as noted in 16.13.7.1(7). (12) When the discharge pressure drops by 10 psi (70 kPa) or more, the time shall be noted and the elapsed time from the opening of the discharge valves shall be calculated and recorded. Volume Discharge Calculation: The volume discharged shall be calculated by multiplying the rate of discharge in gallons per minute (liters per minute) by the time in minutes elapsed from the opening of the discharge valves until the discharge pressure drops by at least 10 psi (70 kPa). Other means shall be permitted to be used to determine the volume of water pumped from the tank such as a totalizing flowmeter, weighing the truck before and after, or refilling the tank using a totalizing flowmeter. The rated tank-to-pump flow rate shall be maintained until 80 percent of the rated capacity of the tank has been discharge. Engine Speed Advancement Interlock Test The engine speed advancement interlock system shall be tested to verify that engine speed cannot be increased at the pump operator’s panel unless there is throttle-ready indication. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 17 If the apparatus is equipped with a stationary pump driven through split-shaft PTO, the test shall verify that the engine speed control at pump operator’s panel cannot be advanced when either of the following conditions exists: (6) The chassis transmission is in neutral, the parking brake is off, and the pump shift in the driving compartment is in the road position. (7) The chassis transmission has been placed in the position for pumping as indicated on the label provided in the driving compartment, the parking brake is on, and the pump shift in the driving compartment is in the road position. If the apparatus is equipped with a stationary pump driven through a transmission mounted PTO, front-of-engine crankshaft PTO, or engine flywheel PTO, the test shall verify that the engine speed control on the pump operator’s panel cannot be advanced when either of the following conditions exists: (1) The chassis transmission is in neutral, the parking brake is off, and the pump shift status in the driving compartment is disengaged. (2) The chassis transmission is in any other gear other than neutral, the parking brake is on, and the pump shift in the driving compartment is in the “Pump Engaged” position. If the apparatus is equipped with a pump driven by the chassis engine designed for both stationary pumping and pump-in-motion, the test shall verify that the engine speed control at pump operator’s panel cannot be advanced when either of the following conditions exists: (1) The chassis transmission is in neutral, the parking brake is on, and the pump shift status in the driving compartment is disengaged. (2) The chassis transmission is in any other gear other than neutral, the parking brake is on, and the pump shift in the driving compartment is in the “Pump Engaged” or the “OK to Pump In-Motion” position. If the apparatus is equipped with a stationary pump driven through transfer case PTO, the test shall verify that the engine speed control on the pump operator’s panel cannot be advanced when either of the following conditions exists: (1) The chassis transmission is in neutral, the transfer case is in neutral, the parking brake is off, and the pump shift in the driving compartment is in the road position. (2) The chassis transmission is in neutral, the transfer case is engaged, the parking brake is off, and the pump shift in the driving compartment is in the road position. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 18 (3) The chassis transmission has been placed in the position for pumping as indicated on the label provided in the driving compartment, the parking brake is on, and the pump shift in the driving compartment is in the road position. LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PERFORMANCE TESTING The apparatus low-voltage electrical system will be tested and certified. Tests shall be performed when the air temperature is between 0 degrees Fahrenheit and 110 degrees Fahrenheit (–18 degrees Celsius and 43 degrees Celsius). The three tests defined in NFPA shall be performed in the order in which they appear. Before each test, the batteries shall be fully charged until the voltage stabilizes at the voltage regulator set point and the lowest charge current is maintained for 10 minutes. Failure of any of these tests shall require a repeat of the sequence. Reserve Capacity Test: The engine shall be started and kept running until the engine and engine compartment temperatures are stabilized at normal operating temperatures and the battery system is fully charged. The engine shall be shut off and the minimum continuous electrical load shall be activated for 10 minutes. All electrical loads shall be turned off prior to attempting to restart the engine. The battery system shall then be capable of restarting the engine. Failure to restart the engine shall be considered a test failure of the battery system. Alternator Performance Test at Idle: The minimum continuous electrical load shall be activated with the engine running at idle speed. The engine temperature shall be stabilized at normal operating temperature. The battery system shall be tested to detect the presence of battery discharge current. The detection of battery discharge current shall be considered a test failure. Alternator Performance Test at Full Load: The total continuous electrical load shall be activated with the engine running up to the engine manufacturer’s governed speed. The test duration shall be a minimum of 2 hours. Activation of the load management system shall be permitted during this test. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 19 An alarm sounded by excessive battery discharge, as detected by the system required in NFPA 13.3.4, or a system voltage of less than 11.8 V dc for a 12 V nominal system or 23.6 V dc for a 24 V nominal system, for more than 120 seconds, shall be considered a test failure. Low Voltage Alarm Test: Following the above test, a Low Voltage Alarm Test will be performed in the manner prescribed. With the engine shut off, the total continuous electrical load shall be activated and shall continue to be applied until the excessive battery discharge alarm activates. The battery voltage shall be measured at the battery terminals. The test shall be considered a failure if the alarm has not yet sounded 140 seconds after the voltage drops to 11.70V for a 12 V nominal system or 23.4 V for a 24 V nominal system. The battery system shall then be able to restart the engine. Failure to restart the engine shall be considered a test failure. FACTORY PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE The factory authorized Distributor shall be required, prior to manufacturing, to have a pre-construction conference at the manufacturing facility with a factory representative present and with One (1) individual(s) from the to finalize all construction details. The factories authorized distributor shall, at his expense, provide transportation, lodging, and meals. Any distance greater than 200 miles shall be by commercial air travel. FINAL INSPECTION CONFERENCE The factory authorized Distributor shall be required, during manufacturing, to have a final completion inspection conference at the site of the manufacturing facility with One (1) individuals from the to inspect the apparatus after construction. The factories authorized distributor shall, at his expense, provide transportation, lodging, and meals. Any distance greater than 200 miles shall be by commercial air travel. MAXIMUM OVERALL LENGTH REQUIREMENT The apparatus specified shall be constructed as detailed and shall NOT exceed a maximum overall length of 430.25 inches. MAXIMUM OVERALL HEIGHT REQUIREMENT The apparatus specified shall be constructed as detailed and shall NOT exceed a maximum overall height of 126.00 inches. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 20 MAXIMUM OVERALL WIDTH OF NINETY-NINE (99) INCHES The apparatus specified shall be constructed as detailed and shall NOT exceed a Maximum Overall Width of Ninety-nine (99.00) inches. This dimension shall include the primary construction of the apparatus body and chassis cab. Any peripheral items shall not be incorporated into this measurement. The items included, but not limited to, are: Rub Rails, Fenderettes, Mirrors, Lights, Handrails, Front Bumpers, Cab Steps, Overlays, Etc. MAXIMUM WHEELBASE REQUIREMENT The apparatus specified shall be constructed with no restrictions to the maximum wheelbase. EXHAUST HEAT SHIELD There shall be an exhaust heat shield added to the chassis provided exhaust. The shield shall terminate past the front compartment and shall incorporate a heavy duty spray on insulation under R1. The heat shield shall be attached to the underside of the body utilizing a flexible bracket. CHASSIS REQUIRED LABELING Signs that state "Occupants must be seated and belted when apparatus is in motion" shall be provided. They shall be visible from each seating position. There shall be a lubrication plate mounted inside the cab listing the type and grade of lubrication used in the following areas on the apparatus and chassis: - Engine oil - Engine Coolant - Transmission Fluid - Pump Transmission Lubrication Fluid - Drive Axle Lubrication Fluid - Generator Lubrication Fluid (where applicable) - Tire Pressures APPARATUS INFORMATION LABEL There shall be a high-visibility label installed in a location clearly detectable to the driver while in the seated position. The label shall indicate the following specified information. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 21 Overall Height (feet and inches) Overall Length (feet and inches) Overall GVWR (tons or metric tons) CAB TILT CONTROL There shall be a cab tilt pendant control with a quick-connect coupler provided and installed on the right side of the apparatus. The pendant shall be located directly on the bottom sill of the pump compartment. There shall also be a cab tilt instruction plate located as close as possible to the control pendant for ease of operation. AIR TANK DRAIN LINES (extended) There shall be manual pull air tank drain lines provided with the apparatus. The air drain lines shall be extended to the outer edge of the apparatus to facilitate draining moisture from the chassis air tanks to a single location for all drains and shall be actuated by a key ring. A label shall be affixed indicating “Air Tank Drain”. HEADSET SYSTEM The headset and intercom system shall be provided and installed by the Fire Department. HELMET RESTRAINTS All NFPA required helmet restraints will be supplied and installed by the Fire Department prior to the truck being placed into service. MUD FLAPS There shall be no front mud flaps added by the body manufacturer. MUD FLAPS Heavy-duty black rubber mud flaps with manufactures logo shall be provided behind the rear wheels. The mud flaps shall be bolted in place. PUMP COMPARTMENT The complete apparatus pump compartment shall be constructed of a combination of structural tubing and formed sheet metal. The same materials used in the body shall be utilized in the construction of the pump compartment. The structure shall be welded utilizing the same A.W.S. Certified welding procedure as used on the structural body module. These processes shall ensure the quality of structural stability of the pump compartment module. The pump compartment module shall be separated from the apparatus body with a gap. This gap is necessary to accommodate the flexing of the chassis frame rails that are encountered while the vehicle is in transit so that harmful torsional forces are not transmitted into the structural framework. MODULE MOUNTING Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 22 The entire pump module assembly shall be mounted so that it “floats” above the chassis frame rails with vibration isolators. The body substructure shall be mounted above the frame to allow independent flexing to occur between the body and the chassis. The assembly shall be mounted to the chassis frame rails with steel reinforced mounting brackets. The brackets shall be mounted to the side of the chassis frame flanges. There shall be no welding to the chassis frame rail sides, web or flanges, or drilling of holes in the top or bottom frame flanges between axles. All body to chassis connections shall be bolted so that in the event of an accident, the body shall be easily removable from the chassis for repair or replacement. Due to the constant vibration and twisting action that occurs in chassis frame rails and suspension, the torsion mounting system is required to minimize the possibility of premature body structural failures. PUMP COMPARTMENT WORK LIGHT One (1) Weldon LED work light model #2631-0000-30 shall be installed in the pump compartment module to illuminate the piping and plumbing components. The light shall be activated by a weather resistant toggle switch installed inside the pump compartment. IPS/SIDE OPERATOR CONTROL PANEL The pump operators control panel shall be completely enclosed and located in the forward lower area of the L1 body compartment, to protect against road debris and weather elements. When the width of the L1 compartment allows, a fixed divider shall be installed rearward of the operator's panel to separate the panel from the rear section of the compartment with a permanent vertical partition. The pump operator’s panel shall be constructed of smooth aluminum and finish painted. The layout of the pump operator's control panel shall be positioned at a height easily accessible from ground level and ergonomically efficient to provide user-friendly operation. The panel shall accommodate all operational controls for maintaining and monitoring pump and engine system operations and foam controls (if applicable) shall be located on the panel, for additional ease of operation and visibility. When the apparatus is equipped with compressed air foam capabilities, a lower access panel with sight glass window shall be installed directly below the main operators control panel to provide an unobstructed view of the oil level in the hydraulic fluid reservoir. The access panel shall utilize push button type latches for ease of removal and service. All valve controls shall be immediately adjacent to its respective gauge and properly identified and color coded for ease of use. All markings shall be permanent in nature. VALVE CONTROL - T-HANDLE PULL ASSEMBLY Unless specified otherwise, the discharge valves shall be controlled from an Innovative Controls side mount valve control assembly. The ergonomically designed handle shall be chrome-plated with recessed areas for name plate and color code. A .75 inch (19.5 mm) diameter hardcoat anodized aluminum control rod and housing Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 23 shall, together with a stainless spring steel locking mechanism, eliminate valve drift. Teflon impregnated bronze bushings in both ends of the rod housing shall minimize rod deflection, never need lubrication, and ensure consistent long-term operation. The control assembly shall include a decorative chrome-plated panel-mounting bezel. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve at all times. PANEL LIGHTS Adequate illumination shall be provided for controls, switches, critical instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the proper operation of the apparatus and its equipment. The pump operator’s panel shall be illuminated by means of a brushed stainless steel shielded light assembly with two (2) Whelen PSCOMPH Super-LED strip lights above the operator’s panel in the L1 compartment. There shall also be a minimum of one (1) Whelen PSCOMPH Super-LED strip light installed on each side of the pump compartment to illuminate the speedlay hose bed area. The light shall be mounted directly to the pump compartment tubular frame structure, directly above the speedlay hose beds, on the inboard side of the frame structure. In addition, there shall be an LED Grote style #60571 clear Surface Mount series light provided and installed on the pump house panel. One (1) each side of the apparatus. PUMP PANEL LIGHT ACTIVATION One (1) pump panel light at the operator's panel shall be illuminated at the time the pump is ready to pump and it is "OK TO PUMP". The Pump shift has been completed and the chassis automatic transmission is engaged. The remaining lights shall be controlled by a switch located on the side operator's panel. The operator's panel light(s) in the L1 compartment shall be activated by the above activation and the L1 compartment door switch. Deleted DELETE PUMP COMPARTMENT WIDTH The width of the pump compartment (front to back) shall be 25.00-inches (.64 m). PUMP COMPARTMENT ACCESS W/SPEEDLAY Ease of access to the pump and plumbing shall be provided through the front of the pump compartment module by raising the cab to allow service and maintenance. The pump shall be positioned such that maintenance and overhaul work can be performed above the frame, and under the tilted cab. A removable access panel shall be provided and installed on the forward portion of the back wall in the R1 compartment for additional plumbing and valve maintenance. The panel shall be secured with push button type latches. BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL SIDE PANELS Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 24 The pump side panels on the lower left and lower right sides shall be constructed of 16 gauge brushed stainless steel. Each panel shall consist of a removable lower panel fastened with mechanical fasteners. Both panels shall be removable for access to the pump for serviceability. PUMP HOUSE STRUCTURE OVERLAY The tubular structure shall be DA finish on each side of the pump compartment. This option is for aluminum structure only. RUNNING BOARDS The pump compartment running boards shall be made of a structural tubular framework. The tubular frame supports all loads by transmitting the loads through the pump compartment structure directly to the chassis frame rails. The running boards shall be independent of the apparatus body and shall be integrated to the pump compartment structure only, eliminating any pump compartment to body interference. This is essential in keeping a truly 'modular' configuration. Slip-resistant abrasive adhesive materials shall be applied to the top surface of the running board framework to provide a suitable stepping surface where applicable. EMBOSSED ALUMINUM DIAMOND PLATE OVERLAYS The side running boards shall have a .188 inch (4.76 mm) embossed aluminum diamond plate overlays installed. The stepping areas shall be as large as possible, overlapping the perimeter of the running board structure. PRESSURE GOVERNOR, MONITORING, and MASTER PRESSURE DISPLAY Fire Research "InControl 400" Series pressure governor and monitoring display kit shall be installed. The kit shall include a control module, intake pressure sensor, discharge pressure sensor, and cables. The control module case shall be waterproof and have dimensions not to exceed 5 1/2" high by 10 1/2" wide by 2" deep. The control knob shall be 2" in diameter with no mechanical stops, have a serrated grip, and a red idle push button in the center. It shall not extend more than 1 3/4" from the front of the control module. Inputs for monitored information shall be from a J1939 databus or independent sensors. Outputs for engine control shall be on the J1939 databus or engine specific wiring. The following continuous displays shall be provided: Pump discharge; shown with four daylight bright LED digits more than 1/2" high Pump Intake; shown with four daylight bright LED digits more than 1/2" high Pressure / RPM setting; shown on a dot matrix message display Pressure and RPM operating mode LEDs Throttle ready LED Engine RPM; shown with four daylight bright LED digits more than 1/2" high Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 25 Check engine and stop engine warning LEDs Oil pressure; shown on a dual color (green/red) LED bar graph display Engine coolant temperature; shown on a dual color (green/red) LED bar graph display Transmission Temperature: shown on a dual color (green/red) LED bar graph display Battery voltage; shown on a dual color (green/red) LED bar graph display. The dot-matrix message display shall show diagnostic and warning messages as they occur. It shall show monitored apparatus information, stored data, and program options when selected by the operator. All LED intensity shall be automatically adjusted for day and nighttime operation. The program shall store the accumulated operating hours for the pump and engine to be displayed with the push of a button. It shall monitor inputs and support audible and visual warning alarms for the following conditions: High Battery Voltage Low Battery Voltage (Engine Off) Low Battery Voltage (Engine Running) High Transmission Temperature Low Engine Oil Pressure High Engine Coolant Temperature Out of Water (visual alarm only) No Engine Response (visual alarm only). The program features shall be accessed via push buttons and a control knob located on the front of the control panel. There shall be a USB port located at the rear of the control module to upload future firmware enhancements. Inputs to the control panel from the pump discharge and intake pressure sensors shall be electrical. The discharge pressure display shall show pressures from 0 to 600 psi. The intake pressure display shall show pressures from - 30 in. Hg to 600 psi. The governor shall operate in two control modes, pressure and RPM. No discharge pressure or engine RPM variation shall occur when switching between modes. A throttle ready LED shall light when the interlock signal is recognized. The governor shall start in pressure mode and set the engine RPM to idle. In pressure mode the governor shall automatically regulate the discharge pressure at the level set by the operator. In RPM mode the governor shall maintain the engine RPM at the level set by the operator except in the event of a discharge pressure increase. The governor shall limit a discharge pressure increase in RPM mode to a maximum of 30 psi. Other safety features shall include recognition of no water conditions with an automatic programmed response and a push button to return the engine to idle. INTAKE PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE A Task Force Tips model #A18XX pressure relief valve shall be provided. The valve shall have an easy to read adjustment range from 90 to 300 PSI with easy to read 90, 125, 150, 200, 250, 300 psi settings and an “OFF” Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 26 position. Pressure adjustment can be made utilizing a ¼” hex key, 9/16” socket or 14mm socket. For corrosion resistance the cast aluminum valve shall be a hardcoat anodized with a powder coat interior and exterior finish. The valve shall meet NFPA, Standard for Automotive Fire Apparatus, requirements for pump inlet relief valves. The unit shall be covered by a five year warranty. The valve shall be preset at 125 PSI (860 kPa) suction inlet pressure, unless otherwise shop noted. The valve shall be installed inside the pump compartment where it will be easily accessible for future adjustment. The excess water shall be plumbed to the atmosphere and shall dump on the opposite side of the pump operator. For normal pumping operations, the relief valve shall not be capped and there shall be a placard stating "DO NOT CAP" installed. MASTER GAUGES Class 1 4.50 inch (115 mm) gauges shall be supplied for the master intake and master discharge gauges. The gauges shall be model LFP410. GAUGE SCALE The master intake gauge shall be marked for a reading from -30 to 400 PSI and the master discharge shall be marked for reading a discharge pressure of 0 to 400 PSI. GAUGE FACE COLOR Each gauge shall have black markings on a white face. TESTING PORTS Test port connections for pressure and vacuum shall be provided at the pump operator's panel. One (1) shall be connected to the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold side of the pump. Each port shall have 0.25 inch (6.35 mm) standard pipe thread connection and be manufactured of non-corrosive polished stainless steel or brass plugs. TANK LEVEL GAUGE A Fire Research TankVision model WLA300-A00 tank indicator kit shall be installed at the pump operator's panel location. The kit shall include an electronic indicator module, a pressure sensor, and a 20.00 foot sensor cable. The indicator shall show the volume of water in the tank on nine (9) easy to see super bright LEDs. A wide view lens over the LEDs shall provide for a viewing angle of 180 degrees. The indicator case shall be waterproof, manufactured of aluminum, and have a distinctive blue label. The program features shall be accessed from the front of the indicator module. The program shall support self-diagnostics capabilities, self-calibration, and a datalink to connect remote indicators. Low water warnings shall include flashing LEDs at 1/4 tank, down chasing LEDs when the tank is almost empty, and an output for an audio alarm. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 27 The indicator shall receive an input signal from an electronic pressure sensor. The sensor shall be mounted from the outside of the water tank near the bottom. No probe shall be placed on the interior of the tank. Wiring shall be weather resistant and have automotive type plug-in connectors. AUXILIARY WATER LEVEL GAUGE TANK LEVEL GAUGE A Fire Research MaxVision model WLA280-A00 tank remote indicator shall be installed. The indicator shall show the volume of water in the tank on Ninety six (96) easy to see super bright Tri-color LEDs. The indicator case shall be waterproof, manufactured of Polycarbonate material with an integrated lens. The package includes a rubber gasket. The remote indicator shall receive input information over a datalink from a Fire Research TankVision primary indicator. The remote indicator shall indicate the level as a single color in red for 25% or less, amber color for up to 50% volume, blue color for up to 75% volume and green color for up to 100% volume. When the level reaches 25%, the red LEDs will begin flashing. When the level is empty, the red LEDs will scroll in a down- chasing motion and then flash three times. It shall have the program capability to adjust the brightness level for daytime and nighttime viewing. TANK LEVEL GAUGE LOCATION One (1) tank level readout shall be located at the rear of the vehicle, to the left side. AIR HORN BUTTON The air horn shall be activated by a red momentary rocker switch provided and installed on the pump operator's gauge panel. The air horn button shall be of weather resistance type and labeled “AIR HORN”. ROCKER SWITCH PANEL All specified lighting fixtures and electrical components activated at the pump operator's panel shall be activated by Carling W-series rocker style switches. The switches shall be located on a separate matte black Innovative Controls 6-position electrical panel with chrome bezel, complete with backlit name tags describing the function of each individual switch. PUMP COMPARTMENT TOP OVERLAY The top cap of the pump compartment shall be overlaid with materials of a non-slip .125 inch (3.18 mm) embossed aluminum diamond plate. DUNNAGE AREA WITH REMOVABLE FLOOR A single wall .125 inch (3.18 mm) aluminum diamond plate dunnage area shall be provided above the pump house compartment for equipment mounting and storage space. The floor shall include a removable section(s) as large as permitted for design for access to the pump and Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 28 plumbing. The dunnage area shall be as wide as possible from side to side, and as deep as allowed with the available space. Open storage, on the left side will be the booster reel. MIDSHIP PUMP The pump shall have a capacity of 1500 gallons per minute, measured in U.S. Gallons. The pump shall be a Waterous model CXS single stage midship pump. PUMP CASING Two-piece; vertically-split high-tensile close-grained gray iron. IMPELLER Bronze impeller specifically designed for the fire service, Double hub bed to eliminate axial thrust, and accurately balanced for vibration-free running. WEAR RINGS Replaceable bronze wear rings to increase pump life and keep maintenance costs at a minimum. IMPELLER SHAFT Stainless steel, heat treated, precisely ground to size, and polished under shaft seal, supported by oil-lubricated ball bearings. BEARINGS All bearings are oil or grease lubricated, ball-type, located outside the pump casting to accurately align and support the impeller shaft assembly. Bearings are deep groove type designed to carry both radial and axial thrust. CERTIFICATION The pump will perform and meet the following tests: 100% rated capacity @150 PSI 100% rated capacity @ 165 PSI 70% rated capacity @ 200 PSI 50% rated capacity @ 250 PSI Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 29 PUMP WARRANTY Waterous Co shall provide a limited manufacturer's pump warranty to be free from defects, under normal use and service, for a period of seven (7) years from the date placed into service. PUMP SEALS The pump shall be equipped with self-adjusting, maintenance free mechanical shaft seals that shall not require manual adjustment. These seals shall be designed in a manner that they will remain functional enough to permit continued use of the pump in the unlikely event of a seal failure. AIR PRIMER SYSTEM The priming system shall be a Trident Emergency Products compressed air powered high efficiency, multi- stage, venturi based Air Prime System. All wetted metallic parts of the priming system are to be of brass and stainless steel construction. A single panel mounted control will activate the priming pump and open the priming valve to the pump. The priming components shall be mounted above the highest priming point on the suction side of the pump to permit air removal and allow for drainage. The primer shall also automatically drain when the panel control actuator is not in operation. The inlet side of the primer shall include a brass ‘wye’ type strainer with removable stainless steel fine mesh strainer to prevent entry of debris into the primer body. The system shall employ an 80 PSI (5.5 bar) pressure protection valve, located on the chassis auxiliary air tank. The primer shall be covered by a five (5) year parts warranty. PRIMER CONTROL There shall be one (1) push button control to actuate the primer control valve at the operator's panel. DISCHARGE AND INLET MANIFOLDS A pump manifold inlet shall be provided on the pump as required for the layout. The inlet(s) shall protrude up to 2.00 inches (50 mm) away from the side panels and maintain a low connection height. A discharge manifold shall also be added to the pressure side of the pump to feed the specified discharge waterways. MAIN PUMP INLET-LEFT SIDE A 6.00 inch (150 mm) pump manifold inlet shall be provided on the left side of the pump. The shorter style inlet shall protrude less than 2.00 inches (50 mm) away from the side panel, allowing an internal valve, when specified, to be installed and not protrude past the apparatus body sides while maintaining a low connection Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 30 height. The main pump inlet shall have National Standard Threads and includes a removable screen designed to provide cathodic protection for reducing deterioration in the pump. INTAKE WATERWAY VALVE There shall be one (1) Akron electrically operated wafer valve mounted directly to the pump intake manifold and shall be located behind the pump panel. The valve shall be mounted between the main pump body casting and the steamer inlet casting. A .25 inch (6.35 mm) quarter turn air bleeder valve shall be plumbed to the water supply side of the intake valve, by a .75 inch (19.05 mm) NPT port, to help evacuate air from the system and avoid cavitation of the pump. VALVE CONTROLLER The controller shall be an Akron Brass Style 9343 Navigator™ Pro 3.0 Valve Controller. The electric controls must be of true position feedback design, requiring no clutches in the motor or current limiting. The unit must be completely sealed with momentary open, close as well as an optional one touch full open feature to operate the actuator. Two additional buttons shall be available to be used for preset selection, preset activation and menu navigation. The controller must have up to three preset locations that can be user set and easily recalled upon each use. The unit must be capable of being used in conjunction with at least two additional displays to control one valve. The unit must provide position indication through a full color backlit LCD display. The display shall be a full color LCD display with a backlight. It shall have manual adjustment of the brightness as well as an auto-dimming option. The unit must carry a five year warranty. INTAKE PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE A Task Force Tips model #A18 Series pressure relief valve with a range of adjustment from 90 to 300 PSI shall be installed inside pump compartment piped to the suction side of the pump. The valve shall be preset at 125 PSI (860 kPa) suction inlet pressure. The valve shall be installed inside the pump compartment where it will be easily accessible for future adjustment. The excess water shall be plumbed to the atmosphere and shall dump on the opposite side of the pump operator. For normal pumping operations, the relief valve shall not be capped and there shall be a placard installed stating "DO NOT CAP". INTAKE VALVE MANUAL OVERRIDE One (1) manual override shall be accessible at the pump panel to facilitate operation of the valve in case of a failure in the valve's electrical wiring and/or motor. 6" CHROME PLATED CAP Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 31 There shall be one (1) 6.00 inch (150 mm) long handled chrome plated cap installed on the Steamer Inlet. The cap shall be National Standard Thread. MAIN PUMP INLET-RIGHT SIDE A 6.00 inch (150 mm) pump manifold inlet shall be provided on the right side of the pump. The shorter style inlet shall protrude less than 2.00 inches (50 mm) away from the side panel, allowing an internal valve, when specified, to be installed and not protrude past the apparatus body sides while maintaining a low connection height. The main pump inlet shall have National Standard Threads and includes a removable screen designed to provide cathodic protection for reducing deterioration in the pump. INTAKE WATERWAY VALVE There shall be one (1) Akron electrically operated wafer valve mounted directly to the pump intake manifold and shall be located behind the pump panel. The valve shall be mounted between the main pump body casting and the steamer inlet casting. A .25 inch (6.35 mm) quarter turn air bleeder valve shall be plumbed to the water supply side of the intake valve, by a .75 inch (19.05 mm) NPT port, to help evacuate air from the system and avoid cavitation of the pump. VALVE CONTROLLER The controller shall be an Akron Brass Style 9343 Navigator™ Pro 3.0 Valve Controller. The electric controls must be of true position feedback design, requiring no clutches in the motor or current limiting. The unit must be completely sealed with momentary open, close as well as an optional one touch full open feature to operate the actuator. Two additional buttons shall be available to be used for preset selection, preset activation and menu navigation. The controller must have up to three preset locations that can be user set and easily recalled upon each use. The unit must be capable of being used in conjunction with at least two additional displays to control one valve. The unit must provide position indication through a full color backlit LCD display. The display shall be a full color LCD display with a backlight. It shall have manual adjustment of the brightness as well as an auto-dimming option. The unit must carry a five year warranty. INTAKE PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE A Task Force Tips model #A18 Series pressure relief valve with a range of adjustment from 90 to 300 PSI shall be installed inside pump compartment piped to the suction side of the pump. The valve shall be preset at 125 PSI (860 kPa) suction inlet pressure. The valve shall be installed inside the pump compartment where it will be easily accessible for future adjustment. The excess water shall be plumbed Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 32 to the atmosphere and shall dump on the opposite side of the pump operator. For normal pumping operations, the relief valve shall not be capped and there shall be a placard installed stating "DO NOT CAP". INTAKE VALVE MANUAL OVERRIDE One (1) manual override shall be accessible at the pump panel to facilitate operation of the valve in case of a failure in the valve's electrical wiring and/or motor. 6" CHROME PLATED CAP There shall be one (1) 6.00 inch (150 mm) long handled chrome plated cap installed on the Steamer Inlet. The cap shall be National Standard Thread. MASTER DRAIN VALVE A Trident manifold type drain valve shall be installed in the pump compartment. All pump drains shall be connected to the master drain valve. The drain valve shall be controlled from the left side lower pump house sill. The control shall be a hand wheel knob marked “open” and “closed”. The drain shall be located such that it shall not interfere with pumping operations or function such as soft suction hoses, etc. nor shall it protrude past the outer edge of the apparatus, to prevent damage to the valve. In some cases, it is necessary to locate the master drain in a secondary location to ensure proper draining. If no lower or vertical sill exists, the drain shall be located below the bottom outside edge of the hose body near the forward most corner on the driver’s side hose body. The drain shall not protrude past the outer edge of the body, thus preventing damage to the valve. PUMP COOLING LINE There shall be a .38 inch (9.5 mm) line running from the pump to the water tank to assist in keeping the pump water from overheating. A valve shall be installed on the operator's panel. PUMP ANODES Two (2) pump anodes shall be installed in the pumping system, one (1) on the discharge side and one (1) on the suction side, to prevent damage from galvanic corrosion within the pump system. STAINLESS STEEL PLUMBING All auxiliary suction and discharge plumbing related fittings, and manifolds shall be fabricated with a minimum of 3.00 inch (77 mm), or greater as required by design, schedule 10 stainless steel pipe; brass or high pressure flexible piping with stainless steel couplings. Galvanized components and/or iron pipe shall NOT be accepted to ensure long life of the plumbing system without corrosion or deterioration of the waterway system. Where waterway transitions are critical (elbows, tees, etc.), no threaded fittings shall be allowed to promote the smooth transition of water flow to minimize friction loss and turbulence. All piping components and valves shall be Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 33 non-painted, unless otherwise specified. All piping welds shall be wire brushed and cleaned for inspection and appearance. The high pressure flexible piping shall be black SBR synthetic rubber hose with 700 PSI working pressure and 1200 PSI burst pressure for flexible piping sizes 1.50 inches (38 mm) through 4.00 inches (100 mm). Sizes .75 inch (19 mm), 1.00 inch (25 mm) and 5.00 inches (125 mm) are rated at 250 PSI working pressure and 1000 PSI burst pressure. All sizes are rated at 30 in HG vacuum. Reinforcement consists of two plies of high tensile strength tire cord for all sizes and helix wire installed in sizes 1.00 inch (25 mm) through 5.00 inches (125 mm) for maximum performance in tight bend applications. The material has a temperature rating of -40 degrees Fahrenheit to +210 degrees Fahrenheit. The stainless steel full flow couplings are precision machined from high tensile strength stainless steel. All female couplings are brass. Mechanical grooved and male .75 inch (19 mm) and 1.00 inch (25 mm) couplings are brass. A high tensile strength stainless steel ferrule with serrations on the I.D. is utilized to assure maximum holding power when fastening couplings to hose. PUMP HOUSE LINE PROTECTION All drain lines for the discharges, suctions, ABS discharge gauge lines and any other appropriate connections in the pump house area shall have a protective cover provided on the lines in the required areas of the lines to prevent the lines from rubbing on any other components in the pump house area. All drain lines, ABS lines, high pressure discharge lines and electrical wiring in the pump house area shall be properly and neatly routed, wire tied, and rubber coated “P” clamped, to keep the items secured. PLUMBING TERMINATION SECUREMENT All plumbing termination caps and plugs for intakes and discharges, shall be secured by a chain. DRAIN VALVES An Innovative Controls 3/4" quarter turn drain valve shall be included on each discharge, gated intake, and steamer valve (if applicable). A side stem, long stroke chrome plated lift handle shall be provided on the drain valve to facilitate use with a gloved hand. The drain valve shall have an ergonomically designed handle with a recessed verbiage tag area easily read by the operator before opening. The drain valve shall be connected to the valve with a flexible hose that is routed in such a manner as to assure complete drainage to below the apparatus. LEFT SIDE INLET There shall be one (1) gated suction inlet with .75 inch (19mm) bleeder installed on the left side of the apparatus with the following specified components. INTAKE VALVE A 2.50 inch (65 mm) Akron Brass 8000 series rack and sector actuated valve with a push pull control at the Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 34 valve. INTAKE VALVE CONTROL The intake shall be controlled from a rack and sector actuator having an ergonomically designed T-handle. The handle shall be chrome-plated with name plate insertion recess area. INTAKE PLUMBING The plumbing shall consist of 2.50 inch (65 mm) piping and shall incorporate a manual drain control installed below the pump area for ease of access. SUCTION/INTAKE TERMINATION The termination shall include the following components: One (1) 2.50 inch (65 mm) NST swivel female straight adapter with screen One (1) 2.50 inch (65 mm) self-venting plug. RIGHT SIDE INLET There shall be one (1) gated suction inlet with .75 inch (19mm) bleeder installed on the right side of the apparatus with the following specified components. INTAKE VALVE A 2.50 inch (65 mm) Akron Brass 8000 series rack and sector actuated valve with a push pull control at the valve. INTAKE VALVE CONTROL The intake shall be controlled from a rack and sector actuator having an ergonomically designed T-handle. The handle shall be chrome-plated with name plate insertion recess area. INTAKE PLUMBING The plumbing shall consist of 2.50 inch (65 mm) piping and shall incorporate a manual drain control installed below the pump area for ease of access. SUCTION/INTAKE TERMINATION The termination shall include the following components: One (1) 2.50 inch (65 mm) NST swivel female straight adapter with screen One (1) 2.50 inch (65 mm) self-venting plug. LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE There shall be one (1) gated discharge installed on the left side of the apparatus with the following specified Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 35 components. DISCHARGE VALVE A 2.50 inch (65 mm) Akron Brass 8000 series 'electric valve' with stainless steel ball. STYLE 9345 NAVIGATOR PRO 3.0 VALVE CONTROLLER The controller shall be an Akron Brass Style 9345 Navigator Pro™ 3.0 Valve Controller and shall be installed at the pump operator's panel location. The electric controller must be of true position feedback design, requiring no clutches in the motor or current limiting. The unit must be completely sealed with momentary open, close as well as an optional one touch full open feature to operate the actuator. Three additional buttons shall be available to be used for preset selection, preset activation, CAFS activation (if provided), and menu activation. The unit must be capable of being connected to a Flow Sensor and Pressure Sensor. The unit shall also provide an LCD display showing pressure and flow as well as valve position indication. Valve position indication must be determined from true position feedback and indicate the exact position of the valve. The unit must be able to be programmed to GPM or LPM for flow as well as PSI, kPa, or Bar for pressure. The unit must be capable of turning on and off a solenoid used in a CAFS system (if provided). The only calibration required is to set the unit to the valve during the initial set up. No other calibration shall be required. The display shall be a full color LCD display with a backlight. It shall have a manual adjustment of the brightness as well as an auto-dimming option. DISCHARGE PLUMBING The plumbing shall consist of 2.50 inch (65 mm) piping and shall incorporate a manual drain control installed below the pump area for ease of access. DISCHARGE TERMINATION The discharge termination shall include the following components: One (1) 2.50 inch (65 mm) Male NST adapter One (1) 2.50 inch (65 mm) NST female swivel by male with 30 degree polished elbow One (1) 2.50 inch (65 mm) female self-venting cap. RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE There shall be one (1) gated discharge installed on the right side of the apparatus with the following specified components. DISCHARGE VALVE A 2.50 inch (65 mm) Akron Brass 8000 series 'electric valve' with stainless steel ball. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 36 STYLE 9345 NAVIGATOR PRO 3.0 VALVE CONTROLLER The controller shall be an Akron Brass Style 9345 Navigator Pro™ 3.0 Valve Controller and shall be installed at the pump operator's panel location. The electric controller must be of true position feedback design, requiring no clutches in the motor or current limiting. The unit must be completely sealed with momentary open, close as well as an optional one touch full open feature to operate the actuator. Three additional buttons shall be available to be used for preset selection, preset activation, CAFS activation (if provided), and menu activation. The unit must be capable of being connected to a Flow Sensor and Pressure Sensor. The unit shall also provide an LCD display showing pressure and flow as well as valve position indication. Valve position indication must be determined from true position feedback and indicate the exact position of the valve. The unit must be able to be programmed to GPM or LPM for flow as well as PSI, kPa, or Bar for pressure. The unit must be capable of turning on and off a solenoid used in a CAFS system (if provided). The only calibration required is to set the unit to the valve during the initial set up. No other calibration shall be required. The display shall be a full color LCD display with a backlight. It shall have a manual adjustment of the brightness as well as an auto-dimming option. DISCHARGE PLUMBING The plumbing shall consist of 2.50 inch (65 mm) piping and shall incorporate a manual drain control installed below the pump area for ease of access. DISCHARGE TERMINATION The discharge termination shall include the following components: One (1) 2.50 inch (65 mm) Male NST adapter One (1) 2.50 inch (65 mm) NST female swivel by male with 30 degree polished elbow One (1) 2.50 inch (65 mm) female self-venting cap. RIGHT SIDE MASTER DISCHARGE There shall be one (1) master discharge installed on the right side of the apparatus provided with the following specified components. DISCHARGE VALVE A 4.00 inch (100 mm) Akron Brass 8000 series 'electric valve' with a bronze flat ball. STYLE 9345 NAVIGATOR PRO 3.0 VALVE CONTROLLER The controller shall be an Akron Brass Style 9345 Navigator Pro™ 3.0 Valve Controller and shall be installed at the pump operator's panel location. The electric controller must be of true position feedback design, requiring no Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 37 clutches in the motor or current limiting. The unit must be completely sealed with momentary open, close as well as an optional one touch full open feature to operate the actuator. Three additional buttons shall be available to be used for preset selection, preset activation, CAFS activation (if provided), and menu activation. The unit must be capable of being connected to a Flow Sensor and Pressure Sensor. The unit shall also provide an LCD display showing pressure and flow as well as valve position indication. Valve position indication must be determined from true position feedback and indicate the exact position of the valve. The unit must be able to be programmed to GPM or LPM for flow as well as PSI, kPa, or Bar for pressure. The unit must be capable of turning on and off a solenoid used in a CAFS system (if provided). The only calibration required is to set the unit to the valve during the initial set up. No other calibration shall be required. The display shall be a full color LCD display with a backlight. It shall have a manual adjustment of the brightness as well as an auto-dimming option. DISCHARGE PLUMBING The plumbing shall consist of 4.00 inch (100 mm) piping and shall incorporate a manual drain control installed below the pump area for ease of access. DISCHARGE TERMINATION The discharge termination shall include the following components: One (1) 4.00 inch (100 mm) NST adapter One (1) 4.00 inch (100 mm) NST female by 5.00 inch (125 mm) Storz with 30 degree elbow One (1) 5.00 inch (125 mm) Storz cap. LEFT REAR DISCHARGE There shall be one (1) gated discharge installed on the left rear of the apparatus with the following specified components. DISCHARGE VALVE A 2.00 inch (50 mm) Akron Brass 8000 series 'electric valve' with stainless steel ball. STYLE 9345 NAVIGATOR PRO 3.0 VALVE CONTROLLER The controller shall be an Akron Brass Style 9345 Navigator Pro™ 3.0 Valve Controller and shall be installed at the pump operator's panel location. The electric controller must be of true position feedback design, requiring no clutches in the motor or current limiting. The unit must be completely sealed with momentary open, close as well as an optional one touch full open feature to operate the actuator. Three additional buttons shall be available to be used for preset selection, preset activation, CAFS activation (if provided), and menu activation. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 38 The unit must be capable of being connected to a Flow Sensor and Pressure Sensor. The unit shall also provide an LCD display showing pressure and flow as well as valve position indication. Valve position indication must be determined from true position feedback and indicate the exact position of the valve. The unit must be able to be programmed to GPM or LPM for flow as well as PSI, kPa, or Bar for pressure. The unit must be capable of turning on and off a solenoid used in a CAFS system (if provided). The only calibration required is to set the unit to the valve during the initial set up. No other calibration shall be required. The display shall be a full color LCD display with a backlight. It shall have a manual adjustment of the brightness as well as an auto-dimming option. DISCHARGE PLUMBING The plumbing shall consist of 2.00 inch (50 mm) piping and shall incorporate a manual drain control installed below the pump area for ease of access. DISCHARGE TERMINATION The discharge shall terminate with an NST termination. All other terminations shall be provided by the department or dealer after delivery of the apparatus. STYLE 9345 NAVIGATOR PRO 3.0 VALVE CONTROLLER The controller shall be an Akron Brass Style 9345 Navigator Pro™ 3.0 Valve Controller and shall be installed at the pump operator's panel location. The electric controller must be of true position feedback design, requiring no clutches in the motor or current limiting. The unit must be completely sealed with momentary open, close as well as an optional one touch full open feature to operate the actuator. Three additional buttons shall be available to be used for preset selection, preset activation, CAFS activation (if provided), and menu activation. The unit must be capable of being connected to a Flow Sensor and Pressure Sensor. The unit shall also provide an LCD display showing pressure and flow as well as valve position indication. Valve position indication must be determined from true position feedback and indicate the exact position of the valve. The unit must be able to be programmed to GPM or LPM for flow as well as PSI, kPa, or Bar for pressure. The unit must be capable of turning on and off a solenoid used in a CAFS system (if provided). The only calibration required is to set the unit to the valve during the initial set up. No other calibration shall be required. The display shall be a full color LCD display with a backlight. It shall have a manual adjustment of the brightness as well as an auto-dimming option. LEFT REAR DISCHARGE There shall be one (1) gated discharge installed on the left rear of the apparatus, inboard location, with the following specified components. DISCHARGE VALVE Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 39 A 2.00 inch (50 mm) Akron Brass 8000 series 'electric valve' with stainless steel ball. STYLE 9345 NAVIGATOR PRO 3.0 VALVE CONTROLLER The controller shall be an Akron Brass Style 9345 Navigator Pro™ 3.0 Valve Controller and shall be installed at the pump operator's panel location. The electric controller must be of true position feedback design, requiring no clutches in the motor or current limiting. The unit must be completely sealed with momentary open, close as well as an optional one touch full open feature to operate the actuator. Three additional buttons shall be available to be used for preset selection, preset activation, CAFS activation (if provided), and menu activation. The unit must be capable of being connected to a Flow Sensor and Pressure Sensor. The unit shall also provide an LCD display showing pressure and flow as well as valve position indication. Valve position indication must be determined from true position feedback and indicate the exact position of the valve. The unit must be able to be programmed to GPM or LPM for flow as well as PSI, kPa, or Bar for pressure. The unit must be capable of turning on and off a solenoid used in a CAFS system (if provided). The only calibration required is to set the unit to the valve during the initial set up. No other calibration shall be required. The display shall be a full color LCD display with a backlight. It shall have a manual adjustment of the brightness as well as an auto-dimming option. DISCHARGE PLUMBING The plumbing shall consist of 2.00 inch (50 mm) piping and shall incorporate a manual drain control installed below the pump area for ease of access. DISCHARGE TERMINATION The discharge shall terminate with an NST termination. All other terminations shall be provided by the department or dealer after delivery of the apparatus. RIGHT REAR DISCHARGE There shall be one (1) gated discharge installed on the left rear of the apparatus with the following specified components. DISCHARGE VALVE A 2.00 inch (50 mm) Akron Brass 8000 series 'electric valve' with stainless steel ball. STYLE 9345 NAVIGATOR PRO 3.0 VALVE CONTROLLER The controller shall be an Akron Brass Style 9345 Navigator Pro™ 3.0 Valve Controller and shall be installed at the pump operator's panel location. The electric controller must be of true position feedback design, requiring no clutches in the motor or current limiting. The unit must be completely sealed with momentary open, close as Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 40 well as an optional one touch full open feature to operate the actuator. Three additional buttons shall be available to be used for preset selection, preset activation, CAFS activation (if provided), and menu activation. The unit must be capable of being connected to a Flow Sensor and Pressure Sensor. The unit shall also provide an LCD display showing pressure and flow as well as valve position indication. Valve position indication must be determined from true position feedback and indicate the exact position of the valve. The unit must be able to be programmed to GPM or LPM for flow as well as PSI, kPa, or Bar for pressure. The unit must be capable of turning on and off a solenoid used in a CAFS system (if provided). The only calibration required is to set the unit to the valve during the initial set up. No other calibration shall be required. The display shall be a full color LCD display with a backlight. It shall have a manual adjustment of the brightness as well as an auto-dimming option. DISCHARGE PLUMBING The plumbing shall consist of 2.00 inch (50 mm) piping and shall incorporate a manual drain control installed below the pump area for ease of access. DISCHARGE TERMINATION The discharge shall terminate with an NST termination. All other terminations shall be provided by the department or dealer after delivery of the apparatus. DELETE DELETE DECK GUN MONITOR WATERWAY There shall be one (1) deck gun monitor waterway installed on the apparatus with the following components. DISCHARGE VALVE A 3.00 inch (77 mm) Akron Brass 8000 series 'electric valve' with stainless steel ball. STYLE 9345 NAVIGATOR PRO 3.0 VALVE CONTROLLER The controller shall be an Akron Brass Style 9345 Navigator Pro™ 3.0 Valve Controller and shall be installed at the pump operator's panel location. The electric controller must be of true position feedback design, requiring no clutches in the motor or current limiting. The unit must be completely sealed with momentary open, close as well as an optional one touch full open feature to operate the actuator. Three additional buttons shall be available to be used for preset selection, preset activation, CAFS activation (if provided), and menu activation. The unit must be capable of being connected to a Flow Sensor and Pressure Sensor. The unit shall also provide an LCD display showing pressure and flow as well as valve position indication. Valve position indication must be determined from true position feedback and indicate the exact position of the valve. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 41 The unit must be able to be programmed to GPM or LPM for flow as well as PSI, kPa, or Bar for pressure. The unit must be capable of turning on and off a solenoid used in a CAFS system (if provided). The only calibration required is to set the unit to the valve during the initial set up. No other calibration shall be required. The display shall be a full color LCD display with a backlight. It shall have a manual adjustment of the brightness as well as an auto-dimming option. DELUGE PLUMBING The deluge waterway shall consist of 3.00 inch (77 mm) piping and shall be drained with an auto-drain located at the lowest point of the waterway plumbing if required. DELUGE PIPE LOCATION The deluge pipe shall be located in the hose bed dunnage area, toward the center location. DELUGE WATERWAY TERMINATION The deluge waterway shall be capped with a stainless steel cap to allow for future installation of deck gun monitor. PIPE EXTENSION The deluge waterway plumbing shall extend 5.00 inches (125 mm) above the top of the pump compartment unless otherwise specified by overall height requirement. A cap on the plumbing shall be provided. FRONT BUMPER DISCHARGE OUTLET One (1) front bumper discharge outlet shall be provided and installed in the location specified. DISCHARGE VALVE A 2.00 inch (50 mm) Akron Brass 8000 series 'electric valve' with stainless steel ball. STYLE 9345 NAVIGATOR PRO 3.0 VALVE CONTROLLER The controller shall be an Akron Brass Style 9345 Navigator Pro™ 3.0 Valve Controller and shall be installed at the pump operator's panel location. The electric controller must be of true position feedback design, requiring no clutches in the motor or current limiting. The unit must be completely sealed with momentary open, close as well as an optional one touch full open feature to operate the actuator. Three additional buttons shall be available to be used for preset selection, preset activation, CAFS activation (if provided), and menu activation. The unit must be capable of being connected to a Flow Sensor and Pressure Sensor. The unit shall also provide an LCD display showing pressure and flow as well as valve position indication. Valve position indication must be determined from true position feedback and indicate the exact position of the valve. The unit must be able to be programmed to GPM or LPM for flow as well as PSI, kPa, or Bar for pressure. The unit must be capable of turning on and off a solenoid used in a CAFS system (if provided). The only calibration required is to set the unit to the valve during the initial set up. No other calibration shall be required. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 42 The display shall be a full color LCD display with a backlight. It shall have a manual adjustment of the brightness as well as an auto-dimming option. DISCHARGE PLUMBING The plumbing shall consist of 2.00 inch (50 mm) piping and incorporate a manual drain control installed below the pump area for ease of access. Auto-drain(s) shall be installed in the discharge piping at lowest point of the plumbed system. AIR BLOWOUT FRONT BUMPER DISCHARGE There shall be an air "blowout" system provided and installed for the front bumper discharge drainage. The air blow out system shall be connected to the chassis air brake system. A check valve shall be provided between the chassis system and the front bumper discharge blow out system. There shall be a manual control valve provided on the pump operator’s panel for the air blow out system. DISCHARGE TERMINATION The discharge termination shall include the following components: One (1) 2.00 inch (50 mm) NPT x 1.50 inch (38 mm) NST, polished stainless steel chiksan swivel FRONT BUMPER DISCHARGE LOCATION The front bumper discharge shall be mounted on top of the bumper apron of the front bumper extension. The discharge shall be placed outboard of the frame rail extensions on the right side. FRONT BUMPER DISCHARGE CHIKSAN GUARD The front bumper discharge chiksan shall include a chiksan guard installed on the front bumper apron to prevent the chiksan from hitting the cab. The guard shall be fabricated of smooth aluminum with a dual-action sanded finish on all sides. There shall be two (2) rubber bumper stops installed on the guard to protect the chrome chiksan. BOOSTER REEL There shall be an electric rewind booster reel with automatic brake installed on the apparatus. The booster reel shall have a capacity to handle 1.00-inch diameter (25.4 mm) booster hose. There shall be a manual rewind device provided. A manual crank shall be mounted adjacent to booster reel. BOOSTER HOSE- FIRE DEPARTMENT PROVIDED The booster hose shall be provided and installed by the Fire Department before the truck is placed into service. REEL FINISH The hose reel specified shall be steel and painted the standard silver utilized by Hannay. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 43 HOSE REEL VALVE The reel shall be plumbed to the pump with a 1.00 inch (25.40 mm) quarter turn Akron brass 8000 series ball valve and 1.00 inch (25.40 mm) high pressure hose and couplings. The valve shall be controlled from the operator's panel with an air actuated switch. REWIND ACTIVATION A toe kick style electric rewind switch shall be installed above the running board on the vertical face of the pump panel. The activator shall be of a toe kick button design and shall be easily operated by a foot placed on the running board. The rewind switch shall be located on the same side as the hose reel. The switch shall be labeled "HOSE REEL". HOSE REEL LOCATION The hose reel shall be mounted in the pump dunnage compartment HOSE REEL ROLLERS There shall be a four-way roller assembly provided and installed directly to the reel. HOSE REEL BLOW OUT There shall be an air "blowout" system provided and installed on the apparatus. The air blow out system shall be connected to the chassis air brake system. A check valve shall be installed between the chassis system and the reel blow out system. A ¼ turn manual control valve shall be installed on the pump operator's panel for the air blow out system. The valve shall be labeled “REEL BLOW OUT”. BOOSTER REEL GAUGE There shall be no pressure gauge supplied for the Booster Reel. APPARATUS PLUMBING LABELING Innovative Controls verbiage tag bezels shall be installed. The bezel assemblies will be used to identify apparatus components. These tags shall be designed and manufactured to withstand the specified apparatus service environment and shall be backed by a warranty equal to that of the exterior paint and finish. The verbiage tag bezel assemblies shall include a chrome-plated panel-mount bezel with durable easy-to-read UV resistant polycarbonate inserts featuring the specified verbiage and color coding. These UV resistant polycarbonate verbiage and color inserts shall be subsurface screen printed to eliminate the possibility of wear and protect the inks from fading. Both the insert labels and bezel shall be backed with 3M permanent adhesive, which meets UL969 and NFPA standards. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 44 TANK TO PUMP LINE The connection between the tank and the pump shall be capable of the flow recommendations as set forth in NFPA, Standard for Automotive Fire Apparatus, latest revision and shall be tested to those standards when the pump is being certified. One (1) non-collapsible flexible hose and valve shall be incorporated into the tank to pump plumbing to allow movement in the line as the chassis flexes to avoid damage during normal road operation. Four (4) inch stainless steel schedule 10 piping shall be used to complete the connection from the tank to pump valve to the water tank. TANK TO PUMP CHECK VALVE There shall be a tank to pump check valve, conforming to NFPA standard requirements to prevent water from back flowing at an excessive rate if the pump is being supplied from a pressurized source. The check valve shall be mounted as an integral part of the pump suction extension. A hole up to .25 inch (6.00 mm) is allowable in the check valve to release steam or other pressure buildup so that the void between the valve and check valve may drain of water that could be subject to freezing. TANK TO PUMP VALVE A 3.00 inch (77 mm) Akron Brass 8000 series 'electric valve' with stainless steel ball. STYLE 9343 VALVE CONTROLLER The controller shall be an Akron Brass Style 9343 Navigator Pro™ 3.0 Valve Controller and shall be installed at the pump operator's panel location. The electric controls must be of true position feedback design, requiring no clutches in the motor or current limiting. The unit must be completely sealed with momentary open, close as well as an optional one touch full open feature to operate the actuator. Two additional buttons shall be available to be used for preset selection, preset activation and menu navigation. The unit must be capable of being used in conjunction with at least two additional displays to control one valve. The unit must provide position indication through a full color backlit LCD display. The display shall be a full color LCD display with a backlight. It shall have manual adjustment of the brightness as well as an auto-dimming option. The unit must carry a five year warranty. TANK FILL LINE One (1) 2.00 inch (50.80 mm) tank fill/recirculating line shall be installed from the pump directly to the booster tank. TANK FILL VALVE A 2.00 inch (50 mm) Akron Brass 8000 series 'electric valve' with stainless steel ball. STYLE 9343 VALVE CONTROLLER The controller shall be an Akron Brass Style 9343 Navigator Pro™ 3.0 Valve Controller and shall be installed at the pump operator's panel location. The electric controls must be of true position feedback design, requiring no Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 45 clutches in the motor or current limiting. The unit must be completely sealed with momentary open, close as well as an optional one touch full open feature to operate the actuator. Two additional buttons shall be available to be used for preset selection, preset activation and menu navigation. The unit must be capable of being used in conjunction with at least two additional displays to control one valve. The unit must provide position indication through a full color backlit LCD display. The display shall be a full color LCD display with a backlight. It shall have manual adjustment of the brightness as well as an auto-dimming option. The unit must carry a five year warranty. DIRECT TANK FILL There shall be an external direct tank fill port installed on the rear of the apparatus. A total quantity of one (1) shall be provided with the following specified components: TANK FILL VALVE A Fireman's Friend 4.00 inch (100 mm) valve(s) manufactured utilizing heavy gauge stainless steel casting (316), EPDM rubber seals, high-grade stainless steel springs and shafts, as well as stainless steel prevailing torque fasteners shall be installed. DIRECT TANK FILL PLUMBING The plumbing shall consist of 4.00-inch (100 mm) piping. SUCTION INLET/INTAKE PLUMBING NO FINISH Any piping in the rear or side compartment shall remain exposed and be left raw finish and exposed within the side compartment. DIRECT TANK FILL TERMINATION The direct tank fill shall terminate with a 4.00-inch Storz 30-degree elbow fitting and cap. DIRECT TANK FILL LOCATION One (1) direct tank fill shall be located on the lower center of the rear of apparatus. TRI-MAX™ Space Frame Body - ALUMINUM The apparatus body shall be a Tri-Max™ Space Frame design, which serves as an incredibly durable, structural body framework. This framework acts as a series of beams and columns that support and protect the body and its contents. The space frame design provides maximum torsional resistance and load capabilities. The entire space frame structure shall be welded together utilizing an A.W.S. Certified welding procedure. The space frame design shall also be required because it provides energy absorbing impact zones in the structure, thus providing increased safety to the rest of the apparatus and personnel on board. Documented proof of this extra safety shall be required upon request. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 46 The Tri-Max™ body structure shall consist entirely of closed section members, except where the body is mounted to the chassis. Closed section members (such as square, rectangular, triangular, or round tubes) are required because they provide maximum strength and torsion rigidity. This solid tubular structural style of design ultimately adds longevity to the body structure by eliminating flex and twists in material, creating less stress and fatigue. Body designs that use independent sub-frames will not be acceptable. BODY STRUCTURE MEMBERS The space frame body shall have triangular shaped structural members in certain areas of the body. This shape is required to prevent loss of useable compartment space. Other body structure members shall be square or rectangular. Each structural member will have a nominal outside dimension of 2.50 inches (63.50 mm) in at least one direction. The body shall be designed for maximum strength to weight ratio, therefore the gauge of sheet metal and structural members varies from .125 inches (3.18 mm) to .250 inches (6.35 mm) throughout, dependent on the design requirement. BODY MATERIAL TYPE All body structural members shall be Aluminum 6061-T6 alloy material. All .125 inch (3.18 mm) sheet material shall be Aluminum Alloy 5052-H32, and .250 inch (6.35 mm) sheet materials shall be Aluminum Alloy 3003. These alloys are required because it provides optimum all-around performance for strength, manufacturing properties, and corrosion resistance. ECK® ANTI-CORROSION PROCESS Absolutely no dissimilar metals shall be used in the body and its supporting substructure without being separated by Eck®, which prevents corrosion by providing a barrier between dissimilar metals, sealing out moisture and absorbing energy created by a dissimilar metal reaction. FRONT BODY COMPARTMENT WALLS The front compartment walls of both forward most compartments shall be sheet finished. No overlay material shall be visible from the interior of the compartments. REAR BODY COMPARTMENT WALLS The rear compartment walls of both rearward most compartments shall be sheet finished. No overlay material shall be visible from the interior of the compartments. Access panels from the rear walls shall be strategically placed to ensure access to the rear taillight clusters for any servicing that may be completed. COMPARTMENT TOP Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 47 The top of the compartments shall be an integral portion of the body. No overlay material shall be visible from the interior of the compartments. COMPARTMENT FLOORS The body compartments shall be enclosed with aluminum sheet metal as specified above. The compartment floors shall have a 1.00 inch (25.40 mm) lip downward at the door opening side of the compartment. This lip shall integrate with a structural member on the bottom edge and form a “sweep-out” compartment. This design shall also allow for a structural flush fitting door frame and a complete door/weather seal. COMPARTMENT LOAD CAPACITY Each compartment shall have a minimum of one additional structural compartment floor support centered on the underside of the compartment floor. This additional member shall be integral with the rest of the body structure. Each compartment must be designed, and 3rd party analyzed to carry a working load of: Full depth side compartment: 1,000 lbs (453.59 kg) per compartment Half depth side compartment: 750 lbs (340.19 kg) per compartment Rear center compartment: 1,500 lbs (680.39 kg) NOTE: These values are for design purposes only for individual compartment construction and are not meant to be used as an actual overall weight rating for equipment load per compartment for the specified apparatus. The apparatus shall be engineered such that the completed unit, when loaded to its estimated in-service weight, shall comply with the gross axle weight ratings {GAWR}, the overall gross vehicle weight rating {GVWR}, and the chassis manufacturer's load balance guidelines per NFPA. EXTERIOR HOSE BED WALLS The exterior hose bed walls shall be an integral portion of the body. The wall shall give a smooth exterior look and finish with no vertical supports tubing visible from the exterior of the truck. FASTENERS All bolts and nuts used in the finish construction of the apparatus shall be coated stainless steel which helps prevent dissimilar metal electrolytic reaction and corrosion. Any bolt extending into a compartment or into the hose bed area shall have an acorn nut attached or be protected in such manner where sharp edges are avoided. FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 48 The proposed body design must have completed a review and analysis by a legitimate 3rd party engineering firm. At a minimum, the 3rd party must have conducted a computer model finite element analysis of the proposed design. The analysis is to include real world working load scenarios. Analysis to cover both static and dynamic situations must be completed. The purpose of the finite element analysis is to ensure proper design of the apparatus body, and that it is capable of carrying the typical fire apparatus loads and those specified by NFPA for equipment. The analysis process must conclude that the body structure is properly designed and manufactured to provide longevity under normal conditions. The 3rd party must also validate the manufacturing processes are consistent with the design and analysis performed. Proof of having completed this testing must be submitted with the bid. PPG PAINT SPECIFICATIONS All bright metal fittings, if unavailable in stainless steel, shall be heavily chrome plated. Critical body and sub-frame area which cannot be primed after assembly shall be pre-painted. All welded metal surfaces shall be ground to a smooth surface prior to a degreasing and high pressure, high temperature phosphatizing process. The entire surface shall be sprayed with a non-chromate sealing compound to prevent formulation of stains or flash rust on previously phosphatized parts. The paint applied to the apparatus shall be PPG Industries Delta® brand, applied throughout a multi-step process including at least two coats of each color and clear coat finish. The coating shall be an infra-red, baked air dried. The coatings shall provide full gloss finished suitable for application by high-pressure airless or conventional low pressure air atomizing spray. The coatings shall not contain lead, cadmium or arsenic. The polyisocyanate component shall consist of only aliphatic isocyanates, with no portion being aromatic isocyanates in character. The solvents used in all components and products shall not contain ethylene glycol mono-ethyl ethers or their acetates (commercially recognized as cello solves), nor shall they contain any chlorinated hydrocarbons. The products shall have no adverse effects on the health or nor present any unusual hazard to personnel when used according to manufacturer's recommendations for handling and proper protective safety equipment, and for its intended use. The coating system, as supplied and recommended for application, shall meet all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations now in force or at any time during the courses of the bid. The manufacturer shall supply (upon request) for each product and component of the system, a properly complete OSHA "Safety Data Sheet". The following documents of the issue in effect on the date of the invitation to quote form a part of this document to the extent specified herein: Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 49 Federal Standards: Number 141A and 141B paint, varnish, lacquer and related material: methods of inspection, sampling, and testing. Military Standard: MIL-C 83486B Coating, Urethane, Aliphatic Isocyanates, for Aerospace applications. Industry Methods and Standards: ASTM Method of Analysis (American Society for testing and Materials). BMS 10-72A (Boeing Material Specifications). The entire exterior body structure (excluding roll-up doors) shall receive the primer coats and the finish coats. The apparatus body will be painted in a down draft type paint booth to reduce dust, dirt or impurities in the finish paint. The painted surfaces shall have a finish with no runs, sags, craters, pinholes or other defects. The coating will meet the following test performance properties as a minimum standard. BODY PAINT COLOR The apparatus body shall be painted to match Pierce 90 SUPERLINER COMPARTMENT FINISH The compartment interiors shall be coated with Superliner. COMPARTMENT FINISH COLOR The Superliner Color shall be Medium Gray. STRUCTURAL BODY WARRANTY A structural Aluminum body warranty shall be provided by the apparatus manufacturer for products of its manufacture to be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service for a period of ten (10) years. PAINT WARRANTY A Prorated Paint Warranty shall be provided by the apparatus manufacturer for products of its manufacture to be free from defects in material and workmanship, under normal use and service, for a period of ten (10) years. DIAMOND PLATE FRONT OVERLAYS The entire front face of the apparatus body shall have aluminum diamond plate overlays installed. RAW ALUMINUM REAR OVERLAYS The entire rear face of the apparatus body shall have raw aluminum overlays installed for the installation of chevron striping. All overlay materials shall be coated with adhesive sealant on the back portion to provide an insulating barrier between dissimilar metals. FRONT CORNER TRIM 1/8'' ALUMINUM DIAMOND PLATE Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 50 The front of the apparatus body, vertical wall overlay shall be integrated with a .125 inch aluminum diamond plate 1.00 inch corner trim flange for edge protection. The vertical edge trim shall extend from the top to bottom and shall be fastened at a minimum of three locations, top, middle, and bottom. REAR CORNER TRIM 1/8'' ALUMINUM DIAMOND PLATE The rear face of the apparatus body, vertical wall overlays shall be installed with a .125 inch aluminum diamond plate 1.00 inch by 1.00 inch corner trim piece, for edge protection. The vertical edge trim shall extend from the top to bottom and shall be fastened at a minimum of three locations, top, middle, and bottom. The vertical edge trim piece that is protecting the chevron striping surface or that is utilized for the purpose of striping, shall be secured utilizing fasteners only. VIBRA-TORQ™ BODY MOUNTING SYSTEM The entire body module assembly shall be mounted so that it “floats” above the chassis frame rails exclusively with Vibra-Torq™ torsion isolator assemblies to reduce the vibration and stress providing an extremely durable body mounting system. The body substructure shall be mounted above the frame to allow independent flexing to occur between the body and the chassis. Each assembly shall be mounted to the chassis frame rails with steel, gusseted mounting brackets. Each bracket shall be powder coated for corrosion resistance. Each body mount bracket shall be mounted to the side chassis frame flange with two 5/8”-UNC Grade 8 HHCS. Each assembly shall have a two-part rubber vibration isolator. The isolator shall be of a specific durometer to carry the necessary loads of the apparatus body, equipment, tank, water, and hose. The quantity of mounts utilized shall correspond directly to the anticipated weight being supported. Certain assemblies shall also incorporate a torsion spring. Helical coil springs shall be incorporated into specific mounts in tandem with the rubber isolators to minimize the stress absorbed by the body caused from chassis frame rail flexing. There shall be no welding to the chassis frame rail sides, web or flanges, or drilling of holes in the top or bottom frame flanges between axles. All body to chassis connections shall be bolted so that in the event of an accident, the body shall be easily removable from the truck chassis for repair or replacement. Because of the constant vibration and twisting action that occurs in chassis frame rails and suspension, the torsion mounting system is required to minimize the possibility of premature body structural failures. The Vibra-Torq™ body mounting system shall have a twenty (20) year or 100,000 miles limited warranty in accordance with, and subject to, warranty certificate RFW0541. BODY STRUCTURE WIDTH The width of the apparatus body from the outside of the left compartments to the outside of the right compartments shall be 99.00 inch (2.51 m) excluding any attached peripherals such as rub rails, fenderettes, grab handles, etc. COMPARTMENT VENTILATION Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 51 To allow for proper air circulation & flow, each compartment shall have a venting route. The venting locations shall be determined by best-fit for each body configuration. Chrome louvered plate vents shall be installed appropriately on the compartment interior walls. COMPARTMENTATION The following compartments shall be supplied on the apparatus: Compartment "L1" There shall be one (1) full height compartment ahead of the rear wheels on the left side of the apparatus. The approximate interior dimensions of this compartment shall 49.00 inches wide by 69.00 inches high with a lower depth of 25.50 inches and an upper depth of 12.00 inches. The lower full depth should transition to half depth at 24" above compartment floor. The framed opening shall measure approximately 46.50 inches wide by 65.00 inches high. The compartment will have approximately 36.62 cubic feet of space. Compartment "L2" There shall be one (1) compartment located directly over the rear wheels on the left side of the apparatus. The approximate interior dimensions of this compartment shall be 56.75 inches wide by 35.00 inches high with a depth of 12.00 inches. The framed opening shall measure approximately 56.75 inches wide by 31.00 inches high. The compartment will have approximately 14.37 cubic feet of space. Compartment "L3" There shall be one (1) compartment located directly over the rear wheels on the left side of the apparatus. The approximate interior dimensions of this compartment shall be 56.75 inches wide by 35.00 inches high with a depth of 12.00 inches. The framed opening shall measure approximately 56.75 inches wide by 31.00 inches high. The compartment will have approximately 14.37 cubic feet of space. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 52 Compartment "L4" There shall be one (1) full height compartment located behind the rear wheels on the left side of the apparatus. The approximate interior dimensions of this compartment shall be 49.00 inches wide by 69.00 inches high with an upper depth of 12.00 inches and the lower portion being transverse into the rear compartment, unless partitions are installed. The lower full depth should transition to half depth at 24" above compartment floor The framed opening shall measure approximately 46.50 inches wide by 65.00 inches high. The compartment will have approximately 36.62 cubic feet of space. Compartment "R1" There shall be one (1) compartment located ahead of the rear wheels on the right side of the apparatus. The approximate interior dimensions of this compartment shall be 49.00 inches wide by 46.50 inches high with an upper depth of 12.00 inches and the lower portion being transverse into the rear compartment, unless partitions are installed. The framed opening shall measure approximately 46.50 inches wide by 42.50 inches high. The lower full depth should transition to half depth at 24" above compartment floor Compartment "R2" There shall be one (1) compartment located over and forward the rear wheels on the right side of the apparatus. The approximate interior dimensions of this compartment shall be 56.75 inches (1574.80 mm) wide by 17.00 inches high with a depth of 12.00 inches. The framed opening shall measure approximately 56.75 inches (1574.80 mm) wide by 13.00 inches high. Compartment "R3" There shall be one (1) compartment located over and rearward the rear wheels on the right side of the apparatus. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 53 The approximate interior dimensions of this compartment shall be 56.75 inches (1574.80 mm) wide by 17.00 inches high with a depth of 12.00 inches. The framed opening shall measure approximately 56.75 inches (1574.80 mm) wide by 13.00 inches high. Compartment "R4" There shall be one (1) compartment located behind the rear wheels on the right side of the apparatus. The approximate interior dimensions of this compartment shall be 49.00 inches wide by 46.50 inches high with an upper depth of 12.00 inches and the lower portion being transverse into the rear compartment, unless partitions are installed. The lower full depth should transition to half depth at 24" above compartment floor The framed opening shall measure approximately 46.50 inches wide by 42.50 inches high. FLUSH FITTING HINGED DOOR CONSTRUCTION All doors shall be a minimum of 2.00 inch (50.80 mm) thick with a return flange on the interior of the door to provide a mounting surface for the attachment of a door liner. Each door will have a weep hole to prevent interior moisture build up. All door hinges shall be polished 14 gauge 304 stainless steel with a .25 inch (6.35 mm) diameter stainless steel pin. The hinges shall be mounted to provide easy door adjustment in the future without removing the door liner. The vertically hinged doors shall each have a stainless steel spring loaded door holder. The horizontally top hinged doors shall have a gas charged shock to hold the door in the up position. Door handles shall be polished stainless steel D-ring style that are spring loaded and bidirectional. They shall be mounted on the doors of compartments with a single door or on the primary door of a compartment with vertical double doors. The latches shall attach to the door assembly without any fasteners penetrating the door skin material, with a rubber gasket provided between the D-ring handle and the door skin. The door latch assembly must be completely enclosed by the door assembly and inner door pan, to prevent damage from shifting equipment carried in the compartment. The door latches to open the secondary door of a compartment with vertical double doors shall be "lever" style, located on the backside of the door. Once the primary door is opened, the handle shall be easily visible. Full height secondary doors will have the latch at the bottom of the door with all others door heights having the latch at the top of the door. All hinged doors shall be a "flush" style to provide a flat appearance of the body side. The body shall form a 2.00 inch (50.80 mm) deep frame on all four sides to receive the door, preventing any door overlap. A clip on Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 54 rubber gasket shall be mounted on the door frame, providing a tight seal to prevent moisture and debris from entering the compartment. If catwalk(s) are specified for above the side compartment door openings, the design shall incorporate an outward bent flange to deflect moisture away from the door opening. If design does not allow for this, such as flush upper body panels and the top is capped, 'J' trim channel pieces shall be adhered along the top edge of the door openings where hinged doors are specified. Lap type doors which utilize an outer lip to provide a weather seal, shall not be acceptable. SIDE COMPARTMENT DOOR MATERIAL All horizontal and vertical side compartment doors shall be fabricated of 5052 aluminum and finish painted to match the body. DOOR LINER MATERIAL The interior door liners shall be fabricated of 5052 smooth aluminum and shall be dual-action sanded finish. REAR LOWER UTILITY COMPARTMENT A rear utility compartment shall be installed at the rear of the apparatus. The compartment shall be approximately 24.00 inches (609.60 mm) wide between the chassis frame rails, 25.00 inches (635.00 mm) deep (or as deep as allowed to the chassis layout) and a high as possible to frame rail height. The compartment shall have an overlap aluminum diamond plate horizontally hinged drop down door installed with a D-ring latch. If the door is not properly closed and the parking brake is released, it shall activate the hazard light in the cab to alert the crew. FUEL TANK ACCESS PANEL There shall be a horizontally bottom hinged access door located on the interior back wall of the rear center compartment for maintenance access to the chassis fuel tank. The door shall have mechanical push type latches with a heavy duty gasket. REAR LOWER UTILITY COMPARTMENT LIGHTING The rear utility compartment shall be illuminated with one (1) 9.00 inch (228.60 mm) model #RX-15T16 LED light mounted in a bezel at the top of the compartment near the door opening. The light shall be activated when the compartment door is open. DOOR ASSIST STRAP There shall be a nylon strap installed on all lift up hinged doors to aid in operation. The 10.00 inch strap shall be attached to each lift up door liner with a footman loop using Nutserts. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 55 DOOR OPEN INDICATOR Each flush door body compartment shall be provided with an auto door switch. The switch shall be installed on the primary compartment door and activate the open door indicator when the door is opened. The switch shall be of a magnetic style reed indicator type. Each switch shall be hermetically sealed rated to 10,000,000 cycles. The contact and magnetic housing shall snap-lock in the body material, one on the body and one in the door. If the door is not properly closed and the parking brake is released, it shall activate the “hazard light” in the cab to alert the driver. REAR CENTER COMPARTMENT There shall not be a rear center compartment provided. SILL PLATES Brushed stainless steel sill plates shall be installed at the bottom of each body compartment door opening. COMPARTMENT LIGHTING Two (2) LED tube lights model #RX-15T16-5050 shall be installed in each body compartment. The tube lights shall be centered vertically along each side of the door framing and at maximum length available to fit the opening. The lights in each compartment shall be on a separate circuit, turning on only those lights that have open compartment doors. COMPARTMENT LIGHTING ACTIVATION Each compartment light shall be activated with the ignition, park brake and the respective compartment door open switch. REAR TAILBOARD The rear of the apparatus body shall be vertical in design - otherwise known as a 'flat-back'. The rear tailboard shall be fabricated of the same tubular materials as used in the apparatus body. The tailboard shall be an independent assembly welded to the rear body structural framing to provide body protection and a solid rear stepping platform. The rear step shall be designed to incorporate "crush zone" technology. This idea incorporates lighter materials in the tailboard than the body structure so the step will "crush" in a collision before the body structure. On the rear body surface, a sign shall be attached that states: "DO NOT RIDE ON REAR STEP, DEATH OR Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 56 SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT." The rear tailboard and body shall be constructed such that the angle of departure shall be no less than 8 degrees at the rear of the apparatus when fully loaded, per NFPA, Standard for Automotive Fire Apparatus. TAILBOARD LENGTH The rear tailboard shall be approximately 9.00 inches (228.60 mm) deep and shall incorporate a .188 inch (4.78 mm) embossed aluminum diamond plate overlay. The stepping area shall span the width of the apparatus, overlapping the perimeter of the structural tailboard framework. WHEEL WELLS Wheel wells shall have semicircular black polymer composite inner liners that are bolted to the wheel well panel and supported inboard by brackets that are connected to the body framework. Each wheel well shall be a continuous piece with no breaks or ledges where road grime or debris may accumulate. This liner shall be removable for access to suspension assembly for repairs. There shall be no exception to the bolted wheel well inner liner requirement. WHEEL WELL MODULES The body wheel well area shall be fabricated of same material type as the body and finish painted. There shall be “smart storage” compartmentation features incorporated on each side of the apparatus body wheel well modules to utilize and maximize storage space availability. LEFT FRONT WHEEL WELL There shall be provisions in the wheel well on the left side in front of the axle. WHEEL CHOCK COMPARTMENT The compartment shall hold a set of Zico folding wheel chocks. LEFT CENTER WHEEL WELL There shall be provisions in the wheel well on the left side centered on the tandem axle. SCBA COMPARTMENT The compartment shall hold three (3) 6.75 inch (171.45 mm) Diameter x 24.00 inch (609.60 mm) long SCBA bottles with 1.00 inch (25.40 mm) nylon safety loops installed. LEFT REAR WHEEL WELL There shall be provisions in the wheel well on the left side behind the axle. FUEL FILL & CYLINDER COMPARTMENT The compartment shall accommodate the fuel fill and hold one (1) 6.75 inch (171.45 mm) Diameter x 24.00 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 57 inch (609.60 mm) long cylinder storage with 1.00 inch (25.40 mm) nylon safety loop installed. SMART STORAGE FUEL FILL ASSEMBLY There shall be a fuel fill assembly located on the apparatus body accessing the chassis supplied fuel tank. The assembly shall be located in the rear Smart Storage module specified behind the rear axle. There shall be a drain in the fuel fill assembly to allow overflow to drain on the back side of the apparatus body. The fuel fill cap shall be manufactured of plastic materials, green in color and equipped with a tether. The fuel fill cap shall be labeled "DIESEL FUEL". The fuel fill neck shall have a .375 inch inside diameter vent line installed from the top of the fuel tank to the fill tube. RIGHT FRONT WHEEL WELL There shall be provisions in the wheel well on the front side in front of the axle. SCBA COMPARTMENT The compartment shall hold three (3) 6.75 inch (171.45 mm) Diameter x 24.00 inch (609.60 mm) long SCBA bottles with 1.00 inch (25.40 mm) nylon safety loops installed. RIGHT CENTER WHEEL WELL There shall be provisions in the wheel well on the right side centered on the tandem STORAGE COMPARTMENT The compartment shall be for storage of miscellaneous equipment. RIGHT REAR WHEEL WELL There shall be provisions in the wheel well on the right side behind the axle. SCBA COMPARTMENT The compartment shall hold three (3) 6.75 inch (171.45 mm) Diameter x 24.00 inch (609.60 mm) long SCBA bottles with 1.00 inch (25.40 mm) nylon safety loops installed. SMART STORAGE DOORS The smart storage compartment doors shall be smooth and painted stainless steel to match body job color. Where a module storage compartment is specified, a hinged door shall be provided. Each compartment door shall be secured with a round chrome latch. DOOR OPEN INDICATOR There shall be a switch installed for each smart storage compartment door. If the door is not properly closed and the parking brake is released, it shall activate the “hazard light” in the cab to alert the crew. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 58 FENDERETTES Two (2) polished stainless steel fenderettes shall be provided and installed on body rear wheel well openings, one (1) each side. Rubber welting shall be provided between the body and the crown to seal the seam and restrict moisture from entering. A dielectric barrier shall be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet metal to resist deterioration. HOSE STORAGE A hose bed shall be provided and installed as long and as deep as the tank volume, rear configuration, and the body height allows. At a minimum the capacity of the hose bed shall meet the latest version of NFPA, Standard for Automotive Fire Apparatus. The hose bed shall have a slotted .25 inch (6.35 mm) aluminum flooring installed to allow drainage through the tank cavity to the ground below. The aluminum flooring shall be manufactured in discrete sections to allow for ease of removal and stability. The area shall be free of sharp edges to protect the hose when loading and unloading. HOSE BED AREA The hose bed area of the apparatus shall be overlaid with brushed stainless steel material. HOSE BED AREA TRIMMED W/ BRUSHED SST The vertical corners at the back hose bed shall be trimmed with brushed stainless steel. The trim shall extend from the hose floor level up to the top edge of the body side. HOSE BED WALL HEIGHT The walls of the hose bed shall be 90.00 inches (2.29 m) tall, measured from the bottom edge of the compartments to the top flange. DEALER PROVIDED & INSTALLED HOSE RESTRAINT The dealer shall provide a means of restraining the hose stored in the hose bed to prevent inadvertent deployment of hose during transit. A hose restraint safety label shall be affixed by the Dealership and visible to personnel at each hose storage area. Webbing with Seatbelt Buckle Release LED HOSE BED LIGHTING There shall be four (4) 48.00 inch (122cm) LED tube lights model #RX-15T16-5050-122CM installed with protective angles. Two (2) each side at the top of the hose bed walls, centered from front to back. HOSE BED LIGHT ACTIVATION The hose bed lights shall be activated when the park brake is set. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 59 HOSE BED DUNNAGE AREA A vertical bulkhead shall be provided and installed at the front of the hose bed area, behind the water tank fill tower, forming a storage area that is separated from the hose bed. The rear face of the bulkhead shall serve as a mounting surface for the hose bed dividers, resulting in the ability to move any hose bed divider across the entire width of the hose bed. NO Embossed Floor Upgrade in Hose Bed Dunnage HOSE BED DIVIDER(S) There shall be a full height adjustable divider provided and installed in the hose bed area of the apparatus body. The divider shall be fabricated of .25 inch (6.35 mm) thick aluminum plate with a double sided reinforcement and attached to the adjustable slide rails. The rear of the divider shall have a radius to provide a smooth corner. Hose payout shall be unobstructed by the divider. There shall be a total of one (1) provided and installed in the hose bed. SCALLOP CUTOUTS FOR HOSE BED DIVIDER(S) Along the top edge of each adjustable hose bed divider specified there shall be equally spaced scalloped cutouts (belly cutouts) that shall be 10.00 inches, not to exceed more than half the height of the divider itself without affecting structural integrity. The number of cutouts shall be a maximum of four (4) depending on length of the divider. HOSE LOAD The hose bed shall accommodate the following hose loads: BAY 1: -150 feet of 2.00 inch hose BAY 2: -200 feet of 2.00 inch hose BAY 3: -200 feet of 2.00 inch hose BAY 4: -1050 feet of 5.00 inch hose BAY 5: -350 feet of 3.00 inch hose TANK CAPACITY The tank shall be 2250 gallons in capacity and have an 'L' configuration with the majority of the water being located at the front of the body creating a low hose bed. SPARTAN POLY TANK Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 60 The water tank shall be designed to utilize cavities that have commonly been wasted space. The water tank may fill the void between the main hose bed floor and the top of the rear center compartment. This tank design shall provide for a lower overall tank height, resulting in a lower overall main hose bed height. In addition, this design shall create a lower center of gravity of the vehicle, for improved vehicle handling. TANK CONSTRUCTION The booster tank shall be constructed of poly sheet stock which is a non-corrosive stress relieved thermoplastic. It shall be designed to be completely independent of the body and compartments. All joints and seams are extrusion welded and/or tested for maximum strength and integrity. The top of the booster tank is fitted with lifting eyes designed to facilitate tank removal. COVER The tank cover shall be constructed of the same poly material as the rest of the tank and shall be recessed. A minimum of two lifting dowels shall be drilled to accommodate the lifting eyes. BAFFLES The swash partitions shall be manufactured of the same poly material as the rest of the tank. All partitions shall be equipped with vent and air holes to permit movement of air and water between compartments to provide maximum water flow. All swash partitions interlock and are welded to one another as well as to the walls of the tank. MOUNTING The tank shall have a reinforced floor for added strength and durability. The tank shall be isolated from the body substructure cross members with rubber strips that are 60 durometer in hardness. The tank shall sit nested inside the center body substructure and shall be completely removable without disturbing the body side panels. Tank stops on all four sides will keep the tank from shifting front to back or side to side. TANK WARRANTY A lifetime tank warranty will be provided by the tank manufacturer. Please see the official warranty document in the appendix (attached) for specific details. FILL TOWER The fill tower opening shall be approximately 13.00 inches (330.20 mm) x 12.00 inches (304.80 mm). The tower will have a removable poly screen and a poly hinged type cover that will open if the tank is filled at an excess rate. The removable poly screen to prevent debris from falling into the tank. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 61 The fill tower shall have a 4.00 inch (100.00 mm) overflow that will discharge underneath the tank, behind the rear axle(s), avoiding the chassis fuel tank and suspension components where applicable. The overflow shall terminate above the tank water level when filled to the rated capacity. FILL TOWER LOCATION The fill tower shall be located to the left side at the front of the hose bed. SUMP The sump will be constructed in an 8.00 inch (203.20 mm) x 16.00 inch (406.40 mm) x 1.00 inch (25.40 mm) deep area. The construction material shall utilize 1.00 inch (25.40 mm) poly and be located in line with the tank suction valve. There shall be a 4.00 inch (100.00 mm) schedule 40 poly tube installed that will run from the suction outlet to the sump location. The tank will have an anti-swirl plate located approximately 2.00 inch (50.00 mm) above the sump. SUMP PLUG The sump shall have a 3.00 inch (77.00 mm) plug for use in draining and cleaning out the tank. OUTLETS In addition to the tank suction valve outlet located in the sump, there shall be an outlet provided for the tank fill valve. If there are any additional options selected (such as an extra tank suction or direct tank inlets), there shall be additional outlets provided to accommodate these items. LADDER ACCESS MOUNTING There shall be a Ziamatic Quic-Lift (LAS) ladder access system installed above the side compartments. There shall be an automatic safety latch to hold the ladder rack in the stowed position. The rack shall be powered by two (2) Warner 12 volt high cycle 1000 pound electric actuators. When the ladder rack is in the down position the bottom of the rack shall be approximately 48.00 inch from the ground when deployed. A spring loaded quarter turn latch shall be installed to secure the ladders on the rack when it is in any position. Flashing LED warning lights shall be provided at the front and rear of the ladder rack and shall automatically activate when the ladder rack is in the down position. When the ladder rack is in motion an alarm shall sound. The ladder rack shall be rated to lift up to 300 pounds (136.08 kg). When the apparatus is equipped with hinged doors, an interlock shall be installed in the ladder rack circuit to prevent ladder rack operation when any doors are not closed. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 62 If the ladder rack is not properly stowed and the parking brake is released, it shall activate the “hazard light” in the cab to alert the crew. LADDER BRACKET LOCATION The ladders shall be located on the right side of the apparatus body above the low side compartments. LADDER RACK SWITCH One (1) black paddle switch shall be installed on the apparatus in the below location. LADDER RACK ACTIVATION The switch to operate the ladder rack shall be located on the rear panel of the apparatus, on the right side. LADDER COMPLEMENT The following ladders shall be supplied with the apparatus: One (1) Duo-Safety 24 foot (7.0 m) two (2) section aluminum extension ladder(s), model 900A. One (1) Duo-Safety 14 foot (4.0 m) aluminum roof ladder(s) with folding hooks, model 775A. FOLDING LADDER STORAGE Ziamatic brackets shall be provided for mounting provisions for one (1) folding ladder to be mounted to the Zico Quic Ladder assembly. FOLDING LADDER The following folding ladder shall be supplied with the apparatus: One (1) Duo-Safety 10 foot (3.0 m) aluminum attic ladder(s), model 585A. PIKE POLE STORAGE There shall be Ziamatic brackets provided for storage of two (2) pike poles installed on the Zico Quick Ladder assembly. The pike poles shall be supplied and installed by the Fire Department before the apparatus is placed into service and shall be of adequate length to fit the spacing of the Zico Ladder assembly. RESCUE STORAGE COMPARTMENT There shall be a rescue equipment storage compartment provided and installed with the apparatus. The compartment shall be constructed of .125 inch (3.18 mm) smooth aluminum. All items shall be stored in their own independent section to allow one item to be removed without disturbing another. As required, there shall be a stop in the front of each section to prevent items from sliding forward. The interior floor of the compartment shall be lined with black ABS plastic for ease of stowing and un-stowing equipment. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 63 The compartment shall include provisions for mounting the following: One (1) Backboard(s) with inside dimensions of 18.00 inches by 2.50 inches by 75.00 inches. RESCUE COMPARTMENT LOCATION The storage compartment shall be located in the hose bed storage area horizontal on the left side. DIAMOND PLATE HINGED DOOR The compartment shall have a hinged door to access equipment. The door shall be fabricated with .125 aluminum diamond plate and shall be secured with two (2) push button type latches and a 7.00 inch chrome handle centered between the latches. If the door is not properly closed and the transmission is placed into drive or reverse mode with the parking brake released, it shall activate the hazard light in the cab to alert the crew. COMPARTMENT UNISTRUT Vertically mounted Unistrut shall be installed in all apparatus body compartments, except the L1 compartment as referenced below, in the upper and lower sections, to accommodate the installation of shelves, trays, and or other miscellaneous equipment. When sufficient space allows for a shelf/tray to be installed, the unistrut in the L1 compartment will be located on the rearward face of the structure for the operator's panel and the rear wall/forward facing. OVER-WHEEL COMPARTMENT PARTITIONS Compartment partitions fabricated of the same material as the body shall be permanently installed in the left over-wheel compartment, right over-wheel compartment, or both where applicable by design. The partitions shall be permanently installed in place and flush to the forward and rearward frame openings. The partitions shall aid in keeping loose equipment from falling into the fore and aft compartments. SHELVING The shelving shall be made out of .190 inch (4.83 mm) smooth aluminum sheet material with a formed 2.00 inch (50.80 mm) lip on the front and back. The side mounting brackets shall be provided for vertical adjustment. Standard manufacture shelf construction capacity ratings are as follows, any requested change to the manufacture's standard design may affect/reduce the ratings accordingly: Shelving shall be rated at a capacity of 200 pounds (90.72 kg) and applicable to the design configuration. The following shelving shall be provided: UPPER HALF DEPTH SHELVING Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 64 A full width x half depth shelf shall be provided and installed in the upper area of the compartment specified. There shall be a total quantity of two (2) provided. - One (1) located in the L1 compartment. - One (1) located in the L4 compartment. LOWER FULL DEPTH SHELVING A full width x full depth shelf shall be provided and installed in the lower area of the compartment as specified. There shall be a total quantity of two (2) provided. - One (1) located in the R1 compartment. - One (1) located in the R4 compartment. ROLL OUT TRAY(S) Each tray shall be fabricated of .19 inch (4.83 mm) thick 3003 grade or higher aluminum sheet material with four (4) 3.00 inch (76.20 mm) side flanges, corner welded for maximum strength and shall be as wide and as deep as compartment allows. The following shall be supplied: ROLL-OUT ASSEMBLY/SPARTAN The floor mounted tray shall be full width and shall be secured to a Spartan 22.00 inch (558.80 mm) long ball bearing "heavy duty" slide assembly. The slide assemblies shall incorporate cadmium plated ball bearing roller slides and a lock-in, lock-out front drawer release system (FDR). The tray shall have a 300# capacity and 100% extension. There shall be a total quantity of one (1) provided. - One (1) located in the L1 compartment. WALL MOUNTED TOOL BOARD/PAC-TRAC A Pac Trac tool board with DA finish shall be installed to the back wall of the compartment as specified. The completed tool board assembly shall be attached directly to the upper back wall utilizing custom manufactured plate or angle brackets. There shall be a total quantity of four (4). - One (1) located in the L1 compartment. - One (1) located in the L2 compartment. - One (1) located in the L3 compartment. - One (1) located in the L4 compartment. SIDE RUB RAILS (ALUMINUM CHANNEL) Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 65 The lowest edge of the apparatus body side compartments shall be trimmed with brightly anodized aluminum channel rub rail material. The rub rails shall be approximately 3.00 inches high with flanges turned outwards for increased rigidity, with each end chamfered to a 45 degree angle. The rub rails shall not be constructed as an integral part of the apparatus body structure, allowing each rub rail to be easily removed in the event of damage. The rub rails shall be secured with stainless steel fasteners and spaced away from the apparatus body with .50 inch nylon spacers to help absorb moderate side impacts and prevent the collection of water and debris for easier cleaning. REAR RUB RAIL (ALUMINUM CHANNEL) The rearward edge of the rear step shall be trimmed with brightly anodized aluminum channel rub rail. The rub rail shall be approximately 3.00" high with flanges turned outwards for increased rigidity, with each end chamfered to a 45 degree angle. The rub rail shall not be constructed as an integral part of the apparatus body structure, allowing the rub rail to be easily removed in the event of damage. The rub rail shall be secured with stainless steel fasteners and spaced away from the edge of the rear step with .50 inch nylon spacers, to help absorb moderate rear impacts and prevent the collection of water and debris for easier cleaning. FOLDING STEPS Cast Products, Inc. model #SP6610-1CH dual LED illuminated folding steps, made of high strength die cast aluminum with a protective chromed coating, pyramid tread platform conforming to current NFPA requirements, shall be provided and installed on the apparatus as specified. The steps shall have a minimum of 46 sq. inches of surface area capable of sustaining a 1200 lb. static load. The steps shall be mounted no more than 18" inches between each step. STEP LOCATION Two (2) folding steps shall be installed on the right rear vertical face of the body. 10" HANDRAIL One (1) 10.00 inch long by 1.25 inch diameter handrail constructed of extruded aluminum with a knurled grip, and full length illuminated LED light strip shall be installed in a location above the rearward step(s) and in accordance with NFPA, Standard for Automotive Fire Apparatus, standard requirements. There shall be a minimum of 2.00 inches of clearance between the bracket and the body. NO Red Reflective Insert Each handrail LED light strip specified shall be white/clear in color. ILLUMINATED HANDRAIL LIGHTING ACTIVATION Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 66 The illuminated handrail light shall be activated when the park brake is set. STEP LIGHT ACTIVATION The step light shall be activated when the park brake is set. STEP LOCATION Two (2) folding steps shall be installed on the left rear vertical face of the body. 10" HANDRAIL One (1) 10.00 inch long by 1.25 inch diameter handrail constructed of extruded aluminum with a knurled grip, and full length illuminated LED light strip shall be installed in a location above the rearward step(s) and in accordance with NFPA, Standard for Automotive Fire Apparatus, standard requirements. There shall be a minimum of 2.00 inches of clearance between the bracket and the body. NO Red Reflective Insert Each handrail LED light strip specified shall be white/clear in color. ILLUMINATED HANDRAIL LIGHTING ACTIVATION The illuminated handrail light shall be activated when the park brake is set. STEP LIGHT ACTIVATION The step light shall be activated when the park brake is set. INTERMEDIATE REAR STEP The rear step shall be 8.00 inches (203.20 mm) in depth. The step shall be mounted on the flat back of the apparatus with gusset-type mounting to provide sufficient support for loading hose and gaining access to the hose bed area. The platform stepping surface shall be constructed of .188 inch (4.76 mm) embossed aluminum diamond plate materials. INTERMEDIATE REAR STEP LOCATION The rear step shall be located as high as possible beneath the hose bed floor and the horizontal handrail specified. STEP LIGHTING One (1) light shall be installed to illuminate the stepping areas as provided. The light shall be a LED tube light model #RX-15T16-5050-21CM with an aluminum mounting bezel. The light shall be directed towards and positioned above the stepping surfaces. STEP LIGHT ACTIVATION Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 67 The step light shall be activated when the park brake is set. HANDRAILS KNURLED ALUMINUM ILLUMINATED Handrails shall be 1.25 inches in diameter, constructed of extruded aluminum with a knurled grip, and full length illuminated LED light strip. There shall be a 2.00 inch minimum clearance between the handrail and the body. The light shall illuminate an area adjacent to the handrail and in accordance with NFPA, Standard for Automotive Fire Apparatus, standard requirements. The following handrails shall be installed at the approximate lengths noted: REAR HANDRAIL LOCATION Three (3) handrails shall be installed on the rear of the apparatus. Each handrail shall be of an adequate length, as available usable space allows, to provide a suitable gripping area for personnel. The handrails shall be spaced away from the body using chrome plated straight stanchions. Two (2) vertical handrails shall be installed, one on each side, just below the hose bed sides. These vertical handrail(s) shall utilize an offset stanchion with the offset directed away from storage door openings for added clearance, where applicable. The remaining handrail shall be installed horizontally, just below the hose bed area. NO Red Reflective Insert Each handrail LED light strip specified shall be white/clear in color. ILLUMINATED HANDRAIL LIGHTING ACTIVATION The illuminated handrail light shall be activated when the park brake is set. TOW EYES There shall be two (2) rear tow eyes installed to the frame rails, one each side, accessible below the rear of the apparatus. They shall be manufactured of 1.00 inch plate steel and each plate shall be bolted to the chassis frame rail with a minimum quantity of six (6) grade 8 bolts. The two plates shall be anchored together with 1.00 inch steel tubing to prevent swaying of the frame rails during a towing operation. All steel components shall be painted black. LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM The apparatus shall be equipped with a Logic Controlled, Low-Voltage (12v) Electrical System, compliant with the latest revision of the NFPA, Standard for Automotive Fire Apparatus. The system shall be capable of performing total load management, load management sequencing, and load shedding via continuous monitoring of the low-voltage electrical system. In addition, the system shall be capable of switching loads (similar to operating as an emergency warning lamp flasher) eliminating the Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 68 dependency on many archaic electrical components such as conventional flasher modules. The system shall also incorporate provisions for future expansion or system modification. The low-voltage electrical system shall be designed to distribute the placement of electrical system hardware throughout the apparatus thereby enabling a smaller, optimized wire harness. The programmable, logic controlled system shall eliminate redundant electrical hardware such as extra harnesses, circuit boards, relays, circuit breakers, and separate electrical or interlock subsystems and associated electronics for controlling various electrical loads and inputs. As-built electrical system drawings and an apparatus-specific reference of I/O shall be furnished in the final delivery manuals. These drawings shall illustrate the electrical system broken down into separate functions, or small groups of related functions. Drawings shall depict circuit numbers, electrical components and connectors from beginning to end. A single drawing for all electrical circuits installed by the apparatus manufacturer shall not be accepted. MULTIPLEXED ELECTRICAL WARRANTY A four (4) year limited (V-MUX) multiplex system warranty shall be provided by the apparatus manufacture for parts and labor, while under normal use and service; against mechanical, electrical and physical defects from the date of installation. The warranty shall exclude; sensors, shunt interface modules, serial or USB kits, transceivers, cameras, GPS, and electrical display screens, which shall be limited to a period of one a (1) year repair parts and labor from the date of installation. NODE An electrical distribution node or relay shall be installed in the below locations of the apparatus body. The pump node shall be mounted as high as practical in the full depth portion of the right front compartment. The rear body nodes shall be mounted as high and as far rearward as practical on the back wall of the rearmost compartment. A protective cover shall be installed to prevent damage to the node or electrical system during equipment installation and or removal. Node covers shall be approximately 16.00 to 22.00 inches in length with an inspection hole positioned for view of the node indicator LED lights. The finish of the cover shall match the compartments interior finish. Node covers will not include any type of shelve mounting structure and shall limit the height of unistrut or shelf height within the compartments. PERIMETER LIGHTS LOCATION There shall be four (4) underbody perimeter lights installed on the apparatus positioned to provide illumination to the immediate ground area around the unit. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 69 One (1) under each side of the pumphouse running boards and two (2) under the rear tailboard. PERIMETER LIGHTS The underbody perimeter lights provided will be TecNiq model T44 series, 4" round, 8 diode LED lights. PERIMETER LIGHTS ACTIVATION The perimeter lights under the body shall illuminate the area with the activation of the chassis ground lights, excluding any chassis door programming. UPPER LIGHTING PACKAGE The following NFPA lighting package, manufactured by Whelen, shall be supplied and installed in the upper areas of the vehicle. UPPER ZONE B&D-FORWARD: There shall be two (2) Whelen model M6 series LED lights with chrome bezels provided and installed with the apparatus. There shall be one (1) each side of the body in the upper forward corners. SIDE WARNING LIGHTS FLASH The upper side lights shall feature multiple flash patterns including steady burn. SIDE WARNING LIGHTS COLOR The upper warning lights mounted on the side positions shall be red with red lenses. UPPER ZONE B&D-REAR: There shall be two (2) Whelen model M6 series LED lights with chrome bezels provided and installed with the apparatus. There shall be one (1) each side of the body in the upper rear corners. SIDE WARNING LIGHTS FLASH The upper side lights shall feature multiple flash patterns including steady burn. SIDE WARNING LIGHTS COLOR The upper warning lights mounted on the side positions shall be red with clear lenses. UPPER SIDE WARNING LIGHT SWITCH E-MASTER/DISPLAY The upper side warning lights shall be controlled through the master warning switch and a secondary side warning switch located on the vehicle display control screen. The switches shall be clearly labeled for ease of identification. UPPER ZONE C: Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 70 There shall be two (2) Whelen model L31H*FN beacons with 360 degree LED lights, provided and installed on the apparatus. One (1) each side on the rear upper outboard corners of the apparatus. REAR WARNING LIGHTS COLOR The upper warning lights mounted at the rear shall be red with clear lenses. CAST ALUMINUM LIGHT STANCHIONS Two (2) light stanchions shall be mounted in the upper rear corners of the body sides, one each side. Each shall be large enough to accommodate an upper zone C rotating beacon and a hose bed light if specified. The DOT lights specified elsewhere in the quote shall also be located one on the side and the other located on the rear of each stanchion. UPPER REAR WARNING LIGHT SWITCH E-MASTER/DISPLAY The upper rear warning lights shall be controlled through the master warning switch and a secondary rear warning switch located on the vehicle display control screen. The switches shall be clearly labeled for ease of identification. LOWER LED WARNING LIGHTING The following NFPA lighting package, manufactured by Whelen, shall be supplied and installed in the lower areas of the vehicle. LOWER ZONE B&D: There shall be six (6) Whelen model WION LED lights with chrome housings, three (3) each side, provided and installed with the apparatus. SIDE WARNING LIGHTS FLASH The lower side lights shall feature multiple flash patterns including steady burn. SIDE WARNING LIGHTS COLOR The lower side warning lights mounted on the side positions shall be red with clear lenses. SIDE WARNING LIGHTS LOCATION The warning lights on the side of the apparatus shall be mounted at the pump panel location, centered on the rear wheel well panel and at the rear tailboard location. LOWER SIDE WARNING LIGHT SWITCH E-MASTER/DISPLAY The lower side warning lights shall be controlled through the master warning switch and a secondary side warning switch located on the vehicle display control screen. The switches shall be clearly labeled for ease of identification. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 71 LOWER ZONE C: There shall be two (2) Whelen model M6 series Super-LED lights with chrome bezels, one (1) each side, on provided and installed on the rear of the body. REAR WARNING LIGHTS FLASH The lower rear lights shall feature multiple flash patterns including steady burn. REAR WARNING LIGHTS COLOR The lower rear warning lights mounted at the rear shall be red with clear lenses. LOWER REAR WARNING LIGHT SWITCH E-MASTER/DISPLAY The lower rear warning lights shall be controlled through the master warning switch and a secondary rear warning switch located on the vehicle display control screen. The switches shall be clearly labeled for ease of identification. LED REAR TAILLIGHT ASSEMBLY There shall be Whelen M6-Series Super LED rear taillight assemblies provided and installed with the apparatus, one (1) each side at the rear. The following shall be installed in the order as specified from top to bottom: One (1) M62BTT LED red brake light One (1) M62T LED series amber turn signal light One (1) M62BU LED clear back-up light MOUNTING FLANGES There shall be individual chrome bezels provided for each light of the taillight assembly. REAR TAILLIGHTS COLOR The taillights mounted at the rear shall have clear lenses. BACKUP LIGHTS The backup lights shall illuminate when the apparatus is placed in reverse. LED DOT LIGHTING There shall be seven (7) lights located on the rear of the apparatus. Three (3) of the lights shall be mounted on the rear of the apparatus center location, for use as identification lamps. Two (2) additional lights shall be located on the rear outboard locations, one (1) each side as high as possible. Two (2) lights shall be mounted on the sides facing the side at the rear corners, for use as clearance lamps. The lights shall be TecNiq S17 series LED red markers. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 72 DOT ADDITIONAL MARKER LIGHTS There shall be two (2) amber LED intermediate marker lights/intermediate turn signals installed in the rub rail, forward of the rear wheel well, one (1) each side. The lights shall be TecNiq S17 series LED amber markers/turn. INTERMEDIATE TURN SIGNALS The intermediate turn signals will flash with the turn indicators. MARKER LIGHT LENS COLOR The above specified marker lights shall have colored lenses. MARKER LIGHT BEZELS The above specified marker lights shall have chrome bezels. REAR VIEW CAMERA LOCATION Three (3) cameras shipped loose with the chassis shall be surface mounted on the apparatus body for maximum viewing capability. When not provided by the camera manufacture, a protective shroud shall be installed over each camera to protect against damage. One (1) camera shall be mounted at the rear of the body (center location) and two (2) cameras shall be mounted high at the front corner of the body, one (1) each side. SIDE SCENE LIGHT LOCATION There shall be four (4) scene lights installed on the sides of the apparatus, two (2) on each side. One (1) located at the front and one (1) located at the rear corner. The scene lights on the side shall be positioned inboard of the warning lights specified. SCENE LIGHT MODEL Whelen Pioneer series model #PCH2 LED single combination flood/spot scene lighting with black housing and a chrome bezel shall be semi-recess mounted on the apparatus. Each lamp head shall have two (2) 12v Super-LED® panel at 150 watts total. The light head shall draw 13.0 amps and generate 23,000 lumens. Each LED panel shall be mounted within the semi-recess chrome trim bezel. Each lamp head shall be no more than 4.25 inches in height by 14.00 inches in width. BODY SIDE SCENE LIGHT ACTIVATION The scene lighting shall be activated with the chassis side scene lights. REAR SCENE LIGHT LOCATION Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 73 There shall be two (2) scene lights installed on the rear facing vertical surface of the apparatus, one (1) on each side. SCENE LIGHT MODEL Whelen Pioneer "SlimLine" series model #PSL1R LED scene lighting with black housing shall be semi-recess mounted on the apparatus. Each lamp head shall have one (1) 12 volt 35 watt light head configuration that shall incorporate 12 white Super- LED with a TIR reflector installed. Each lamp head shall have a standard 8-degree spotlight lens with the ability to change to a 40 degree x 20 degree flood lens. Each lamp head shall draw 3.0 amps and generate 3,500 lumens total. Each lamp head shall be no more than 6.34 inches high by 9.88 inches wide by 2.00 inches deep. REAR SCENE LIGHT ACTIVATION The rear scene lighting shall be activated by a virtual button on the vehicle display control screen. The scene shall also be interlocked with the park brake. The switch shall be labeled as follows: Rear Scene 3M REFLECTIVE STRIPING There shall be a 6.00 inch (152.40 mm), 3M reflective stripe with two (2) 1.00 inch (25.40 mm) accent stripes applied to the chassis and apparatus body as specified: The above specified Striping shall consist of one color. The provided stripe shall be: reflective stripe black in color. STRIPE PATTERN The reflective striping shall be applied around the perimeter of the apparatus in a straight line pattern. COMPARTMENT STRIPE BORDERS Sign Gold adhesive .50 inch (12.70 mm) striping shall be applied to the perimeter of the body side compartments and compartment door areas. The striping shall be 22k Sign Gold with black edging. REAR RETRO-REFLECTIVE CHEVRON STRIPING A minimum of 50 percent of the rear-facing vertical surface, visible from the rear of the apparatus, shall be equipped with 3M Diamond Grade, retro-reflective striping in a chevron pattern, sloping downward and away from the centerline of the vehicle at an angle of 45-degrees. The stripe shall be 6.00 inches (152.40 mm) wide alternating in colors. CHEVRON COLOR Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 74 The retro-reflective chevron striping shall be red and black in color. DEALER SUPPLIED LETTERING The apparatus lettering shall be provided and installed by the Dealership before final delivery of the completed apparatus. DEALER SUPPLIED DECALS The apparatus decals shall be provided and installed by the Dealership prior to the apparatus being placed into service. LICENSE PLATE MOUNTING A Cast Products, model LP0004-1-B, cast aluminum fully enclosed license plate bracket shall be installed. The bracket shall incorporate a clear LED light (WL0501) to illuminate the license plate and meet DOT requirements. LICENSE PLATE BRACKET LOCATION The above specified license plate bracket shall be installed at the back of the apparatus on the right side. The bracket shall be mounted to meet all applicable DOT standards. MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT The following equipment list shall be provided with the completed apparatus. WHEEL CHOCKS One (1) set of NFPA compliant cast aluminum folding wheel chocks shall be supplied with the apparatus. ZICO WHEEL CHOCK STORAGE The Ziamatic wheel chocks, shall be stored in the wheel well smart storage compartment. EXTINGUISHERS All NFPA required fire extinguishers will be supplied and installed by the Fire Department before the apparatus is placed into service. All NFPA required portable hand lights will be supplied and installed by the Fire Department before the truck is placed into service. FLARES All NFPA required flares will be supplied and installed by the Fire Department before the truck is placed into service. TRAFFIC CONES All NFPA required traffic cones will be supplied and installed by the Fire Department before the truck is placed into service. TRAFFIC VEST All NFPA required traffic vest will be supplied and installed by the Fire Department before the truck is placed into service. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 75 AED (AUTOMATIC EXTERNAL DEFIBRILLATOR) All NFPA required AED units will be supplied and installed by the Fire Department before the truck is placed into service. FIRST AID KIT All NFPA required First Aid Kits will be supplied and installed by the Fire Department before the truck is placed into service. SALVAGE COVERS All NFPA required salvage covers will be supplied and installed by the Fire Department before the truck is placed into service. AXES All NFPA required Axes will be supplied and installed by the Fire Department before the truck is placed into service. WRENCH SETS All NFPA required spanner and hydrant wrenches will be supplied and installed by the Fire Department before the truck is placed into service. NOZZLES All NFPA required nozzles will be supplied and installed by the Fire Department before the truck is placed into service. HANDHELD TOOLS CLAW TOOL All NFPA required claw tools will be supplied and installed by the Fire Department before the truck is placed into service. HALLIGAN TOOL All NFPA required Halligan tools will be supplied and installed by the Fire Department before the truck is placed into service. CROW BAR All NFPA required crowbars will be supplied and installed by the Fire Department before the truck is placed into service. SLEDGE HAMMER All NFPA required sledge hammers will be supplied and installed by the Fire Department before the truck is placed into service. RUBBER MALLET All NFPA required rubber mallets will be supplied and installed by the Fire Department before the truck is placed into service. SHOVELS All NFPA required shovels will be supplied and installed by the Fire Department before the truck is placed into service. BOLT CUTTER All NFPA required bolt cutters will be supplied and installed by the Fire Department before the truck is placed into service. SUPPLY HOSE Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 10359-0001 04/07/26 76 All NFPA required fire hose will be supplied and installed by the Fire Department before the truck is placed into service. ADAPTORS All NFPA required Adaptors will be supplied and installed by the Fire Department before the truck is placed into service. SCBA & CYLINDERS (air packs) All NFPA required SCBA and Cylinders will be supplied and installed by the Fire Department before the truck is placed into service. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 CHASSIS SALE ORDER Description VEHICLE MODEL Gladiator CUSTOMERS / OEMS Spartan ER (CMF1000)[1004096] MODEL YEAR Model Year - 2027 COUNTRY OF SERVICE Country of Service United States Of America CAB AND CHASSIS LABELING LANGUAGE Cab and Chassis Labeling Language English w/Innovative Controls Labels APPARATUS TYPE Apparatus Type Pumper VEHICLE TYPE Vehicle Type Straight Truck VEHICLE ANGLE OF APPROACH PACKAGE Vehicle Angle of Approach NFPA Minimum 8.00 Degrees AXLE CONFIGURATION Axle Configuration 6x4 (Rear Tandem Axle Drive Only) GROSS AXLE WEIGHT RATINGS FRONT GAWR Front 23000# GROSS AXLE WEIGHT RATINGS REAR GAWR Rear 44000# PUMP PROVISION Pump Provision Driveline Midship, Pump Mode Prog w/Auto Park Brake "N" WATER & FOAM TANK CAPACITY Water & Foam Tank Capacity 2201 to 3000 Gallons WARRANTY Warranty Cab and Chassis (2) Year RFW0102 CAB CAB STYLE Cab Style EMFD 10" Raised Roof OCCUPANT PROTECTION Occupant Protection IMMI 4Front & RollTek w/SRA CAB FRONT FASCIA Cab Frt Fascia Classic FRONT GRILLE Cab Frt Grille Hinged Classic Styled CAB UNDERCOAT Cab Undercoat CAB SIDE DRIP RAIL Cab Side Drip Rail CAB PAINT EXTERIOR Cab Paint Exterior Single Color CAB PAINT PROCESS/MANUFACTURER Cab Paint Process/Manufacturer PPG CAB PAINT PRIMARY/LOWER COLOR Cab Paint Primary/Lower Color PPG Red FBCH 911659 CAB PAINT WARRANTY Cab Paint Warranty PPG (10) Year RFW0710 CAB PAINT INTERIOR Cab Paint Int Bedliner Medium Gray CAB ENTRY DOORS Cab Entry Doors (4) CAB ENTRY DOOR TYPE Cab Entry Door Type Barrier Free w/Pollak Switches CAB INSULATION Cab Insulation Nonwoven Polyester Fiber CAB STRUCTURAL WARRANTY Cab Structural Warranty (10) Year RFW0602 CAB TEST INFORMATION Cab Test Information Crash Test ECE-R29/SAE J2420/SAE J2422 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 ELECTRICAL POWER DISTRIBUTION ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Elec System 12V DC Multiplex VEHICLE DISPLAY Vehicle Display Control-Maxx 10" Touchscreen (2) L/R Sw Pnl LOAD MANAGEMENT SYSTEM Load Management System Multiplex DATA RECORDING SYSTEM Data Recording Sys Vehicle Data Control-Maxx w/USB Data Link ACCESSORY POWER Accessory Pwr Batt & Ign Stud w/(2)Fuse Batt/(2)Fuse Mstr Bus Bar Rescue/Pumper AUXILIARY ACCESSORY POWER Aux Acc Pwr & Gnd Stud Off Underseat Strg Cmpt 40A Ign Sw EXTERIOR ELECTRICAL TERMINAL COATING Exterior Electrical Terminal Coating Spray On Plasti Dip ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WARRANTY Electrical System Warranty (2) Year RFW0202 ENGINE ENGINE Engine Diesel 605HP/1850Ft-Lbs Cummins X15 HHD - EPA 2027 CAB ENGINE TUNNEL Cab Engine Tunnel Large DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER CONTROLS DPF Ctrl Regeneration Sw & Inhibit Sw w/Digital Dash ENGINE PROGRAMMING HIGH IDLE SPEED Engine Programming High Idle Speed 1250 RPM ENGINE HIGH IDLE CONTROL Engine High Idle Ctrl Automatic and Manual w/Disp Actv ENGINE PROGRAMMING ROAD SPEED GOVERNOR Engine Programming Road Speed Governor Enabled AUXILIARY ENGINE BRAKE Aux Engine Brake Compression Brake w/VG Turbo AUXILIARY ENGINE BRAKE CONTROL Aux Engine Brake Ctrl Off/Low/High Disp ELECTRONIC ENGINE OIL LEVEL INDICATOR Elec Engine Oil Level Indicator FLUID FILLS Fluid Fills Fwd For Large Displacement Cap ENGINE DRAIN PLUG Engine Drain Plug ENGINE WARRANTY Engine Warranty Cummins (5) Year/100,000 Miles REMOTE THROTTLE HARNESS Rmt Throttle Harness Cab Harness Only Shift Interlock ENGINE PROGRAMMING REMOTE THROTTLE Engine Program Rmt Throttle Off ENGINE PROGRAMMING IDLE SPEED Engine Programming Idle Speed 700 RPM AIR INTAKE ENGINE AIR INTAKE Engine Air Intake Filtration and Restriction w/Replaceable Element Abv Radiator COOLING ENGINE FAN DRIVE Engine Fan Drive Variable Speed ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM Engine Cooling System Serial Flow w/Package Drop-Out Prov ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM PROTECTION Engine Cooling System Protection Light Duty Skid Plate Paint Frame Color ENGINE COOLANT Engine Coolant Extended Life Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 ELECTRONIC COOLANT LEVEL INDICATOR Elec Low Coolant Level Indicator COOLANT HOSES Coolant Hoses Silicone ENGINE COOLANT OVERFLOW BOTTLE Engine Coolant Overflow Expansion Bottle EXHAUST ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM Eng Exhaust Sys Under Frm RH w/DPF Over SCR Switchback DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank LH 5 Gal Fill Thru Rr Step ENGINE EXHAUST ACCESSORIES Engine Exhaust Acc Temp Mitigation ENGINE EXHAUST WRAP Engine Exhaust Wrap EMISSIONS SYSTEM WARRANTY Emissions System Warranty (10) Years Heavy HDE/450K Miles/22K Hours RFW0144 REGULATED EMISSIONS WARRANTY TIRES Regulated Emissions Warranty Tires (2) Years/24,000 Miles RFW0145 REGULATED EMISSIONS WARRANTY AIR CONDITIONING Regulated Emissions Warranty Air Conditioning (5) Years/100,000 Miles RFW0146 TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION Transmission Allison 4000 EVS TRANSMISSION MODE PROGRAMMING Transmission Mode Programming 6th Startup/6th Mode TRANSMISSION FEATURE PROGRAMMING Transmission Feature Programming Allison Gen 5 & 6-E I/O Package 198/Pumper TRANSMISSION SHIFT SELECTOR Transmission GEN 5 & 6-E Shift Sel Key Pad/Push Button ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION OIL LEVEL INDICATOR Elec Transmission Oil Level Indicator TRANSMISSION PRE-SELECT WITH AUXILIARY BRAKE 2nd Gear Pre-Select TRANSMISSION COOLING SYSTEM Transmission Cooling System TRANSMISSION DRAIN PLUG Transmission Drain Plug TRANSMISSION WARRANTY Transmission Warranty Allison (5) Year POWER TAKE OFF PTO LOCATION PTO Location 8:00/1:00 DRIVELINE DRIVELINE Driveline MSI 1810/1710 w/Meritor U-Joints w/Thrust Washers/Half Round Yokes MIDSHIP PUMP / GEARBOX Midship Pump Jackshaft & Pump Mounting Brkt MIDSHIP PUMP / GEARBOX MODEL Midship Pump/Gearbox Model Waterous CXSC22 Fwd MIDSHIP PUMP GEARBOX DROP Midship Driveline Pump Gearbox Drop Waterous "C" MIDSHIP PUMP RATIO Midship Pump Ratio 2.27:1 MIDSHIP PUMP LOCATION C/L SUCTION TO C/L REAR AXLE Midship Pump Location C/L Suction to C/L Rear Axle 120.0" Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 FUEL SYSTEMS FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR Fuel Filter/Wtr Separator Fuel Pro FH230 w/Lt & Alarm 18" Loop FUEL LINES Fuel Lines Wire Braid FUEL SHUTOFF VALVE Fuel Shutoff Valve at Tank and (2) at Primary Filter ELECTRIC FUEL PRIMER Electric Fuel Primer Engine Sply Electric Lift Pump FUEL TANK Fuel Tank 68 Gallon FUEL TANK MATERIAL AND FINISH Fuel Tank Material SS & Finish Natural FUEL TANK STRAP MATERIAL AND FINISH Fuel Tank Strap Material SS & Finish Painted Frame Components Color FUEL TANK FILL PORT Fuel Tank Fill Port LH Mid/RH Mid/LH Fwd FUEL TANK DRAIN PLUG Fuel Tank Drain Plug Magnetic FRONT AXLE FRONT AXLE Frt Axle Reyco Granning ResponseMaster IFS Air 22001-24000# FRONT AXLE WARRANTY Front Axle Warranty IFS FRONT WHEEL BEARING LUBRICATION Frt Wheel Bearing Lube Oil FRONT SUSPENSION FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERS Frt Shock Absorbers Koni Non-Adjustable FRONT SUSPENSION Frt Suspension IFS 22001-24000# STEERING STEERING COLUMN/WHEEL Steering Column/Wheel Tilt/Telescopic 18" 4 Spoke ELECTRONIC POWER STEERING FLUID LEVEL INDICATOR Elec Power Steering Fluid Level Indicator POWER STEERING PUMP Power Steering Pump TRW w/Passive Cooler FRONT AXLE CRAMP ANGLE Front Axle Cramp Angle 48 Degrees POWER STEERING GEAR Power Steering Gear TRW TAS 85/RCS 85 CHASSIS ALIGNMENT Chassis Alignment REAR AXLE REAR AXLE Rear Axle 44000# Meritor MT-44-14X REAR AXLE DIFFERENTIAL LUBRICATION Rear Axle Differential Lubrication Oil REAR AXLE WARRANTY Rear Axle Warranty Meritor 2027 WHEEL HUB PAINT Wheel Hub Paint Gloss Black REAR WHEEL BEARING LUBRICATION Rear Wheel Bearing Lubrication Oil REAR AXLE DIFFERENTIAL CONTROL Rear Axle Differential Ctrl Interaxle Lock VEHICLE TOP SPEED Vehicle Top Speed 60 MPH REAR AXLE EXTERNAL VENT Rear Axle External Vent OEM Housing Breather Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 REAR SUSPENSION REAR SUSPENSION Rear Susp Hendrickson FireMaax Air 40000-48000# REAR SHOCK ABSORBERS Rear Shock Absorbers Suspension Sply TIRES TIRE INTERMITTENT SERVICE RATING Tire Intermittent Service Ratings Acceptable FRONT TIRE Frt Tire 425/65R 22.5 Michelin XZE REAR TIRE Rear Tire 12R 22.5 Michelin X Multi Grip D REAR AXLE RATIO Rear Axle Ratio 6.14 TIRE PRESSURE INDICATOR Tire Pressure Ind Frt & Rr LED WHEELS FRONT WHEEL Frt Wheel Alcoa Dura-Black 22.5 x 12.25 Alum REAR WHEEL Rr Whl Alcoa Dura-Black 22.5 x 8.25 Alum BALANCE WHEELS AND TIRES Balance Wheels & Tires Counteract Beads WHEEL GUARDS Wheel Guards Between Dual Wheels & All Axles TIRE CHAINS TIRE CHAINS Tire Chains Rear Axle ON-Spot 6 Strand Auto TIRE CHAINS ACTIVATION Tire Chains Actv Rkr Sw BRAKES BRAKE SYSTEM Brake System ABS/ATC/ESC Tandem Axle Disp Actv FRONT BRAKES Frt Brakes Knorr/Bremse SN7 Disc 17" REAR BRAKES Rr Brakes Meritor EX225 Disc 17" PARK BRAKE Prk Brake Rr Wheels Only PARK BRAKE CONTROL Prk Brake Ctrl Sw Pnl Mnt LH Pnl AIR DRYER Air Dryer Wabco System Saver 1200 Bhd RH Step FRONT BRAKE CHAMBERS Frt Brake Chambers IFS Type 24 REAR BRAKE CHAMBERS Rr Brake Chambers TSE 24/30 H.O.T. AIR SUPPLY SYSTEMS AIR COMPRESSOR Air Compressor Wabco SS318 18.7 CFM AIR GOVERNOR Air Governor Mnt on Air Dryer Bracket MOISTURE EJECTORS Moisture Ejectors w/Cable AIR SUPPLY LINES Air Sply Lines Nylon w/Compression Fittings/Protective Loom AIR INLET CONNECTION Air Inlet Connection w/Auto Eject AIR INLET/AUTO EJECT CONNECTION COVER Air Inlet/Auto Eject Conn Cover Red Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 AIR INLET LOCATION Air Inlet Location LH Cab Side Fwd Lwr Rear of Bumper Above Electrical Inlet AIR INLET/OUTLET FITTING TYPE Air Inlet/Outlet Manual Conn Tru-Flate Interchange 1/4" REAR AIR TANK MOUNTING Rear Air Tank Mnt Any Bhd Rear Axle Perpendicular w/Frame FRAME WHEELBASE Wheelbase 199.5" REAR OVERHANG Rear Overhang 106.0" FRAME Frame Double Channel 35.00" Width FRAME PAINT Frame Paint Hot Dipped Galvanized - Frame Only Ptd Primary/Lower Cab Color FRAME PAINT - MISCELLANEOUS Frame Paint Miscellaneous - Gap Sealant FRAME ASSEMBLY STRUCTURAL WARRANTY Frame Assembly Structural Warranty (50) Year RFW0305 FRAME RAIL CORROSION WARRANTY Frame Rail Corrosion Warranty (25) Year RFW0316 FRAME COMPONENTS CORROSION WARRANTY Frame Components Corrosion Warranty (3) Year RFW0315 BUMPER FRONT BUMPER Frt Bumper Structural Steel Channel Severe Duty FRONT BUMPER EXTENSION LENGTH Frt Bumper Extension Length 21" FRONT BUMPER PAINT Frt Bumper Paint Primary/Lower Cab Color w/Bedliner Black Bumper Trim FRONT BUMPER TRIM Frt Bumper Trim SS Ptd Wide Band Frt Top Edge/Corners Abv Apron w/Iso Washers FRONT BUMPER APRON Frt Bumper Apron For 21" Extension FRONT BUMPER DISCHARGE Front Bumper Discharge 2.0" RH Frame Mnt Plumbing FRONT BUMPER COMPARTMENT CENTER Frt Bumper Cmpt Ctr w/PAC Straps MECHANICAL SIREN Mechanical Siren Federal Signal Q2B Pedestal Mnt MECHANICAL SIREN LOCATION Mech Siren Location Frt Bmpr Apron LH OB AIR HORN Air Horn (2) 21" Round Hadley E-Tone AIR HORN LOCATION Air Horn Location (2) Frt Bmpr Face R/L IB AIR HORN RESERVOIR Air Horn Reservoir (1) 1200 Cu In ELECTRONIC SIREN SPEAKER Elect Siren Speaker (2) 100W Federal Signal Dynamax w/EF Grille ELECTRONIC SIREN SPEAKER LOCATION Elec Siren Speaker Location (2) Frt Bmpr Face R/L OB FRONT BUMPER TOW EYES Frt Bumper Tow Eyes 2" Painted Below TOW FORK PROVISION Tow Fork Provision Bolt-On Behind Cab Tilt Crossmember w/Labels CAB TILT CAB TILT SYSTEM Cab Tilt System w/Pump Bhd RH Frt Step CAB TILT AUXILIARY PUMP Cab Tilt Aux Pump Manual Mnt w/Fwd Tilt Pump Mnt CAB TILT LIMIT SWITCH Cab Tilt Limit Sw Preset Limit CAB TILT CONTROL RECEPTACLE Cab Tilt Ctrl Receptacle Temp Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 CAB TILT NOISE DAMPENER Cab Tilt Noise Dampener Spray-On CAB TILT LOCK DOWN INDICATOR Cab Tilt Lock Down Indicator CAB GLASS CAB WINDSHIELD Cab Windshield GLASS FRONT DOOR Glass Frt Dr Pwr GLASS TINT FRONT DOOR Glass Tint Frt Dr Automotive Dark Gray GLASS REAR DOOR RIGHT HAND Glass Rr Dr RH Pwr GLASS TINT REAR DOOR RIGHT HAND Glass Tint Rr Door RH Automotive Dark Gray GLASS REAR DOOR LEFT HAND Glass Rr Dr LH Pwr GLASS TINT REAR DOOR LEFT HAND Glass Tint Rr Door LH Automotive Dark Gray GLASS SIDE MID RIGHT HAND Glass Side Mid RH Fxd 15.50"W x 27"H GLASS TINT SIDE MID RIGHT HAND Glass Tint Side Mid RH Automotive Dark Gray GLASS SIDE MID LEFT HAND Glass Side Mid LH Fxd 15.50"W x 27"H GLASS TINT SIDE MID LEFT HAND Glass Tint Side Mid LH Automotive Dark Gray CLIMATE CONTROL CLIMATE CONTROL Climate Ctrl Htr Defroster A/C SGM Ovrhd Alum CLIMATE CONTROL DRAIN Climate Control Drain Gravity CLIMATE CONTROL ACTIVATION Climate Ctrl Actv Rotary Dash Mnt Ctr HVAC OVERHEAD COVER PAINT HVAC Overhead Cover Paint Medium Gray A/C CONDENSER LOCATION A/C Condenser Location Roof Mnt Fwd Ctr A/C COMPRESSOR A/C Compressor TM-31/QP-31 CAB CIRCULATION FANS FRONT Cab Circulation Fans Frt (2) Outboard UNDER CAB INSULATION Under Cab Insulation Eng Tnl & Cab Floor w/Removable Alum Tunnel Overlay CAB INTERIOR INTERIOR TRIM FLOOR Interior Trim Floor w/TPlt Overlay & Wrapped Entry Ways INTERIOR TRIM Interior Trim Vinyl REAR WALL INTERIOR TRIM Rear Wall Interior Trim Painted Aluminum HEADER TRIM Header Trim XDuty TRIM CENTER DASH Trim Center Dash XDuty w/Gas Cylinder Stay TRIM LEFT HAND DASH Trim LH Dash XDuty TRIM RIGHT HAND DASH Trim RH Dash XDuty Glove Cmpt/MDT Prov/4.50"H Glovebox TRIM RIGHT HAND DASH ACCESSORIES Trim RH Dash Acc XDuty Dash Slide-Out Tray CAB PAINT BEDLINER Bedliner Only ENGINE TUNNEL TRIM Eng Tnl Trim Painted Multi-tone POWER POINT DASH MOUNT Pwr Pnt Dash Mnt Batt Dir (2) 75W Powerwerx Comb USB/Type-C Sw Pnl AUXILIARY POWER POINT MID CREW Aux Pwr Pnt Mid Crew Batt Dir Powerwerx USB/Type-C (2) No Ind (1)R/(1)L Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Comp Hsg STEP TRIM Step Trim Embossed & Diamond Cut SS Lwr, TPlt Mid STEP TRIM KICKPLATE Step Trim Kickplate Treadplate UNDER CAB ACCESS DOOR Under Cab Access Door Rear Step LH Tread Plate INTERIOR DOOR TRIM Interior Door Trim DA Sand DOOR TRIM SCUFF PLATE Door Trim Scuff Plate Window Frm/Window Ledge DOOR TRIM CUSTOMER NAMEPLATE Door Trim Customer Nameplate CAB DOOR TRIM REFLECTIVE Cab Dr Trim Reflective Vert Stripe/6" Red/Black Chevron w/Logo INTERIOR GRAB HANDLE "A" PILLAR Interior Grab Handle 'A' Pillar 11" Molded INTERIOR GRAB HANDLE FRONT DOOR Interior Grab Handle Frt Door Horiz 9" Red INTERIOR GRAB HANDLE REAR DOOR Int Grab Handle Rr Dr Alum Window Span 30" Red ADDITIONAL INTERIOR GRAB HANDLE REAR DOOR Addl Cab Int Grab Hndl Rr Dr Diag 30" Grab Bar INTERIOR SOFT TRIM COLOR Interior Soft Trim Color Gray INTERIOR TRIM SUNVISOR Interior Trim Sunvisor Vinyl INTERIOR FLOOR MAT COLOR Interior Floor Mat Color Gray HEADER TRIM INTERIOR PAINT Header Trim Interior Paint Bedliner Medium Gray TRIM CENTER DASH INTERIOR PAINT Trim Center Dash Interior Paint Bedliner Medium Gray TRIM LEFT HAND DASH INTERIOR PAINT Trim LH Dash Interior Paint Bedliner Medium Gray TRIM RIGHT HAND DASH INTERIOR PAINT Trim RH Dash Interior Paint Bedliner Medium Gray RIGHT HAND DASH ACCESSORIES INTERIOR PAINT RH Dash Acc Interior Paint Powdercoat Black REAR WALL INTERIOR PAINT Rear Wall Interior Paint Bedliner Medium Gray DASH PANEL GROUP Dash Pnl Group 3-Pnl w/Black Textured Aluminum Panels SWITCHES CENTER PANEL Switches Ctr Pnl 2 (1+1) SWITCHES LEFT PANEL Switches Left Pnl 1 Wiper/1 Switch SWITCHES RIGHT PANEL Switches Right Pnl 2 CAB SEATS SEAT BELT WARNING Seat Belt Warn Disp w/VDR SEAT MATERIAL Seat Material Bostrom Durawear Plus SEAT COLOR Seat Color Gray/Red Seat Belts SEAT BACK LOGO Seat Back Logo Fayetteville SEAT DRIVER Seat Driver Bostrom Firefighter 4-Way Air 500 Series ABTS SEAT BACK DRIVER Seat Back Driver Non-SCBA ABTS Reclining SEAT MOUNTING DRIVER Seat Mounting Driver OCCUPANT PROTECTION DRIVER Occupant Protection Driver 4Front & Air Seat RollTek w/SRA SEAT OFFICER Seat Officer Bostrom Firefighter 2-Way Manual 500 Series ABTS SEAT BACK OFFICER Seat Back Officer SCBA Bostrom SecureAll+ Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 SEAT MOUNTING OFFICER Seat Mounting Officer Rwd 2" OCCUPANT PROTECTION OFFICER Occupant Protection Officer 4Front & Mechanical/Elect Seat RollTek w/SRA SEAT BELT ORIENTATION CREW Seat Belt Orientation Crew Outboard Shoulder To Inboard Hip SEAT FORWARD FACING OUTER LOCATION Seat FFO Location Primary Pos (2) R/L SEAT CREW FORWARD FACING OUTER Seat Crew FFO Bostrom Firefighter Fixed 500 Series SEAT BACK FORWARD FACING OUTER Seat Back FFO SCBA Bostrom SecureAll+ SEAT MOUNTING FORWARD FACING OUTER Seat Mounting FFO Inboard OCCUPANT PROTECTION FFO Occupant Protection FFO RollTek Belt Pretensioner SEAT FORWARD FACING CENTER LOCATION Seat FFC Location Secondary Pos Ctr SEAT CREW FORWARD FACING CENTER Seat Crew FFC Bostrom Firefighter Fixed 500 Series SEAT BACK FORWARD FACING CENTER Seat Back FFC SCBA Bostrom SecureAll+ OCCUPANT PROTECTION FFC Occupant Protection FFC RollTek Belt Pretensioner SEAT FRAME FORWARD FACING Seat Frm Fwd Fcg Triple Width SEAT FRAME FORWARD FACING STORAGE ACCESS Seat Frm Fwd Fcg Strg Acc Dr (2) R/L Sd SEAT MOUNTING FORWARD FACING CENTER Seat Mounting Forward Facing Center CAB FRONT UNDERSEAT STORAGE ACCESS DOOR Cab Frt Undrst Strg Acc Dr RH SEAT COMPARTMENT DOOR FINISH Seat Compartment Door Finish Bedliner Medium Gray CAB EXTERIOR WINDSHIELD WIPER SYSTEM Windshield Wiper System ELECTRONIC WINDSHIELD FLUID LEVEL INDICATOR Electronic Windshield Fluid Level Indicator CAB DOOR HARDWARE Cab Door Hardware Black Composite w/Scuff Plate DOOR LOCKS Door Locks Manual GRAB HANDLES Grab Handles 3-Pc Alum Knurled 18" w/Red Reflective GRAB HANDLES ACCESSORY Grab Handles Accessory Scuff Plate LIGHTED EXTERIOR GRAB HANDLES Lighted Grab Handles Red LED AUXILIARY GRAB HANDLE Aux Grab Handle 7" SS (2) Cab Face Abv Headlights REARVIEW MIRRORS Mirror Bus Style Ramco LH CRM-310-1750-TPCHR, RH CRM-310-1752-A10- TPCHR REARVIEW MIRROR HEAT SWITCH Rearview Mirror Heat Sw Disp CAB FENDER Cab Fender SS w/ABS Liner MUD FLAPS FRONT Mud Flaps Frt CAB EXTERIOR FRONT & SIDE EMBLEMS Cab Ext Frt & Side Emblems Spartan CAB EXTERIOR MODEL NAMEPLATE Cab Exterior Model Nameplate Gladiator Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 START / CHARGING SYSTEMS IGNITION Ign Mstr Rkr Sw w/Push-Button Start BATTERY Batt (5) Group 31 Harris BATTERY TRAY Batt Tray (2) R/L SS w/Black Bedliner BATTERY BOX COVER Batt Box Cover (2) BATTERY CABLE Batt Cables BATTERY JUMPER STUD Batt Jumper Stud Frt LH Lwr Step 8" Apart ALTERNATOR Alternator Delco Remy 55SI 430A STARTER MOTOR Starter Motor Delco LINE VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER DISTRIBUTION BATTERY CONDITIONER Batt Cond Kussmaul Chief 4012 40A BATTERY CONDITIONER LOCATION Batt Cond Loc LH RFO Seat Position BATTERY CONDITIONER DISPLAY Batt Cond Display Integrated In Elec Inlet w/Digital Status Center BATTERY CONDITIONER DISPLAY LOCATION Batt Cond Display Location Integrated with Elec Inlet ELECTRICAL INLET LOCATION Elec Inlet Location LH Cab Side Fwd Lwr Rear of Bumper ELECTRICAL INLET Elec Inlet 120V 20A Auto Eject ELECTRICAL INLET CONNECTION Elec Inlet Conn to Batt Conditioner ELECTRICAL INLET COLOR Elec Inlet Color Red LIGHTING HEADLIGHTS Headlights 4 Headlamps LED, Firetech FT-4X6-4KIT HEADLIGHT LOCATION Headlights Below Frt Warn Lts FRONT TURN SIGNALS Frt Turn Signals Whelen M6 LED Above Frt Warn Rad Mnt SIDE TURN/MARKER LIGHTS Side Turn/Marker Lts LED Tecniq S170 MARKER & ICC LIGHTS Marker & ICC Lts Face Mnt LED Tecniq S170 HEADLIGHT AND MARKER LIGHT ACTIVATION Hdlt & Mrkr Lt Actv Disp/Halo w/Mrkr Lts/Ign Sw INTERIOR OVERHEAD LIGHTS Interior Overhead Lts Red/Clear LED INTERIOR OVERHEAD LIGHTING ACTIVATION Int Ovrhd Lt Actv Resp Dr & MUX LIGHTBAR PROVISION Lightbar Prov Wire & Lwr Mnt Chassis Supply CAB FRONT LIGHTBAR MODEL Cab Front Lightbar Model Whelen F4N72 CAB FRONT LIGHTBAR Cab Front Lightbar - Configured in 5450M Subcategory FRONT LIGHTBAR LAYOUT Cab Front Lightbar Layout FRONT LIGHTBAR ORIENTATION Front Lightbar Orientation - Standard Fwd FRONT LIGHTBAR LIGHT POSITION 2 Cab Front Lightbar Position 2 - Red LH Side FRONT LIGHTBAR LIGHT POSITION 4 Cab Front Lightbar Position 4 - Red FRONT LIGHTBAR LIGHT POSITION 5 Cab Front Lightbar Position 5 - White Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 FRONT LIGHTBAR LIGHT POSITION 6 Cab Front Lightbar Position 6 - Red FRONT LIGHTBAR LIGHT POSITION 7 Cab Front Lightbar Position 7 - Red FRONT LIGHTBAR LIGHT POSITION 8 Cab Front Lightbar Position 8 - Red FRONT LIGHTBAR LIGHT POSITION 9 Cab Front Lightbar Position 9 - White FRONT LIGHTBAR LIGHT POSITION 10 Cab Front Lightbar Position 10 - White FRONT LIGHTBAR LIGHT POSITION 11 Cab Front Lightbar Position 11 - Red FRONT LIGHTBAR LIGHT POSITION 12 Cab Front Lightbar Position 12 - Red FRONT LIGHTBAR LIGHT POSITION 13 Cab Front Lightbar Position 13 - Red FRONT LIGHTBAR LIGHT POSITION 14 Cab Front Lightbar Position 14 - White FRONT LIGHTBAR LIGHT POSITION 15 Cab Front Lightbar Position 15 - Red FRONT LIGHTBAR LIGHT POSITION 17 Cab Front Lightbar Position 17 - Red RH Side LIGHTBAR SWITCH Lightbar Sw Disp FRONT SCENE LIGHTS Frt Scene Lts FireTech FT-BG25-R-R3-72-ML-W Single Device Controller - FT- BG2S-SAC-001-Wire Vista Button (Front Scene) to Flood Scene Input-Wire Vista Button (Emaster) to Warning 2 Input-Wire Running to Marker Light Input FRONT SCENE LIGHT LOCATION Frt Scene Lt Loc (2) Inboard Brow Pos FRONT SCENE LIGHTS ACTIVATION Frt Scene Lts Actv Disp SIDE SCENE LIGHTS Side Scene Lts Firetech FT-BG2-R-R3-18-B SIDE SCENE LIGHT LOCATION Side Scene Lt Loc Radius Mount Above Mid Cab SIDE SCENE ACTIVATION Side Scene Actv Indv Disp Actv GROUND LIGHTS Ground Lts Tecniq T44 LED GROUND LIGHTING ACTIVATION Ground Lt Actv Prk Brk, Resp Sd Dr, Disp & Turn Sig UNDER BUMPER LIGHTS Under Bmpr Lts 4" LED Prk Brk LOWER CAB STEP LIGHTS Lwr Cab Step Lts Tecniq T44 LED INTERMEDIATE STEP LIGHTS Intermediate Step Lts Tecniq D06 LED Frt Drs ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHT Engine Cmpt Work Lt LED (1) OPTICAL WARNING DEVICES DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS LIGHT Do Not Move App Lt Flashing Red Tecniq K50 LED w/Alarm MASTER WARNING SWITCH Mstr Warn Sw Disp HEADLIGHT FLASHER Headlight Flasher Alternating HEADLIGHT FLASHER SWITCH Headlight Flasher Sw Disp INBOARD FRONT WARNING LIGHTS Inboard Frt Warn Lts Whelen M6 LED Chrm Bezel INBOARD FRONT WARNING LIGHTS COLOR Inboard Frt Warn Lts Color Red w/Clr Lens OUTBOARD FRONT WARNING LIGHTS Outboard Frt Warn Lts Whelen M6 LED Chrm Bezel OUTBOARD FRONT WARNING LIGHTS COLOR Outboard Frt Warn Lts Color Red w/Clr Lens FRONT WARNING SWITCH Frt Warn Sw Disp INTERSECTION WARNING LIGHTS Intersection Warn Lts Whelen M6 LED INTERSECTION WARNING LIGHTS COLOR Int Warn Lts Color Red w/Clr Lens Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 INTERSECTION WARNING LIGHTS LOCATION Intersection Warn Lts Location Bumper Tail Recess Mnt AUXILIARY INTERSECTION WARNING LIGHTS Aux Intersection Warn Lts Whelen M6 LED AUXILIARY INTERSECTION WARNING LIGHTS COLOR Aux Intersection Warn Lts Color Red w/Clear Lens AUXILIARY INTERSECTION WARNING LIGHTS LOCATION Aux Intersection Warn Lts Loc Bmpr Corner Recess Mnt SIDE WARNING LIGHTS Side Warn Lts Whelen M6 LED SIDE WARNING LIGHTS COLOR Side Warn Lts Color Red w/Clr Lens SIDE WARNING LIGHTS LOCATION Side Warn Lts Location Lwr Mid SIDE AND INTERSECTION WARNING SWITCH Side & Intersection Warn Sw Disp TANK LEVEL LIGHTS Tank Lvl Lts FRC Max Vision TANK LEVEL LIGHTS ACTIVATION Tank Lvl Lights Actv Prewire Rear of Cab TANK LEVEL LIGHTS LOCATION Tank Lvl Lights Loc Rear Cab Sides Centered INTERIOR DOOR OPEN WARNING LIGHTS Int Dr Open Warn Lts Amber Weldon 15" LED Dir Flsh AUDIBLE WARNING DEVICES SIREN CONTROL HEAD Siren Ctrl Head Federal Signal PA4000-200 STEERING WHEEL HORN BUTTON SELECTOR SWITCH Horn Btn Sel Sw Elec Horn/Air Horn MUX AUDIBLE WARNING LH FOOT SWITCH Audible Warning LH Foot Switch Siren MECHANICAL SIREN FOOT SWITCH LH Mechanical Siren Foot Switch LH Linemaster 491-S MECHANICAL SIREN FOOT SWITCH LH LOCATION Mechanical Foot Switch LH Location A-Pillar MECHANICAL SIREN FOOT SWITCH LH POSITION Mechanical Siren Foot Switch Position Outboard of Other Foot Switches AUDIBLE WARNING LH FOOT SWITCH BRACKET Audible Warn LH Ft Sw Single Brkt 30Deg TPlate AIR HORN AUXILIARY ACTIVATION Air Horn Actv L/R Lanyard MECHANICAL SIREN BRAKE/AUXILIARY ACTIVATION Mech Siren Actv (1) Rkr Sw/(2) Brk Sw MECHANICAL SIREN INTERLOCK Mechanical Siren Interlock Master Warn Only BACK-UP ALARM Back-Up Alarm Ecco 575 INSTRUMENTATION INSTRUMENTATION Instrumentation Digital Innovative Controls Touchscreen BACKLIGHTING COLOR Backlighting Color Red Switch Backlighting w/White Digital Dash Display HOUR METER Hour Meter Digital Dash Engine/Pump/LH PTO Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS RADIO Radio Jensen WB/AM/FM/BT RADIO LOCATION Radio Overhead RH AM/FM ANTENNA AM/FM Antenna RH Fwd Cab Roof RADIO SPEAKERS Radio Speakers (4) Front/Rear CAMERA Cam in View 360-HD (4) Cam Bird's Eye View System CAMERA DISPLAY Camera Display on (2) Disp COMMUNICATION ANTENNA Comm Ant Base LH Fwd Cab Rf Chassis Sply COMMUNICATION ANTENNA CABLE ROUTING Comm Ant Cable Routing Under RH Frt Seat AUXILIARY COMMUNICATION ANTENNA Aux Comm Ant Base RH Fwd Cab Roof Chassis Sply AUXILIARY COMMUNICATION ANTENNA CABLE ROUTING Aux Comm Ant Cable Routing Under RH Frt Seat TWO-WAY RADIOS Two -Way Radio Cutout for Motorola APX4500 Ctr Pnl & Ext Cond 1.5" Under RH Seat PANEL LAYOUT Panel Layout ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT FIRE EXTINGUISHER Fire Extinguisher Shiploose DOOR KEYS Door Keys for Manual Locks (4) SALES ADMIN CHASSIS OPERATION MANUAL Chassis Operation Manual Digital Copy (2) ENGINE & TRANSMISSION OPERATION MANUAL Eng & Trans Operation Man Eng Hard Copy/Trans Digital/Eng Owner Digital CAB/CHASSIS AS BUILT WIRING DIAGRAMS Cab/Chassis As Built Wiring Diagrams Digital Copy (2) SALES TERMS Sales Terms ENGINEERING DRIVELINE LAYOUT CONFIRMATION Driveline Layout Confirmation Required EFCM/REAR CROSSMEMBERS End of Frame Cross Member 2.25" From EOF Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Quote SO Louisiana Emergency Equipment Exp. Date:03/26/2026 Quote No:10359-0001 BLRPLATE:CF-IPS-BPT Ips Midship Pumper - Boiler Plate CHASSIS:CF-IPS-CHS Ips Midship Pumper - Chassis PUMP CNTRL:CF-IPS-PCT Ips Midship Pumper - Pump Control PLUMBING:CF-IPS-PLM Ips Midship Pumper - Plumbing BODY:CF-IPS-BDY Ips Midship Pumper - Body ELECTRICAL:CF-IPS-ELC Ips Midship Pumper - Electrical EXTRAS:CF-IPS-EXT Ips Midship Pumper - Extras 04/07/2026 Page 1 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY ID 00-00-0050 STAR QW Data Book v10.35 Release: 1.15.2026 / Expires: 6.15.2026 1 ERVS 00-00-1570 BOILER PLATE - Star IPS Pumper - (Generic Specs for BP-NO Brand)1 ERVS 00-01-1000 General Specifications (Generic Specs), Pumper 1 ERVS 00-01-2500 Engine Availability 1 ERVS 00-01-3000 NO Dealer BIO Details- Use Drop Down to add a 'Dealer' section adds 1 ERVS 00-03-1110 Bid (Generic Specs) Drawing 1 ERVS 00-03-1212 Pre-Con (Generic Specs) Drawing WITH Pump Panel Approval 1 ERVS 00-05-2500 NO Bid Security/Bid Bond 1 ERVS 00-06-1000 Performance Bond (Generic Specs)1 ERVS 00-07-2500 NO Warranty Bond 1 ERVS 00-08-3100 Single Source Manufacturer (Generic Specs)1 ERVS 00-08-4110 Tag On Order/Cooperative Purchasing Agreement (Generic)1 ERVS 00-10-0100 Third Party Pump & Low-Voltage Electrical Certification Test (NFPA)-Full Specs 1 ERVS 00-10-4000 Finite Element Analysis (Generic specs)1 ERVS 00-13-1000 2 Hard Copy Sets Supplied Component Info, Pumper/Tanker (Generic Specs)-English 1 ERVS 00-13-2010 {Qty} Hard Copy Set-Electrical Schematics-English 1 ERVS 00-13-9000 Warning and Information Labels - English 1 ERVS 00-30-0550 Apparatus Inspections, Pumper 1 ERVS 00-30-1000 Factory Pre-construction Conference with Factory Personnel 1 ERVS 00-30-2005 NO Mid-Construction Inspection Conference 1 ERVS 00-30-4000 Final Inspection 1 ERVS 00-30-5000 Online Customer Interaction with pump & plumbing (Generic Specs)1 ERVS 00-38-0200 NO Apparatus Training 1 ERVS 00-40-0100 Liability Insurance, $10 mill (Generic Specs)1 ERVS Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 04/07/2026 Page 2 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY ID 00-60-1000 General Warranty - 2 Year (Generic Specs)1 ERVS 00-90-8200 10 Year Plumbing Warranty, (Generic Specs)1 ERVS 00-95-0010 Apparatus Requirements - IPS 1 ERVS 00-95-1E00 S Maximum Overall Length Requirement (Max OAL)1 ERVS 00-95-2E00 S Maximum Overall Height Requirement (Max OAH)1 ERVS 00-95-3E00 Maximum Overall Width, (OAW) = 99" (Apparatus Body)1 ERVS 00-95-5E50 NO Maximum Wheelbase 1 ERVS 01-01-1015 ***Gladiator** CUSTOM CHASSIS 1 ERVS 01-01-1450 SPARTAN CUSTOM CHASSIS, IPS Pumper ***MAKE SELECTIONS IN FTBuilder*** 1 ERVS 04-00-0275 Spartan Major Chassis Modifications, IPS/NXT 1 ERVS 04-00-4550 Jackshaft for pump mount (1/2 chassis provided jackshaft selected in FTBuilder) 1 ERVS 04-00-4600 Drill Frame for Body Installation- DO NOT DELETE< REQUIRED LINE ITEM-READ NOTE 1 ERVS 04-12-1500 Back up alarm (Chassis Provided)1 ERVS 04-18-1200 Hazard light/ in cab (Chassis Provided)1 ERVS 04-20-0005 NO Handheld Spotlights 1 ERVS 04-20-0300 NO Cab Exterior Spotlights 1 ERVS 04-21-0005 NO Map Light 1 ERVS 04-22-0005 CAB INTERIOR ACCESSORIES (CUSTOM CHASSIS) **CHECK FTBuilder 1ST** 1 ERVS 04-22-0100 NO Cab Accessory Mounting Panel For Doghouse 1 ERVS 04-22-0200 NO Rear Facing Engine Tunnel Shelf -Between EMS compts 1 ERVS 04-22-0300 NO Door Storage Pockets 1 ERVS 04-22-0400 NO PAC TRAC Boards-NEED STAY OUT ZONES FOR APS IF APPLIC 1 ERVS 04-22-0500 NO Upper Rear Storage Shelf 1 ERVS 04-22-0700 NO MDT Tray (not available on comm cabs)1 ERVS 04-22-0800 NO Laptop Swivel 1 ERVS 04-22-0900 NO Map & Binder Storage (CUSTOM CAB)1 ERVS 04-22-2000 NO Rear Wall Upper Storage Compartment 1 ERVS 04-25-0015 NO EMS Compartment - CUSTOM CAB (USE FTBuilder FIRST!!!1 ERVS 04-26-0010 CAB EXTERIOR ACCESSORIES (CUSTOM CHASSIS)1 ERVS 04-26-0050 NO Pike Pole Storage 1 ERVS 04-26-0100 NO Exterior Cab Tray Assembly 1 ERVS 04-45-0500 NO Radio Antenna Mounting Base 1 ERVS 04-45-1040 Intercom, Fire Department supplied & installed 1 ERVS 04-48-0100 NO Tailboard to Cab Buzzer 1 ERVS 04-50-0050 *ELECTRICAL/AIR CHARGING SYSTEM PACKAGE, CUSTOM CHASSIS* 1 ERVS 04-50-0100 Electrical charging system installed (Chassis Provided)1 ERVS 04-52-0105 NO Shoreline to be installed by body manufacturer 1 ERVS 04-55-0100 NO Additional Air Charging System Provided (Can select Chassis Provided option) 1 ERVS 04-58-0005 Bumper Options, Custom Chassis - Pumper/Tankers 1 ERVS 04-58-0105 Bumper Extension (Chassis Provided) (use drop down for X-lay options) 1 ERVS Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 04/07/2026 Page 3 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY ID 04-58-0200 Bumper Apron (Chassis Provided)1 ERVS 04-58-0305 NO Front Bumper Compartment Center 1 ERVS 04-58-0310 NO Front Bumper Compartment LH 1 ERVS 04-58-0315 NO Front Bumper Compartment RH 1 ERVS 04-61-0400 NO Bumper Guide Poles 1 ERVS 04-64-0005 SIREN CONTROL HEAD-CUSTOM CHASSIS 1 ERVS 04-64-0100 Siren Head (Chassis Provided)1 ERVS 04-65-0005 SIREN SPEAKER, CUSTOM CHASSIS 1 ERVS 04-65-0040 Siren Speaker(s) (Chassis Provided & installed)1 ERVS 04-67-0010 Mechanical Siren (Chassis Provided)1 ERVS 04-69-0900 NO Mechanical Siren Guards 1 ERVS 04-80-0100 NO Fire Bell 1 ERVS 04-85-0005 AIR HORNS, CUSTOM CHASSIS 1 ERVS 04-85-0100 Air Horn (Chassis Provided & Installed)1 ERVS 04-86-0100 NO Auxiliary Cab Gauges Added by Body Builder 1 ERVS 04-87-0000 Chassis Required Labeling & Miscellaneous Options, English, custom cab 1 ERVS Where applicable, style/brand of labels to match call out in plumbing 04-87-5000 Apparatus Information Label-English 1 ERVS 04-87-6031 Cab Helmet Warning Label (Chassis Supplied-English verbiage)1 ERVS 04-92-0100 Tire Pressure Observation System- Spartan Chassis 1 ERVS 04-92-1000 Tire Pressure Indicators (Chassis Provided)1 ERVS 04-95-3050 NO Tire Chains 1 ERVS 05-02-0100 Vehicle Data Recorder & Seat Belts Spartan Chassis 1 ERVS 05-02-1000 Vehicle Data Recorder (Chassis Supplied)1 ERVS 05-10-1000 ESC Brakes stability control system - (SEE ENG NOTE) - (Chassis Provided) 1 ERVS 05-15-0050 Helmet Restraints 1 ERVS 05-15-0154 Helmet Restraints - Fire Department Supplied & Installed-6 ERVS 06-20-0002 NO Front Mud Flaps Added 1 ERVS 06-20-0010 Mud flaps - Rear/Individual (W/Logo)1 ERVS 06-22-0150 Cab Tilt Options, IPS 1 ERVS 06-22-0700 Cab Tilt Pendant Control w/Quick Connect -Pump Panel Sill-1 ERVS 06-22-1205 Air Tank Drain Lines -(extended)1 ERVS 06-25-0500 Horizontal Exhaust, Spartan Provided 1 ERVS 06-26-0105 Exhaust Heat Shield, Front Compartment 1 ERVS 06-43-0050 NO Wheel Covers 1 ERVS 70-20-1200 Engine Compartment Light (Chassis Provided)1 ERVS 09-02-0110 Pump Panel Harness for PSG 1 ERVS 09-09-0210 Intake Pressure Relief - TFT, All Pumps 1 ERVS 09-09-5000 NO Intake Plumbing Extension 1 ERVS 26-05-0125 Valve Control-Innovative Controls- Side Mount {NEW}1 ERVS 26-10-1031 Panel Lights -Side Operators-Whelen PSCOMPH LED Strip-Lites/Grote-IPS 1 ERVS 26-10-2005 Pump Panel Light Activation- OK to Pump and Switch at operator's panel 1 ERVS Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 04/07/2026 Page 4 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY ID 26-10-2035 Pump Panel Light Activation- L1 Compartment - IPS Only 1 ERVS 26-10-2530 Pump Compartment Construction, Pumper, IPS 1 ERVS 26-10-2920 IPS Pump Compartment Mounting 1 ERVS 26-10-3205 IPS, Side Operator Control Panel w/ Speedlays- (165" body length min)1 ERVS 26-10-7205 S Deleted 1 ERVS Delete 26-11-9325 Pump Compt Fwd Wall & R-1 Access (IPS)1 ERVS 26-12-0010 S Delete 1 ERVS 26-12-0100 NO Spare Speedlay Trays 1 ERVS 26-12-0400 NO Speedlay Grab Loops 1 ERVS 26-12-0500 Pump Compartment Width - 25"1 ERVS 26-13-0005 NO Pump Compartment Heater 1 ERVS 26-13-3045 NO Heat Pan 1 ERVS 26-15-0100 NO Air Chuck Outlet/Inlet 1 ERVS 26-41-1060 Pump Side Panels Left/Right Lower -Removable- (Brushed SST) IPS 1 ERVS 26-41-5015 Right & Left Side Structure DA finish 1 ERVS 27-00-0030 Running Board Details, IPS Pumper 1 ERVS 27-05-0025 3/16" Embossed Aluminum Diamond Plate Overlay (use drop down for hswll pkg)-IPS- 1 ERVS 27-12-0005 NO Left Side Auxiliary Step Platform (Slide Out/Pull Out/Fixed)-ADD for 4x4s 1 ERVS 27-12-0010 NO Right Side Auxiliary Step Platform (Slide Out/Pull Out/Fixed)-ADD for 4x4s 1 ERVS 28-15-0090 PSG - Fire Research Corporation "InControl 400" (IPS Only)1 ERVS 28-22-0015 CLASS 1 4.5" Master Gauges LFP-410 Liquid Filled 1 ERVS 28-22-0100 -30 to 400 PSI Scale Reading-Gauge 1 ERVS 28-22-0405 Black Markings on white gauge face 1 ERVS 28-22-0500 NO LED backlight 1 ERVS 28-25-0100 Pump Testing Ports 1 ERVS 28-25-0150 Water Tank Gauge Package(s)1 ERVS 28-25-0220 Air Horn Button-Red Momentary Rocker (For Use w/ IC Panel)1 ERVS 28-25-0300 NO Gauge - Chassis Fuel/DEF at Pump Panel {Custom Chassis Only}1 ERVS 28-25-0500 NO Pump Hour Meter 1 ERVS 28-25-1120 Innovative Control Six Place Switch Panel - Chrome Bezel 1 ERVS 28-25-1700 NO Radio Compartment 1 ERVS 28-50-0105 FRC TankVision PRO WLA300-A00 Tank Level Gauge-Operator's Panel 1 ERVS 28-51-0000 NO Chassis Provided/Installed Water Gauges (Custom Cabs ONLY N/A on Commercial) 1 ERVS 28-51-0050 NO Interior Chassis 'mini' Water Gauge 1 ERVS 28-51-0105 Auxiliary Water Gauge 1 ERVS 28-51-0110 NO Additional Water Gauge 1 ERVS 28-51-0120 NO Extra Water Gauge 1 ERVS 28-51-0250 (Qty 1) FRC MaxVision WLA280-A00 Tank Level Gauge (additional/no driver) 1 ERVS 28-52-0015 Readout at rear of vehicle-left side 1 ERVS Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 04/07/2026 Page 5 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY ID 54-50-3110 Pump Compt Top (WITH DUNNAGE)-1/8" Embossed Aluminum Diamond Plate 1 ERVS 54-50-3315 S Dunnage Area (Above Pump) w/ Removable Floor-1/8" aluminum diamond plate 1 ERVS 54-50-3900 NO Pumphouse Dunnage Area Cover 1 ERVS 58-56-0000 NO Running Board Lighting 1 ERVS 70-20-2100 (1) Pump Compartment Work Light, (Weldon LED)1 ERVS 70-21-0005 NO Pump House Dunnage Lighting 1 ERVS 08-24-0045 Waterous CXS 1500 GPM-split shaft - IPS 1 ERVS 08-58-0200 Pump Warranty Waterous (7 year)1 ERVS 09-01-05M0 Master Drain - Turn - Trident (Midship Mounted Pumps)1 ERVS 09-09-5000 NO Intake Plumbing Extension 1 ERVS 09-09-5000 NO Intake Plumbing Extension 1 ERVS 09-23-0020 Mechanical Seals 1 ERVS 09-24-0010 Air pump shift (Chassis Provided) SELECT IN FTBuilder 1 ERVS 09-38-0100 Trident Air Primer -Single Primer Actuation 1 ERVS 09-38-0305 Push Button Primer Control 1 ERVS 09-38-3100 NO Thermal Relief Valve (All brands universal)1 ERVS 09-70-0010 Pump Cooling/Circulation Line 1 ERVS 09-70-0420 (Qty 2) Pump Anodes - discharge and suction 1 ERVS 09-70-0500 NO Pump Anode(s)-Paint Finish 1 ERVS 09-71-0010 NO Manual Override for Pump Shift Provided 1 ERVS 09-72-0000 NO Paint Pump 1 ERVS 09-73-0000 NO Painting of Piping 1 ERVS 09-80-3000 Discharge and Intake Manifolds 1 ERVS 10-12-0120 6" Inlets w/ Short Tubes IPS 1 ERVS 10-12-1220 6" Inlet LEFT SIDE w/ Short Tube - IPS 1 ERVS 10-12-1225 6" Inlet RIGHT SIDE w/ Short Tube - IPS 1 ERVS 10-21-6001 (1) 6" Akron Electric Wafer Valve (Inside Panel)1 ERVS 10-21-6001 (1) 6" Akron Electric Wafer Valve (Inside Panel)1 ERVS 10-21-601E (1) Akron 9343 Navigator Pro 3.0 Electric Controller Only 1 ERVS 10-21-601E (1) Akron 9343 Navigator Pro 3.0 Electric Controller Only 1 ERVS 10-24-8100 Auxiliary Gated Intake Pressure Relief - TFT 1 ERVS 10-24-8100 Auxiliary Gated Intake Pressure Relief - TFT 1 ERVS 10-24-9000 Electric Valve Manual Override Crank Control 1 ERVS 10-24-9000 Electric Valve Manual Override Crank Control 1 ERVS 10-25-1000 6" Long Handled, Chrome Plated Cap-(Logo)1 ERVS 10-25-1000 6" Long Handled, Chrome Plated Cap-(Logo)1 ERVS 12-10-1000 Plumbing Specs - Sch 10 Stainless Steel, -Pumper, Tanker- 3" manifold 1 ERVS 12-10-1250 Plumbing Line Protection 1 ERVS 12-10-1290 Plumbing Termination Securement - chain 1 ERVS 12-10-1335 Manual Drains Innovative Controls Lift Handle- {New}1 ERVS 12-11-0010 NO Foam or CAFS System (Independent system of water pump), Pumper/Tanker 1 ERVS 13-75-0100 IPS Standard Intake/Discharge Package NO FRONT INTAKE 1 ERVS 14-10-0125 2.5 - 3" Left Side Inlet -IPS-1 ERVS 14-10-0525 2.5 - 3" Right Side Inlet -IPS-1 ERVS Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 04/07/2026 Page 6 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY ID 14-30-0105 Akron Rack & Sector Actuated Valve - 2.5"1 ERVS 14-30-0105 Akron Rack & Sector Actuated Valve - 2.5"1 ERVS 14-35-0020 Valve(s) Controlled -Suction Location w/ Push Pull 1 ERVS 14-35-0020 Valve(s) Controlled -Suction Location w/ Push Pull 1 ERVS 14-45-0005 2.5" Side Inlet Piping 1 ERVS 14-45-0005 2.5" Side Inlet Piping 1 ERVS 14-50-0010 ***Rear Suction Inlet/Intake-Left Exposed 1 ERVS 14-55-0500 Term: 2.5" NPT x 2.5" NST adapt w/Plug 1 ERVS 14-55-0500 Term: 2.5" NPT x 2.5" NST adapt w/Plug 1 ERVS 15-05-0125 (Qty 1) 2.5" - 3" Left Side Discharge -IPS-1 ERVS 15-05-0630 (Qty 1) 2.5" - 3" Right Side Discharge -IPS-1 ERVS 15-05-1130 (Qty 1) Side 2.5" - 4" Master Discharge-Right Side -IPS-1 ERVS 15-05-1630 S 1.5" Left Rear Discharge -IPS- NXT 1 ERVS 15-05-1820 S 1.5" Auxiliary Left Rear Discharge-inboard of primary -IPS-1 ERVS 15-05-2130 S 1.5" Left Rear Discharge -IPS-1 ERVS 15-05-2205 NO Auxiliary Right Rear Discharge 1 ERVS 16-20-1105 S (DELETE)1 ERVS 16-20-1225 S (DELETE)2 ERVS 16-20-1400 NO Speedlay - 2.5" hose 1 ERVS 16-22-0060 DELUGE & ACCESSORIES, -IPS-1 ERVS 16-22-0125 (1) 3" Deluge Waterway IPS 1 ERVS 16-23-0005 NO Front Bumper Discharge - Turret -1 ERVS 16-23-0010 (1) Front Discharge (front bumper)1 ERVS 16-24-0005 NO Washdown Water System 1 ERVS 16-29-0115 BOOSTER REEL, IPS Pumper 1 ERVS 16-29-9010 NO Booster Reel-Front Bumper Compartment (REQ APPROVAL)1 ERVS 16-30-0030 Akron Electrically Actuated Valve - 2"1 ERVS 16-30-0030 Akron Electrically Actuated Valve - 2"1 ERVS 16-30-0030 Akron Electrically Actuated Valve - 2"1 ERVS 16-30-0030 Akron Electrically Actuated Valve - 2"1 ERVS 16-30-0145 Akron Electrically Actuated Valve - 2 1/2"1 ERVS 16-30-0145 Akron Electrically Actuated Valve - 2 1/2"1 ERVS 16-30-0245 Akron Electrically Actuated Valve - 3"1 ERVS 16-30-0310 Akron Electrically Actuated Valve - 4"1 ERVS 16-44-0210 2" Discharge Plumbing (rear discharges)1 ERVS 16-44-0210 2" Discharge Plumbing (rear discharges)1 ERVS 16-44-0210 2" Discharge Plumbing (rear discharges)1 ERVS 16-44-0410 2" Discharge Plumbing (1 1/2" fbd)1 ERVS 16-44-0510 2 1/2" Discharge Piping (side discharges)1 ERVS 16-44-0510 2 1/2" Discharge Piping (side discharges)1 ERVS 16-44-1520 3" Discharge Piping (deluge) IPS 1 ERVS 16-44-1710 4" Discharge Piping (side mstr)1 ERVS 16-44-9000 NO Painted Front Bumper Discharge Plumbing 1 ERVS 16-45-0105 Air Blowout for Front Bumper Discharge 1 ERVS 16-50-0100 NO DISCHARGE TERMINATION PROVIDED (DEALER OR FD TO PROVIDE) 1 ERVS 16-50-0100 NO DISCHARGE TERMINATION PROVIDED (DEALER OR FD TO PROVIDE) 1 ERVS Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 04/07/2026 Page 7 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY ID 16-50-0100 NO DISCHARGE TERMINATION PROVIDED (DEALER OR FD TO PROVIDE) 1 ERVS 16-50-1010 Term: 2" NPT x 1.5" NST SST Chiksan (on grav. shield) (no cap)1 ERVS 16-52-1100 Term: 2.5" NST x 2.5"NST x 2.5"NST Chrome Elbow w/cap 1 ERVS 16-52-1100 Term: 2.5" NST x 2.5"NST x 2.5"NST Chrome Elbow w/cap 1 ERVS 16-53-6000 Term: 4" NPT x 5" Storz elbow w/cap 1 ERVS 16-60-0020 DISCHARGE GAUGES (USE INDIV PKG WITH EACH DISCHARGE FOR OPTION UPGRADES) IPS 1 ERVS 16-60-0050 NO GAUGES-PRESSURE READING SELECTED WITH INDIV DISCHARGE PKGS 9 ERVS 16-60-5000 NO GAUGE HEATERS 1 ERVS 16-61-0100 Gauge specified later- OR use drop down for alternative 1 ERVS 16-61-0100 Gauge specified later- OR use drop down for alternative 1 ERVS 16-61-0100 Gauge specified later- OR use drop down for alternative 1 ERVS 16-61-0100 Gauge specified later- OR use drop down for alternative 1 ERVS 16-61-0100 Gauge specified later- OR use drop down for alternative 1 ERVS 16-61-0100 Gauge specified later- OR use drop down for alternative 2 ERVS 16-61-0100 Gauge specified later- OR use drop down for alternative 1 ERVS 16-61-0100 Gauge specified later- OR use drop down for alternative 1 ERVS 16-61-0100 Gauge specified later- OR use drop down for alternative 1 ERVS 16-71-0005 NO Speedlay Hose Restraints Required (behind Roll up Door)2 ERVS 16-75-0010 Locate FBD on Top Right Front of Bumper Apron 1 ERVS 16-75-0210 Chiksan Guard- DA Finish 1 ERVS 16-79-0130 Deluge-locate pipe in hose bed dunnage, center location 1 ERVS 16-80-0005 NO Monitor Package (cap off pipe w/stainless steel cap)1 ERVS 16-80-1500 Deluge Pipe Extension 5" above top of pump compartment with cap 1 ERVS 16-88-0900 BOOSTER REEL CAPACITY, DIMENSIONS AND DETAILS-SEE PDF 1 ERVS 16-88-1005 REEL, std electric w/capacity to handle 1" I.D. hose 1 ERVS 16-88-3010 Booster Hose- Fire Department Provided {MUST Specify Capacity}1 ERVS Add booster hose to equipment list 16-89-1000 Reel to be (steel, painted std silver)1 ERVS 16-89-2005 1" Akron Valve-Air Actuated (UPGRADE TO 2" WITH FOAM/CAFS) 1 ERVS 16-90-0305 S Reel mounted pump dunnage compt - upper area-Centered 1 ERVS 16-91-1005 Rewind switch toe kick - above running board 1 ERVS 16-92-0105 Rollers -4 way roller assembly attached to reel 1 ERVS 16-93-0010 Hose reel blow out system 1 ERVS 16-93-0100 NO Gauge for Booster Reel (IF ADD GAUGE, MATCH THE DISCHARGE GAUGE PICK) 1 ERVS 16-95-0100 NO Nozzle 1 ERVS 18-61-0000 NO Foam/CAFS Supplied to Discharge 1 ERVS 18-61-0000 NO Foam/CAFS Supplied to Discharge 1 ERVS 18-61-0000 NO Foam/CAFS Supplied to Discharge 1 ERVS 18-61-0000 NO Foam/CAFS Supplied to Discharge 1 ERVS 18-61-0000 NO Foam/CAFS Supplied to Discharge 1 ERVS Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 04/07/2026 Page 8 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY ID 18-61-0000 NO Foam/CAFS Supplied to Discharge 2 ERVS 18-61-0000 NO Foam/CAFS Supplied to Discharge 1 ERVS 18-61-0000 NO Foam/CAFS Supplied to Discharge 1 ERVS 18-61-0000 NO Foam/CAFS Supplied to Discharge 1 ERVS 18-61-0000 NO Foam/CAFS Supplied to Discharge 1 ERVS 20-00-0010 (Qty 1) Tank to Pump Line - SST Schedule 10 1 ERVS 20-05-0100 Integral Tank to Pump Check Valve 1 ERVS 20-10-0110 (Qty 1) 2" Tank Re-fill Line 1 ERVS 20-15-0030 (Qty 1) Rear Direct Tank Fill -IPS-1 ERVS 20-26-0125 Akron Electrically Actuated Valve - 2"1 ERVS 20-26-0337 Akron Electrically Actuated Valve - 3", Tank to Pump 1 ERVS 20-28-0820 Fireman's Friend Valve - 4"- FOR USE WITH 4" OR 5" PIPING ONLY 1 ERVS 20-37-0101 Akron Navigator Pro 3.0 Electric Controller Only-9343-No Pressure Reading 1 ERVS 20-37-0101 Akron Navigator Pro 3.0 Electric Controller Only-9343-No Pressure Reading 1 ERVS 20-37-0111 Akron Navigator Pro 3.0 Electric Cntrlr w/Pressure & Flow-9345-NO Indiv. Dis. Ga 1 ERVS 20-37-0111 Akron Navigator Pro 3.0 Electric Cntrlr w/Pressure & Flow-9345-NO Indiv. Dis. Ga 1 ERVS 20-37-0111 Akron Navigator Pro 3.0 Electric Cntrlr w/Pressure & Flow-9345-NO Indiv. Dis. Ga 1 ERVS 20-37-0111 Akron Navigator Pro 3.0 Electric Cntrlr w/Pressure & Flow-9345-NO Indiv. Dis. Ga 1 ERVS 20-37-0111 Akron Navigator Pro 3.0 Electric Cntrlr w/Pressure & Flow-9345-NO Indiv. Dis. Ga 1 ERVS 20-37-0111 Akron Navigator Pro 3.0 Electric Cntrlr w/Pressure & Flow-9345-NO Indiv. Dis. Ga 1 ERVS 20-37-0111 Akron Navigator Pro 3.0 Electric Cntrlr w/Pressure & Flow-9345-NO Indiv. Dis. Ga 1 ERVS 20-37-0111 Akron Navigator Pro 3.0 Electric Cntrlr w/Pressure & Flow-9345-NO Indiv. Dis. Ga 1 ERVS 20-37-0111 Akron Navigator Pro 3.0 Electric Cntrlr w/Pressure & Flow-9345-NO Indiv. Dis. Ga 1 ERVS 20-45-0215 4" Piping, Rear Direct Tank Fill 1 ERVS 20-50-1100 DTF Terminate w/ 4" Storz and Cap 1 ERVS 20-55-0115 S One (1) Fill located on LOWER CENTER 1 ERVS 28-10-0590 IC Apparatus Labeling - Deluxe Labels, TC/SC/RM 9 ERVS 28-10-0700 Standard Spartan IC Tags- Grey Background-NO SPEC VERB 9 ERVS 28-10-0750 NO Diagrammatic Decal (pump operator's panel)9 ERVS 28-10-0800 NO Mechanical Fasteners for labels, Deluxe 9 ERVS 28-10-0900 NO Bezels for Top Control Handles- N/A for IC control handles, no bezels avail 9 ERVS 28-10-0910 NO Trim Bezels for Controls & Discharge and Inlet Cutouts on Side Pump Panels 9 ERVS 30-11-1160 Extruded .125 Aluminum Body Material Construction, IPS & NXT 1 ERVS Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 04/07/2026 Page 9 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY ID 30-12-5232 PPG Painting/Finish Specifications - Aluminum, IPS/NXT 1 ERVS 30-12-5500 10 Year Structural Body Warranty, Aluminum (Generic Specs)1 ERVS 30-12-5850 Paint Warranty - 10 year Prorated, Aluminum (Generic Specs)1 ERVS 30-12-6000 Body Paint - Single -1 ERVS 30-12-6245 Compt. Superliner Finish, Alum -IPS/NXT 1 ERVS 30-12-6540 Superliner Medium Gray Color 1 ERVS 30-12-7000 S Body Paint color to match (Pierce 90)1 ERVS 30-13-0005 NO embossed hose bed extension 1 ERVS 30-14-0005 Hose bed Walls w/Brushed Stainless Steel Finish 1 ERVS 30-14-2000 Rear Hose bed Corners Trimmed w/ Brushed SST 1 ERVS 30-14-5020 Hose Bed Side Walls Cap w/ Upper Storage Compartments 1 ERVS 30-20-1000 Vibra-Torq Body Mounting, Pumper, Tanker, Wildland 1 ERVS 30-30-1000 99" Wide Body 1 ERVS 30-31-0100 NO Compartment Drains (REQ FOR ULC, ADD BY DROP DOWN)1 ERVS 30-31-5000 Compartment Filter Vent System 1 ERVS 30-31-5005 NO Power Vent 1 ERVS 31-99-9990 BODY COMPARTMENT DIM GUIDELINES-SEE PDF 1 ERVS 31-99-9992 PUMPER BODY COMPARTMENT MATRIX-SEE PDF-EXCEL ON SMT FOR USE-USE IT!!! 1 ERVS 31-99-9994 REAR TAILBOARD DIM GUIDELINES-SEE PDF (Pumpers/Tanker)1 ERVS 33-70-2200 S 2190-2 Tanker Body, Tandem Axle, 2000 gal+, HL=4 compts/LR=4compts, 1 ERVS 33-75-0040 Non Locking Flush Fitting Hinged Doors (2005-22) Side Compts 1 ERVS 33-75-0200 Doors to be Aluminum 1 ERVS 37-10-0005 NO Rear Compartment 1 ERVS 37-33-0105 Rear Lower Utility Compt - Hinged Drop down non lock D.P. Door 1 ERVS 37-50-0020 Fuel Tank Access-Hinged Panel-Custom Chassis only option 1 ERVS 37-50-0051 Label for Access Panel 1 ERVS 37-95-0070 Interior Door Liner - Aluminum-DA finish (range c)1 ERVS 37-95-0210 Hinged Lift Up Door Assist Straps 1 ERVS 37-96-0010 Door Open Switch/Warning Light - Flush Doors 1 ERVS 37-98-0010 Brushed Stainless Steel Sill Plates 1 ERVS 38-05-0010 Compartment Lighting, Pumper/Tanker 1 ERVS 38-10-0070 Rear Tailboard - Flat Back (pumper/dryside tanker/rescue)1 ERVS 38-11-0080 Step - 9" Deep w/3/16" Embsd Al Diam Plte (NO angled light housing) 1 ERVS 38-15-0010 NO Auxiliary Steps Below Rear Tailboard (may add for 4x4's-required) 1 ERVS 38-17-0000 NO Tailboard Hose Well Packages- Select 20" Tailboard 1 ERVS 38-17-0100 NO Tailboard Hose Trough Packages-Select 20" Tailboard 1 ERVS 39-01-0005 Wheel Wells, Single Axle, Pumper/RM Pumper/Tanker-STD Height Wheel Panels 1 ERVS 39-04-0005 Single Axle Smart Storage - painted- Pumper/RMPumper/Tanker 1 ERVS 39-05-0070 NO Roll-Out Drawers for Wheel Well - {34"} HT Wheel Panels 1 ERVS 39-05-0070 NO Roll-Out Drawers for Wheel Well - {34"} HT Wheel Panels 1 ERVS 39-06-0005 Provisions on the left side in front of the axle, Pumper/Tanker/Rescue 1 ERVS 39-06-0060 Provisions on the left side between the axles, Tanker 1 ERVS Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 04/07/2026 Page 10 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY ID 39-06-0100 Provisions on the left side behind the axle, Pumper/Tanker/Rescue 1 ERVS 39-06-0150 Provisions on the right side in front of the axle, Pumper/Tanker/Rescue 1 ERVS 39-06-0210 S Provisions on the right side between the axles, Tanker 1 ERVS 39-06-0250 Provisions on the right side behind the axle, Pumper/Tanker/Rescue 1 ERVS 39-07-0010 Wheel Chock Compartment 1 ERVS 39-07-0040 Open Storage Compartment (tandem storage)1 ERVS 39-07-0105 6.75" dia. SCBA Compartment (3 SCBA bottles)1 ERVS 39-07-0105 6.75" dia. SCBA Compartment (3 SCBA bottles)1 ERVS 39-07-0125 6.75" dia. SCBA Compartment (3 SCBA bottles) (tandem sect)1 ERVS 39-07-0730 Fuel Fill (custom chassis only) & (1) 6.75" dia. Compartment (1 bottle) 1 ERVS 39-08-0025 Smart Storage Door-Finish- "Painted Stainless"-Round Latches 1 ERVS 39-09-0015 Door Open Switch/Warning Light - Smart Storage 1 ERVS 39-15-0005 Rear Fenderettes to be Polished Stainless 1 ERVS 39-16-0000 NO Blackout Coating Applied to Fenderette 1 ERVS 43-10-5000 NO Upper Storage Compartments/Body Wall Adjustment IPS 1 ERVS 43-24-0000 NO Underbody Storage Compartments 1 ERVS 50-12-4000 Walls to be 90" tall 1 ERVS 50-15-3030 Hose bed Description - IPS/NXT 1 ERVS 50-15-3305 Dunnage Area in Hose bed (KEEP FOR LOW HOSE BED/GENERATOR/ETC) 1 ERVS 50-15-3380 NO Embossed Floor Upgrade in Hose Bed Dunnage 1 ERVS 50-15-3400 NO Hose bed Dunnage Area Cover 1 ERVS 50-15-4005 {Qty} Full Height Hose Bed Divider(s) w/o hand cut-out(s)1 ERVS 50-15-4100 NO Auxiliary Shortened Hose Bed Divider (NOT flush with top of hose bed) 1 ERVS 50-15-6020 Scallop/Belly Cut(s) in Adjustable Hose Bed Divider(s)1 ERVS 50-15-9E00 Hose Load (Select Options for Qty/Size of Hose Load)-More Opts avail-opt/pkg ind 1 ERVS 50-16-0010 *SELECT HOSE BAY 1* (BAY 1 IS FAR LEFT, GO L TO R)1 ERVS 50-16-0020 *SELECT HOSE BAY 2* (BAYS GO L TO R)1 ERVS 50-16-0030 *SELECT HOSE BAY 3* (BAYS GO L TO R)1 ERVS 50-16-0040 *SELECT HOSE BAY 4* (BAYS GO L TO R)1 ERVS 50-16-0050 *SELECT HOSE BAY 5* (BAYS GO L TO R)1 ERVS 50-18-0000 2" Hose 1 ERVS 50-18-0000 2" Hose 1 ERVS 50-18-0000 2" Hose 1 ERVS 50-18-0150 2" Hose-150 feet 1 ERVS 50-18-0200 2" Hose-200 feet 1 ERVS 50-18-0200 2" Hose-200 feet 1 ERVS 50-20-0000 3" Hose 1 ERVS 50-20-0350 3" Hose-350 feet 1 ERVS 50-22-0000 5" Hose 1 ERVS 50-22-1050 5" Hose-1050 feet 1 ERVS 50-29-0005 NO AUX/ADDITIONAL Hose stored in top of bay above Primary hose 1 ERVS 50-29-0005 NO AUX/ADDITIONAL Hose stored in top of bay above Primary hose 1 ERVS Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 04/07/2026 Page 11 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY ID 50-29-0005 NO AUX/ADDITIONAL Hose stored in top of bay above Primary hose 1 ERVS 50-29-0005 NO AUX/ADDITIONAL Hose stored in top of bay above Primary hose 1 ERVS 50-29-0005 NO AUX/ADDITIONAL Hose stored in top of bay above Primary hose 1 ERVS 50-30-0010 Hose Bed Cover - IPS/NXT 1 ERVS 50-30-0060 S Dealer provided Hose Restraints 1 ERVS 50-60-0255 Storage Compartment /Internal of Body {selectable components} IPS & NXT 1 ERVS 50-60-0310 Compartment to Hold (Qty) Backboards-VERIFY QTY 1 ERVS 50-60-0905 Located in the Hose Bed Storage Area-horizontal left side 1 ERVS 50-60-1010 Hinged Door (alum diamond plate/ 2pb latch)1 ERVS 50-60-2500 NO Auxiliary Rescue Equipment Storage Compartments (Stokes, Backboards, L.G.) 1 ERVS 51-05-0025 Vertical Unistrut (ALL) Body Compartments, Pumper (includes rear) IPS/NXT 1 ERVS 51-06-0000 NO Horizontal Unistrut {DO NOT add if Spartan is prov. Wall Mount Boards} 1 ERVS 52-13-0005 SINGLE AXLE-OverWheel Compartment Partitions Standard (USE DROP DOWN FOR OPTS) 1 ERVS 52-13-0010 Overwheel Partitions (Left Side/Right Side or Both) Single Axle 1 ERVS 52-13-1300 NO Fixed Vertical Side Compartment Dividers 1 ERVS 52-13-1400 NO Fixed Vertical B1 Compartment Dividers 1 ERVS 52-14-0005 NO Adjustable Vertical Side Compartment Dividers 1 ERVS 52-14-1000 NO Adjustable Vertical B1 Compartment Dividers 1 ERVS 52-15-0010 NO Protective Matting-Compartment Floors 1 ERVS 52-16-0004 Shelving and Roll Out Tray Packages, Pumpers/Dryside Tanker 1 ERVS 52-16-0080 Shelving Package, Pumpers/Dryside Tanker {SEE PDF for Shelving Capacity.} 1 ERVS 52-16-0115 NO AUX Upper Shelving in compartments (this includes overwheel compartments) 1 ERVS 52-16-0145 NO AUX Lower Shelving in compartments 1 ERVS 52-16-0160 NO Rear Compartment (B-1) Shelving 1 ERVS 52-16-0170 NO Permanent Half Depth Shelving in compartments 1 ERVS 52-16-0210 {QTY} Full Width x Half Depth - Upper Shelf *ADD LOCATIONS W/ PKG OPT IND 2 ERVS 52-16-0410 {QTY} Full Width x Full Depth-Lower Shelf***ADD LOCATIONS W/ PKG OPT INDICATOR 2 ERVS 52-17-0300 NO Upper Shelf Depth Modifications-SELECT FOR WALL MNT TOOL BOARDS 2 ERVS 52-22-0020 Roll-Out Tray Package- Pumpers/Dryside Tanker 1 ERVS 52-22-0110 NO Auxiliary Floor Mount Roll Out Trays 1 ERVS 52-22-0205 NO Adjustable Mount Roll Out Trays 1 ERVS 52-22-0210 NO Auxiliary Adjustable Mount Roll Out Trays 1 ERVS 52-22-0305 NO Roll Out Tilt Trays {Recommend Full Depth Compartment Location} 1 ERVS 52-22-8205 {Qty} Floor Mount Roll Out-Full Width-(Spartan 300#/100% w/Front Drawer Release) 1 ERVS 52-26-0005 NO Protective Matting-Shelves/Trays (this is all inclusive)1 ERVS Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 04/07/2026 Page 12 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY ID 52-26-2000 NO Tray/Shelf Finish applied (raw finish)1 ERVS 52-26-3000 NO Tray Retro-Reflective Striping 1 ERVS 52-26-4000 NO Shelf Retro-Reflective Striping 1 ERVS 52-39-0020 *TOOL BOARD PACKAGE*1 ERVS 52-39-0100 NO Pull-Out Tool Board 1 ERVS 52-39-0200 NO Adjustable Swing-Out Tool Board (full depth compartments only)1 ERVS 52-39-0250 NO Fixed Swing-Out Tool Board (half depth compartments only)1 ERVS 52-39-0325 Wall Mounted Tool Boards mounted to brackets - Pac-Trac w/DA Finish- 4 ERVS 52-39-1300 No Reflective Striping on Pac Tool Board Slats 4 ERVS 52-40-0105 {Qty} L1 Compartment 1 ERVS 52-40-0105 {Qty} L1 Compartment 1 ERVS 52-40-0105 {Qty} L1 Compartment 1 ERVS 52-40-0110 {Qty} L2 Compartment 1 ERVS 52-40-0115 {Qty} L3 Compartment 1 ERVS 52-40-0120 {Qty} L4 Compartment 1 ERVS 52-40-0120 {Qty} L4 Compartment 1 ERVS 52-40-0205 {Qty} R1 Compartment 1 ERVS 52-40-0220 {Qty} R4 Compartment 1 ERVS 52-41-1005 NO Removable Tool Box, for tools, cribbing, etc...1 ERVS 52-42-0010 NO Storage for Air Bags 1 ERVS 52-80-0005 NO Breathing Air Cascade System 1 ERVS 52-85-0010 NO SCBA Air Bottle Rack 1 ERVS 52-91-0005 NO SCBA Bracket Package 1 ERVS 53-00-0100 RUB RAIL PACKAGE - Pumper/Tanker 1 ERVS 53-00-0110 Side Rub Rails - Anodized Aluminum -1 ERVS 53-01-0100 NO Rub Rail Striping 1 ERVS 53-01-0100 NO Rub Rail Striping 1 ERVS 53-02-0105 Rear Rub Rail - Anodized Aluminum -1 ERVS 53-15-0075 FOLDING STEPS, CPI Illuminated LED - IPS/NXT 1 ERVS 53-15-1410 Two (2) Left Rear Steps 1 ERVS 53-15-1510 Two (2) Right Rear Steps 1 ERVS 53-20-0110 Bolt On Intermediate Rear Step - 3/16" Embossed Aluminum Diamond Plate, Pumper 1 ERVS 53-20-0205 Intermediate Rear Step -Located below Hose Bed & Handrail-high as possible 1 ERVS 53-21-0010 NO Rear Fixed Steps 1 ERVS 53-22-0010 NO Rear/Side Access Ladder(s)1 ERVS 53-25-0010 NO Rear Slide Out Platform-Dir. Below Body (NON SMART STEP STYLE) 1 ERVS 53-25-0015 NO Body Side Slide Out Platforms-Underbody Style 1 ERVS 53-30-1005 HANDRAILS - Knurled Alum/Illuminated LED - pumper/tanker/rescue 1 ERVS 53-30-1102 (Set of 3 Rear) - Knurled Alum/Illuminated LED - w/ vertical stanchions 1 ERVS 53-30-1210 (1) 10" Handrails - Knurled Alum/LED - above rear steps 1 ERVS To be located at Precon Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 04/07/2026 Page 13 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY ID 53-30-1210 (1) 10" Handrails - Knurled Alum/LED - above rear steps 1 ERVS To be located at Precon 53-31-0010 NO Red Reflective Insert 1 ERVS 53-31-0010 NO Red Reflective Insert 1 ERVS 53-31-0010 NO Red Reflective Insert 1 ERVS 53-31-0510 Handrail Illumination Light Color (White/Clear)1 ERVS 53-31-0510 Handrail Illumination Light Color (White/Clear)1 ERVS 53-31-0510 Handrail Illumination Light Color (White/Clear)1 ERVS 53-32-0005 Illuminated Handrail Activation - Park Brake 1 ERVS 53-32-0005 Illuminated Handrail Activation - Park Brake 1 ERVS 53-32-0005 Illuminated Handrail Activation - Park Brake 1 ERVS 54-50-1045 Diamond Plate front overlays and raw Alum rear overlays (p) {MATCH BODY} 1 ERVS 54-50-2100 Front Vertical Overlay Corner Trim - 1/8" Aluminum Diamond Plate 1 ERVS 54-50-2200 Rear Vertical Overlay Corner Trim - 1/8" Aluminum Diamond Plate 1 ERVS 54-75-0005 NO catwalks 1 ERVS 56-05-1000 Smart Storage Rear Fuel Fill Assembly, Pumper/Rescue 1 ERVS 56-10-0000 NO Wheel Well Protection Flap-REQUIRES overwheel compartment call out 1 ERVS 56-58-0025 DUAL Tow Eyes Below Rear Body/Compt - 1 ea side (Black Color)1 ERVS 56-61-6010 NO Rear with Sides Rescue/Winch Receivers (USE THIS OPT FOR INTEGRAL REAR & SID 1 ERVS 56-61-6015 NO Rear Trailer Hitch Provisions Provided (DO NOT specify rear winch receiver) 1 ERVS 56-61-6020 NO Side Rescue/Winch Receiver -REAR OF AXLE (DOES NOT INC REAR) 1 ERVS 56-61-6060 NO Front Rescue/Winch Receiver 1 ERVS 56-61-6300 NO Upper Body Anchor Points 1 ERVS 56-62-0010 NO I-Zone Hose Brackets 1 ERVS 58-50-0005 (1) Step Lighting, Spartan LED Tube 9"1 ERVS 58-60-0005 Step Light Activation - Park Brake 1 ERVS 58-60-0005 Step Light Activation - Park Brake 1 ERVS 58-60-0005 Step Light Activation - Park Brake 1 ERVS 60-00-0010 Spartan Tank Verbiage (low hose bed)1 ERVS 60-00-0050 Spartan Tank Warranty (For bid specs)1 ERVS 60-00-0100 Fill Tower & Overflow 4"1 ERVS 60-00-0200 Fill Tower Location - Left Frt Hose bed 1 ERVS 60-00-0300 Single Tank Sump Verbiage (USE for 1 TTP valve)1 ERVS 60-00-0310 Sump 3" Plug (no valve)1 ERVS 60-00-0400 Tank Outlets Verbiage 1 ERVS 60-00-1595 S Spartan Tank - 2250 gal low hose bed pumper - 'L' Configuration {VIS2} 1 ERVS 62-00-0020 Low Side-Right Side Equipment Mounting- Dryside & Wetside Tankers 1 ERVS 62-10-0110 ZICO QUIC Lift Electric Ladder Rack-LOW & INTERMEDIATE BODY SIDE-RS (300# Cap) 1 ERVS Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 04/07/2026 Page 14 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY ID 62-10-2310 Ladders -Low Right Side 1 ERVS 62-18-0000 Ladder Rack Activation Switch - Black Paddle 1 ERVS 62-19-0100 Ladder Rack Activation- Rear Right Side Switch 1 ERVS 62-35-0010 Duo Safety Ladders for Wall Mnt- Spartan Supplied Ladders 1 ERVS 62-35-1020 Duo Safety Package-(1)-2 or 3 section ext / (1-2) - Roof 1 ERVS 62-35-6310 Add'l Storage: Attic/Pike Poles OR Select Drop Down for Suction Hose 1 ERVS 62-35-6410 Folding Ladder Zico Mounts on Zico Quic ladder (FLB)1 ERVS 62-35-6510 Folding Ladder - Spartan Supplied Ladder 1 ERVS 62-38-0320 (2) Pike Poles Storage Zico Brackets - Fire Dept Supplied Pike Poles 1 ERVS 65-00-0045 Suction Hose Storage, Full Depth HL/HR Compartments-No Ladder Rack 1 ERVS 66-00-0090 NO Auxiliary Suction Hose Storage 1 ERVS 66-00-0100 NO Suction Hose Storage 1 ERVS 66-20-0010 NO Folding Tank Storage-Enclosed Compartment 1 ERVS 70-30-0300 (2) LED Tube Lights per Compartment, Spartan (p)1 ERVS 70-30-8000 NO Auxiliary Compartment Lighting-mounted across top/RU door protector 7 ERVS 70-30-9000 NO Door Liner Lighting-Requires Hinged Doors ONLY option 1 ERVS 70-31-1025 Spartan LED, Rear Utility Compt Light 2 ERVS 70-31-3005 NO Hose Bed Dunnage Compartment Lighting 1 ERVS 71-00-0010 NO Under Shelf Lighting REQ's Shelving to be called out 1 ERVS 71-50-0100 Compartment Lighting Activation - Battery, Ignition, Door Switch 1 ERVS 75-20-5000 NO Auxiliary Brake Light 1 ERVS 78-05-3010 Four (4) 48" Spartan LED Tube Lights, Hose Bed Walls 1 ERVS 78-10-1070 (Mult) Hose bed Lights to Illuminate w/ Park Brake 1 ERVS 84-20-0005 NO Hydraulic Hose Reel 1 ERVS 84-45-0005 NO Utility Air Hose Reel 1 ERVS 88-00-0100 NO Undercoating 1 ERVS 90-11-0070 Duo Safety 24' Alum 900A 2 sect 1 ERVS 90-12-0030 Duo Safety 14' Alum 775A roof 1 ERVS 90-13-0030 Duo Safety 10' Alum 585A Attic 1 ERVS 70-01-0010 Multiplex Body Low Voltage Electrical System, Pumper 1 ERVS 70-01-5005 4 Year Limited Multiplexed Electrical Warranty, (Generic Specs)1 ERVS 70-02-0010 Spartan Custom Chassis is Multiplex 1 ERVS 70-05-0300 NO TRANSLATION FOR DISPLAY (for export only to add when needed for display) 1 ERVS 70-05-0410 Multiplex Display- Spartan Standard/Discretion (NO Specs attached)1 ERVS 70-05-0600 NO OLED Display 1 ERVS 70-10-0025 Node (Horizontal Mount) Pumper 1 ERVS 70-11-0000 NO Whelen CORE system 1 ERVS 70-36-1900 Underbody Lights (4) - Pumphouse/Tailboard 1 ERVS 70-36-2280 TecNiq T44 Series, 4" Rd LED Underbody Lights 4 ERVS 70-37-0020 Underbody Perimeter Light Activation-Match Chassis Programming 1 ERVS 72-2A-0020 Whelen Upper Lighting Package, Rescue/IPS/NXT 1 ERVS 72-2A-0105 Upper Zone A-Whelen 1 ERVS 72-2A-0130 Lightbar (Chassis Provided)1 ERVS Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 04/07/2026 Page 15 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY ID 72-2H-0010 Upper Zone B&D Warning - Whelen, Rescue/IPS/NXT 1 ERVS 72-2H-0130 Zone B&D Front Side of Body (2) Whelen M6 Series Super-LED, Chrome Bezels 1 ERVS 72-2K-0130 Zone B&D Rear Side of Body (2) Whelen M6 Series Super-LED, Chrome Bezels 1 ERVS 72-2K-5000 NO Auxiliary Upper Zone B Warning 1 ERVS 72-2M-0015 Upper Zone C Warning-Whelen, Rescue/IPS/NXT 1 ERVS 72-2M-0145 Zone C (2) L31H LED Beacons 1 ERVS 72-2M-1200 NO Auxiliary Upper Zone C Warning-Whelen 1 ERVS 72-2M-1300 NO Auxiliary Mid Height Zone C Warning-Whelen 1 ERVS 74-2A-1000 Whelen Lower LED Lighting Package (KNOW REQUIREMENTS/QTYS) 1 ERVS 74-2B-0005 Lower Zone A Warning -Whelen 1 ERVS 74-2B-0010 Lower Zone A Warning (Chassis Provided)1 ERVS 74-2B-5000 NO Auxiliary Lower Zone A Warning 1 ERVS 74-2F-0005 Lower Zone B&D Warning - Whelen 1 ERVS 74-2F-0940 Zone B&D - (6) Whelen WION Series LED, Chrome Housings 1 ERVS 74-2F-5000 NO Auxiliary Lower Zone B/D Warning 1 ERVS 74-2J-0005 Lower Zone C Warning -Whelen 1 ERVS 74-2J-0080 Zone C - (2) Whelen M6 Series Super-LED, Chrome Bezels 1 ERVS 74-6J-0005 Lower Zones B&D NO Light Housing MUST ADD FOR TAILBOARD LIGHTS 1 ERVS 75-01-5005 Side Warning Lights Standard Flash 1 ERVS 75-01-5005 Side Warning Lights Standard Flash 1 ERVS 75-02-1000 Lightbar switched (Chassis Provided)1 ERVS 75-02-1240 Upper Side Warn Lights Switched w/E-Master & Secondary Switch (Vehicle Display) 1 ERVS 75-02-1430 Upper Rear Warn Lights Switched w/E-Master & Secondary Switch (Vehicle Display) 1 ERVS 75-02-9000 NO Low Intensity Flash Pattern 1 ERVS 75-02-9000 NO Low Intensity Flash Pattern 1 ERVS 75-03-0005 Side Warning Lights are Red with Red Lenses 1 ERVS 75-03-0010 Side Warning Lights are Red with Clear Lenses 1 ERVS 75-04-0010 Rear Warning Lights are Red with Clear Lenses 1 ERVS 75-05-0207 Side Warning Lights Standard Flash 1 ERVS 75-05-0407 Rear Warning Lights Standard Flash 1 ERVS 75-06-0000 NO Low Intensity Flash Pattern 1 ERVS 75-11-0010 Side Warning Lights are Red with Clear Lenses 1 ERVS 75-12-0010 Rear Warning Lights are Red with Clear Lenses 1 ERVS 75-15-0205 (6) Side Lights Located- Pumphouse/Center on Rear Wheel Panel/Rear Tailboard 1 ERVS 75-18-0002 Lower Front Warning Lights switched (Chassis Provided)1 ERVS 75-18-0120 Lower Side Warning Lights Switched w/E-Master & Secondary Switch (Vehicle Disp) 1 ERVS 75-18-0220 Lower Rear Warning Lights Switched w/E-Master & Secondary Switch (Vehicle Disp) 1 ERVS 75-20-0330 Whelen Super LED Brake/Tail/Turn & Back-Up Assembly, M6-Series 1 ERVS Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 04/07/2026 Page 16 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY ID 75-20-0800 Individual Bezel Mounts, Chrome 1 ERVS 75-20-1010 Taillights with Clear Lenses 1 ERVS 75-21-0010 Backup Lights to illuminate in reverse only 1 ERVS 75-25-3000 TecNiq S17 RED DOT Lighting - (7 total LED) - Lights high at rear 1 ERVS 75-25-6000 (1 per side) TecNiq Intermediate Amber Lighting (Req. for apparatus >30' 1 ERVS 75-25-9000 Intermediate Turn Signals (mid turn, flash with turn signal)1 ERVS 75-26-0000 NO Britax lighting 1 ERVS 75-28-0000 NO Auxiliary Side DOT lighting 1 ERVS 75-30-0010 NO Auxiliary Side Turn Signal 1 ERVS 75-30-5000 Marker Lights - Colored Lens 1 ERVS 75-30-7000 Marker Lights - Chrome Bezels 1 ERVS 76-29-0005 NO Body Side Back Up Lights 1 ERVS 76-30-0010 NO Rear Directional Light Bar 1 ERVS 77-00-0010 Camera System, Pumpers/Rescues 1 ERVS 77-00-0040 360 Degree View Camera System (Chassis Provided)1 ERVS 77-01-3010 Center Rear & (x2) Side Body cameras surface mount (Chassis Provided 360) 1 ERVS 77-01-5100 NO AUX Camera Monitor/ Camera System 1 ERVS 77-06-0000 NO Rear/Body Collision Avoidance/Sensor System 1 ERVS 78-30-0010 (2) Cast Aluminum Upper Zone C Light Stanchions 1 ERVS 12-VOLT AUXILIARY POWER RECEPTACLES, FUSE BLOCKS, GRND STUDS ERVS 78-40-0200 NO 12-Volt Cigarette Lighter Style Outlet - 15 amp 1 ERVS 78-40-0210 NO 12-Volt Power & Ground Studs - 40 amp 1 ERVS 78-40-0220 NO 12-Volt Blue Sea Fuse Block, 6 position - 40amp batt direct 1 ERVS 78-40-0230 NO 12-Volt Dual USB 2.4A Receptacle (Batt Direct)1 ERVS 78-40-0240 NO 12-Volt Dual USB 2.4A Receptacle (On with Master Batt)1 ERVS 78-44-0140 12V Scene Lighting Options - IPS/NXT - SELECT LOCATIONS 1 ERVS 78-45-0040 NO 12 Volt Front Brow Scene Lights (Check FTBuilder 1st on custom cabs) 1 ERVS 78-45-0042 NO 12 Volt Pedestals Scene Lights 1 ERVS 78-45-005M NO 12 Volt "SIDE" Mount Back of Apparatus Telescoping Scene Lights - IPS Only - 1 ERVS 78-50-0505 (4) Stationary Scene lights located side of body two each side 1 ERVS 78-50-0705 (2) Stationary Scene lights located back of body, one each side 1 ERVS 78-50-8010 Side Scene lights-inboard of surface mount warning lights 1 ERVS 78-50-8105 Rear Scene Lights, outboard corners-NO Surface Mount Warning lights 1 ERVS 78-51-0234 Whelen Pioneer + Super-LED w/single combo optics, (PCH2B), Black Hsng, Chrm Bzl 4 ERVS 78-51-0295 Whelen Pioneer SlimLine Series Supr-LED, (PSL1RB), Chrm Flng, Black Housing 2 ERVS 80-05-0005 NO Generator/NO Dealer Installed Inverter 1 ERVS 80-80-0010 NO Line Voltage Outlets (120V/Shorepower)1 ERVS 82-60-2500 Body Side Scene light(s) switched with chassis side lights (stationary)1 ERVS 82-60-3505 Rear Scene light(s) switched on the DISPLAY(SELECT DISP IN FTBuilder)(stationary 1 ERVS Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 04/07/2026 Page 17 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY ID 83-00-0500 NO 12VDC or 120VAC Light Tower Package 1 ERVS 88-50-0100 =LETTERING & STRIPING / PDF=1 ERVS 88-50-0250 Striping-Reflective 1 ERVS 88-50-0550 Reflective Stripe - Spartan Supplied & Installed 1 ERVS 88-50-3060 3M Reflective Stripe - 1" x 6" x 1"1 ERVS 88-52-0000 One Color Stripe 1 ERVS 88-52-3000 Stripe to be applied in a 'Straight Line' Pattern 1 ERVS 88-52-5040 Stripe to be Black 1 ERVS 88-52-6020 1/2" Compartment Border - DEALER 1 ERVS 88-52-7000 NO Pinstripe Edging 1 ERVS 88-52-8000 NO Corner Scrolls 1 ERVS 88-53-2000 Diamond Grade Retro-Reflective Chevron Striping (REAR) Pumper/Rescue 1 ERVS 88-53-5000 NO Chevron Striping On Front Bumper 1 ERVS 88-53-6500 Chevron Striping to be Red/Black 1 ERVS 88-54-0100 Body Lettering 1 ERVS 88-54-0150 Dealer Supplied Body/Cab Lettering 1 ERVS 88-54-9900 NO Auxiliary Lettering-Body 1 ERVS 88-54-9910 NO Additional Lettering-Body 1 ERVS 88-55-0010 Decals 1 ERVS 88-55-0200 Dealer Installed Decals 1 ERVS 88-78-0000 License Plate Mounting Options 1 ERVS 88-78-4050 CPI Cast Aluminum License Plate Bracket (fully enclosed) w/ LED Light 1 ERVS 88-78-9010 License Plate Bracket Location Right Side 1 ERVS 90-00-0000 EQUIPMENT, Pumper/Tanker 1 ERVS 90-04-1000 1 Set-Spartan Folding Wheel Chocks (WATCH MTS, USE SMRT STRG IF APPLY) 1 ERVS 90-04-9000 Spartan Wheel Chocks Stored in Smart Storage Compt.1 ERVS 90-08-0005 NO Auxiliary Ladders (Ladders called out in spec above)1 ERVS 90-20-0005 NO Auxiliary Pike Poles (Pike Poles called out in spec above)1 ERVS 90-30-0005 NO Hard Suction Hose (Suction Hose called out in spec above)1 ERVS 90-40-0005 NO Strainers (Strainers called out in spec above)1 ERVS 90-60-0000 Folding Tanks (Called out In Specs Above (If need more added, use Drop Down) 1 ERVS 90-60-0010 NO Folding Tank 1 ERVS 90-80-0010 Fire Extinguishers 1 ERVS 90-80-0110 Fire Department Supplied Fire Extinguishers 1 ERVS 91-10-0010 Rechargeable Flashlights 1 ERVS 91-10-0030 Fire Department Supplied Portable Hand Lights 1 ERVS 91-22-0010 Flares 1 ERVS 91-22-0110 Fire Department Supplied Flares 5 ERVS 91-23-0010 Traffic Cones 1 ERVS 91-23-0120 Fire Department Supplied Traffic Cones 5 ERVS 91-23-0200 Traffic Vest 1 ERVS 91-23-0220 Fire Department Supplied Traffic Vest 5 ERVS 91-24-0001 AED 1 ERVS Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 04/07/2026 Page 18 PART NO S DESCRIPTION QTY ID 91-24-0054 Fire Department Supplied AED 1 ERVS 91-25-0001 First Aid Kit 1 ERVS 91-25-0054 Fire Department Supplied First Aid Kit 1 ERVS 91-26-0010 Salvage Covers 1 ERVS 91-26-0120 Fire Department Supplied Salvage Covers 1 ERVS 91-29-0010 Axes 1 ERVS 91-29-0030 Fire Department Supplied Axes 1 ERVS 91-35-0000 Spanner Wrenches 1 ERVS 91-35-0054 Fire Department Supplied Spanner & Hydrant Wrenches 1 ERVS 91-36-0000 Nozzles 1 ERVS 91-36-0054 Fire Department Supplied Nozzles 1 ERVS 91-40-0010 Handheld Tools, Pumpers/Tanker/Rescues 1 ERVS 91-40-0100 Claw Tool 1 ERVS 91-40-0110 Fire Department Supplied Claw Tool 1 ERVS 91-40-0200 Halligan Tool 1 ERVS 91-40-0210 Fire Department Supplied Halligan Tool 1 ERVS 91-40-0300 Crowbars 1 ERVS 91-40-0310 Fire Department Supplied Crowbar 2 ERVS 91-40-0500 Sledge Hammer 1 ERVS 91-40-0510 Fire Department Supplied Sledge Hammer 1 ERVS 91-40-0615 Rubber Mallet-Fire Department Supplied 1 ERVS 91-40-0700 Shovels 1 ERVS 91-40-0710 Fire Department Supplied Shovels 2 ERVS 91-40-0800 Bolt Cutter 1 ERVS 91-40-0810 Fire Department Supplied Bolt Cutter 1 ERVS 91-70-0000 Supply Hose 1 ERVS 91-70-0054 Fire Department Supplied Fire Hose 1 ERVS 92-01-0100 Adaptors 1 ERVS 92-01-0154 Fire Department Supplied Adaptors 1 ERVS 92-10-0100 SCBA & Cylinders 1 ERVS 92-10-0154 Fire Department Supplied SCBA 4 ERVS Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 April 29, 2026 To Whom It May Concern, This letter is to confirm that Louisiana Emergency Equipment, LLC DBA Delta Fire & Safety is the authorized dealer of Spartan, Smeal, and Ladder Tower products for Arkansas, Louisiana, and Mississippi. They are authorized to sell these products under Sourcewell Master Agreement number 082025-RVG. Sincerely, Larry Burney Regional Sales Manager Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Miscellaneous Terms: OEM reserves the right to make changes to the Product without incurring any obligation to modify or improve previously manufactured parts or products. Further, OEM may respond to or correct any issue or complaint for which it does not otherwise have responsibility under this Limited Warranty without becoming obligated to respond to or correct any future issue or complaint of a same or similar nature, and such response or correction shall not constitute an admission of warranty coverage or impose any additional obligations on OEM. 2102RFW0214 - Multiplex Electronics - 4Y-60K - 2102 How to Obtain Warranty Service: See the Operator Manual(s) for instructions on how to register the Product, to obtain warranty repair authorization and service, and to make arrangements for the Product to be transported to an OEM-authorized service facility for warranty service. All warranty service and towing must be authorized by an OEM customer service representative before any warranty or towing service is performed. OEM shall not be responsible for, or reimburse Purchaser for, any costs or expenses relating to unauthorized warranty service or towing. Purchaser must notify OEM or its authorized customer service representative as soon as possible after discovery of any defect with the Product but in no event more than ten (10) days after discovery. Exclusive Remedy: OEM will, at its option, repair or replace the Product if it is defective in materials or workmanship during the warranty period stated above and covered by this Limited Warranty. Such repair or replacement may be performed at an OEM facility or by an OEM-authorized service facility. Any repaired or replaced Product shall be warranted only for the remainder of the warranty period applicable to the original Product. THIS PARAGRAPH CONTAINS OEM’S SOLE OBLIGATION AND PURCHASER’S EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES FOR ANY DEFECTIVE PRODUCT COVERED BY THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. Third Party Representations: No person or entity is authorized to create any other warranty, obligation or liability in connection with the Product, and OEM is not responsible for any representation, promise or warranty made by any person, dealer, component manufacturer, vehicle manufacturer, or other entity beyond what is expressly stated in this Limited Warranty. Disclaimer of Other Warranties: THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS OEM’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT. EXCEPT FOR THE LIMITED WARRANTIES STATED IN THIS CERTIFICATE, OEM MAKES NO OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER REGARDING THE PRODUCT INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, OR ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, ALL OF WHICH ARE EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES MAY NOT BE DISCLAIMED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, SUCH WARRANTIES ARE EXPRESSLY LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY STATED IN THIS CERTIFICATE. Limitation of Liability: IN NO EVENT SHALL OEM BE LIABLE TO PURCHASER OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, ENHANCED, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THE PRODUCT OR OTHERWISE (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST REVENUE, LOST PROFITS, LOSS OF OPPORTUNITIES, LOSS OF USE, DOWN TIME, DIMINUTION IN VALUE, COST OF ALTERNATIVE TRANSPORTATION, INCONVENIENCE, COST OF LODGING, VEHICLE RENTAL EXPENSES, LABOR CHARGES, EQUIPMENT RENTAL CHARGES OR OTHER ECONOMIC LOSSES), WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF OEM HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITIES OF SUCH DAMAGES. FURTHER, OEM'S LIABILITY FOR ANY AND ALL WARRANTY CLAIMS HEREUNDER SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT. General Exclusions and Conditions; What This Limited Warranty Does Not Cover: The Product may incorporate subsystems, assemblies, parts, components, and other items manufactured by third-party manufacturers which may include, but are not limited to, chassis, engine and emissions system, transmission, transfer case, axles, suspensions, water pumps, monitors, valves, foam systems, aerial devices (each, a “Third-Party Part” and collectively, the “Third-Party Parts”). OEM does not warrant Third-Party Parts. Defects in materials and workmanship related to Third-Party Parts that carry their own warranty are subject to that warranty. OEM hereby assigns to Purchaser any assignable warranty applicable to the Third-Party Parts. The previous sentence is OEM’s sole obligation with respect to Third-Party Parts. This Limited Warranty does not apply to, and OEM shall have no responsibility or liability for, any claim, loss or damage resulting from or caused by any of the following: (a) normal wear and tear; (b) misuse, carelessness, abuse or neglect (e.g. overloading, driving over curbs or exposure to corrosive or flooded environments); (c) improper handling, storage or repairs; (d) use of the Product other than for its intended purpose; (e) collision, fire, theft, vandalism; (f) weather, freezing, flooding, acts of God, or other casualties; (g) exposure to salt, acids, corrosive agents or other damaging chemicals or materials; (h) components or systems, whether new or used, provided by Purchaser and installed at its request; (i) when the odometer or hour meter is disconnected, or its reading has been altered, or actual mileage or hours cannot be determined; (j) improper maintenance or use including, but not limited to, failure to follow the required or recommended maintenance schedules, failure to maintain operating parameters, and failure to follow operating instructions; (k) any Third-Party Parts; (l) additions or accessories not originally installed by OEM, including ancillary equipment used in firefighting, and any problems resulting from such additions or accessories; (m) any “aftermarket” devices installed on the Product; (n) the repair or modification of any existing part, component or subsystem originally installed by OEM without its prior express written authorization and any problems resulting from such repair or modification. Further, this Limited Warranty shall be null and void if the Product is ever leased or rented, whether or not for compensation, to another person or entity. Fire Apparatus Four (4) Years or 60,000 Miles The Apparatus’s Multiplex electrical system (the “Product”) shall be free from defects in material and workmanship, under normal use and maintenance, for the warranty period described below in this certificate. Also see the Section herein entitled “Specific Exclusions and Conditions” for more details regarding the parts and components covered by this Limited Warranty. This Limited Warranty only covers defects in the V-MUX brand electronic modules or displays provided by Weldon, a Division of Akron Brass or ES-Key brand electronic modules or displays provided by Hale Products, Inc. of the System. All other parts, components and subsystems relating to the Product and the Apparatus are excluded from this Limited Warranty including, but are not limited to, all other electronical or electronic components. This Limited Warranty Coverage will Begin: The date the Product is placed into service by the Purchaser or thirty (30) days after the date of the Product invoice to the Purchaser, whichever comes first. This Limited Warranty Coverage Ends After the First Occurrence of: Four (4) Years or 60,000 Miles Who is Covered by this Limited Warranty: This Limited Warranty only applies to Purchaser and, unless required by applicable law, may not be assigned or transferred to any other person or entity without OEM’s prior written authorization. This Limited Warranty is valid only in the country in which the Product is first sold. Multiplex Electronics Limited Warranty Subject to the provisions, limitations, and exclusions set forth in this certificate, Spartan Fire, LLC (“OEM”) extends the following Limited Warranty to the Purchaser of a fire apparatus vehicle manufactured by OEM (the "Apparatus"). As used herein, “Purchaser” means that person or entity which purchases and commences first commercial use of the Product for its intended purpose. This Limited Warranty Covers:Specific Exclusions and Conditions Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Miscellaneous Terms: OEM reserves the right to make changes to the Product without incurring any obligation to modify or improve previously manufactured parts or products. Further, OEM may respond to or correct any issue or complaint for which it does not otherwise have responsibility under this Limited Warranty without becoming obligated to respond to or correct any future issue or complaint of a same or similar nature, and such response or correction shall not constitute an admission of warranty coverage or impose any additional obligations on OEM. 2102RFW0502 - Body Structure (Aluminum) - 10Y-100K - 2102 How to Obtain Warranty Service: See the Operator Manual(s) for instructions on how to register the Product, to obtain warranty repair authorization and service, and to make arrangements for the Product to be transported to an OEM-authorized service facility for warranty service. All warranty service and towing must be authorized by an OEM customer service representative before any warranty or towing service is performed. OEM shall not be responsible for, or reimburse Purchaser for, any costs or expenses relating to unauthorized warranty service or towing. Purchaser must notify OEM or its authorized customer service representative as soon as possible after discovery of any defect with the Product but in no event more than ten (10) days after discovery. Exclusive Remedy: OEM will, at its option, repair or replace the Product if it is defective in materials or workmanship during the warranty period stated above and covered by this Limited Warranty. Such repair or replacement may be performed at an OEM facility or by an OEM-authorized service facility. Any repaired or replaced Product shall be warranted only for the remainder of the warranty period applicable to the original Product. THIS PARAGRAPH CONTAINS OEM’S SOLE OBLIGATION AND PURCHASER’S EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES FOR ANY DEFECTIVE PRODUCT COVERED BY THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. Third Party Representations: No person or entity is authorized to create any other warranty, obligation or liability in connection with the Product, and OEM is not responsible for any representation, promise or warranty made by any person, dealer, component manufacturer, vehicle manufacturer, or other entity beyond what is expressly stated in this Limited Warranty. Disclaimer of Other Warranties: THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS OEM’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT. EXCEPT FOR THE LIMITED WARRANTIES STATED IN THIS CERTIFICATE, OEM MAKES NO OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER REGARDING THE PRODUCT INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, OR ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, ALL OF WHICH ARE EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES MAY NOT BE DISCLAIMED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, SUCH WARRANTIES ARE EXPRESSLY LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY STATED IN THIS CERTIFICATE. Limitation of Liability: IN NO EVENT SHALL OEM BE LIABLE TO PURCHASER OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, ENHANCED, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THE PRODUCT OR OTHERWISE (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST REVENUE, LOST PROFITS, LOSS OF OPPORTUNITIES, LOSS OF USE, DOWN TIME, DIMINUTION IN VALUE, COST OF ALTERNATIVE TRANSPORTATION, INCONVENIENCE, COST OF LODGING, VEHICLE RENTAL EXPENSES, LABOR CHARGES, EQUIPMENT RENTAL CHARGES OR OTHER ECONOMIC LOSSES), WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF OEM HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITIES OF SUCH DAMAGES. FURTHER, OEM'S LIABILITY FOR ANY AND ALL WARRANTY CLAIMS HEREUNDER SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT. General Exclusions and Conditions; What This Limited Warranty Does Not Cover: The Product may incorporate subsystems, assemblies, parts, components, and other items manufactured by third-party manufacturers which may include, but are not limited to, chassis, engine and emissions system, transmission, transfer case, axles, suspensions, water pumps, monitors, valves, foam systems, aerial devices (each, a “Third-Party Part” and collectively, the “Third-Party Parts”). OEM does not warrant Third-Party Parts. Defects in materials and workmanship related to Third-Party Parts that carry their own warranty are subject to that warranty. OEM hereby assigns to Purchaser any assignable warranty applicable to the Third-Party Parts. The previous sentence is OEM’s sole obligation with respect to Third-Party Parts. This Limited Warranty does not apply to, and OEM shall have no responsibility or liability for, any claim, loss or damage resulting from or caused by any of the following: (a) normal wear and tear; (b) misuse, carelessness, abuse or neglect (e.g. overloading, driving over curbs or exposure to corrosive or flooded environments); (c) improper handling, storage or repairs; (d) use of the Product other than for its intended purpose; (e) collision, fire, theft, vandalism; (f) weather, freezing, flooding, acts of God, or other casualties; (g) exposure to salt, acids, corrosive agents or other damaging chemicals or materials; (h) components or systems, whether new or used, provided by Purchaser and installed at its request; (i) when the odometer or hour meter is disconnected, or its reading has been altered, or actual mileage or hours cannot be determined; (j) improper maintenance or use including, but not limited to, failure to follow the required or recommended maintenance schedules, failure to maintain operating parameters, and failure to follow operating instructions; (k) any Third-Party Parts; (l) additions or accessories not originally installed by OEM, including ancillary equipment used in firefighting, and any problems resulting from such additions or accessories; (m) any “aftermarket” devices installed on the Product; (n) the repair or modification of any existing part, component or subsystem originally installed by OEM without its prior express written authorization and any problems resulting from such repair or modification. Further, this Limited Warranty shall be null and void if the Product is ever leased or rented, whether or not for compensation, to another person or entity. Fire Apparatus Ten (10) Years or 100,000 Miles The Apparatus’s aluminum body structure system (the “Product”) shall be free from defects in material and workmanship, under normal use and maintenance, for the warranty period described below in this certificate. Also see the Section herein entitled “Specific Exclusions and Conditions” for more details regarding the parts and components covered by this Limited Warranty. This Limited Warranty only covers defects in the material and workmanship of the aluminum body structural components of the Product. Parts, components and subsystems excluded from this Limited Warranty include, but are not limited to, the exterior coating, graphics, corrosion damage, electrical system, lighting, equipment mounting, shelves, trays, compartment doors, hinges, trim parts, body mounting brackets, vibration isolators, fasteners or hardware. This Limited Warranty Coverage will Begin: The date the Product is placed into service by the Purchaser or thirty (30) days after the date of the Product invoice to the Purchaser, whichever comes first. This Limited Warranty Coverage Ends After the First Occurrence of: Ten (10) Years or 100,000 Miles Who is Covered by this Limited Warranty: This Limited Warranty only applies to Purchaser and, unless required by applicable law, may not be assigned or transferred to any other person or entity without OEM’s prior written authorization. This Limited Warranty is valid only in the country in which the Product is first sold. Body Structure (Aluminum) Limited Warranty Subject to the provisions, limitations, and exclusions set forth in this certificate, Spartan Fire, LLC (“OEM”) extends the following Limited Warranty to the Purchaser of a fire apparatus vehicle manufactured by OEM (the "Apparatus"). As used herein, “Purchaser” means that person or entity which purchases and commences first commercial use of the Product for its intended purpose. This Limited Warranty Covers:Specific Exclusions and Conditions Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Miscellaneous Terms: OEM reserves the right to make changes to the Product without incurring any obligation to modify or improve previously manufactured parts or products. Further, OEM may respond to or correct any issue or complaint for which it does not otherwise have responsibility under this Limited Warranty without becoming obligated to respond to or correct any future issue or complaint of a same or similar nature, and such response or correction shall not constitute an admission of warranty coverage or impose any additional obligations on OEM. 2102RFW0541 - Body Mounting (Vibra Torq® Mounting System) - 20Y-100K - 2102 How to Obtain Warranty Service: See the Operator Manual(s) for instructions on how to register the Product, to obtain warranty repair authorization and service, and to make arrangements for the Product to be transported to an OEM-authorized service facility for warranty service. All warranty service and towing must be authorized by an OEM customer service representative before any warranty or towing service is performed. OEM shall not be responsible for, or reimburse Purchaser for, any costs or expenses relating to unauthorized warranty service or towing. Purchaser must notify OEM or its authorized customer service representative as soon as possible after discovery of any defect with the Product but in no event more than ten (10) days after discovery. Exclusive Remedy: OEM will, at its option, repair or replace the Product if it is defective in materials or workmanship during the warranty period stated above and covered by this Limited Warranty. Such repair or replacement may be performed at an OEM facility or by an OEM-authorized service facility. Any repaired or replaced Product shall be warranted only for the remainder of the warranty period applicable to the original Product. THIS PARAGRAPH CONTAINS OEM’S SOLE OBLIGATION AND PURCHASER’S EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES FOR ANY DEFECTIVE PRODUCT COVERED BY THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. Third Party Representations: No person or entity is authorized to create any other warranty, obligation or liability in connection with the Product, and OEM is not responsible for any representation, promise or warranty made by any person, dealer, component manufacturer, vehicle manufacturer, or other entity beyond what is expressly stated in this Limited Warranty. Disclaimer of Other Warranties: THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS OEM’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT. EXCEPT FOR THE LIMITED WARRANTIES STATED IN THIS CERTIFICATE, OEM MAKES NO OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER REGARDING THE PRODUCT INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, OR ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, ALL OF WHICH ARE EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES MAY NOT BE DISCLAIMED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, SUCH WARRANTIES ARE EXPRESSLY LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY STATED IN THIS CERTIFICATE. Limitation of Liability: IN NO EVENT SHALL OEM BE LIABLE TO PURCHASER OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, ENHANCED, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THE PRODUCT OR OTHERWISE (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST REVENUE, LOST PROFITS, LOSS OF OPPORTUNITIES, LOSS OF USE, DOWN TIME, DIMINUTION IN VALUE, COST OF ALTERNATIVE TRANSPORTATION, INCONVENIENCE, COST OF LODGING, VEHICLE RENTAL EXPENSES, LABOR CHARGES, EQUIPMENT RENTAL CHARGES OR OTHER ECONOMIC LOSSES), WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF OEM HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITIES OF SUCH DAMAGES. FURTHER, OEM'S LIABILITY FOR ANY AND ALL WARRANTY CLAIMS HEREUNDER SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT. General Exclusions and Conditions; What This Limited Warranty Does Not Cover: The Product may incorporate subsystems, assemblies, parts, components, and other items manufactured by third-party manufacturers which may include, but are not limited to, chassis, engine and emissions system, transmission, transfer case, axles, suspensions, water pumps, monitors, valves, foam systems, aerial devices (each, a “Third-Party Part” and collectively, the “Third-Party Parts”). OEM does not warrant Third-Party Parts. Defects in materials and workmanship related to Third-Party Parts that carry their own warranty are subject to that warranty. OEM hereby assigns to Purchaser any assignable warranty applicable to the Third-Party Parts. The previous sentence is OEM’s sole obligation with respect to Third-Party Parts. This Limited Warranty does not apply to, and OEM shall have no responsibility or liability for, any claim, loss or damage resulting from or caused by any of the following: (a) normal wear and tear; (b) misuse, carelessness, abuse or neglect (e.g. overloading, driving over curbs or exposure to corrosive or flooded environments); (c) improper handling, storage or repairs; (d) use of the Product other than for its intended purpose; (e) collision, fire, theft, vandalism; (f) weather, freezing, flooding, acts of God, or other casualties; (g) exposure to salt, acids, corrosive agents or other damaging chemicals or materials; (h) components or systems, whether new or used, provided by Purchaser and installed at its request; (i) when the odometer or hour meter is disconnected, or its reading has been altered, or actual mileage or hours cannot be determined; (j) improper maintenance or use including, but not limited to, failure to follow the required or recommended maintenance schedules, failure to maintain operating parameters, and failure to follow operating instructions; (k) any Third-Party Parts; (l) additions or accessories not originally installed by OEM, including ancillary equipment used in firefighting, and any problems resulting from such additions or accessories; (m) any “aftermarket” devices installed on the Product; (n) the repair or modification of any existing part, component or subsystem originally installed by OEM without its prior express written authorization and any problems resulting from such repair or modification. Further, this Limited Warranty shall be null and void if the Product is ever leased or rented, whether or not for compensation, to another person or entity. Fire Apparatus Twenty (20) Years or 100,000 Miles The Apparatus’s Vibra Torq® body mounting system (the “Product”) shall be free from defects in material and workmanship, under normal use and maintenance, for the warranty period described below in this certificate. Also see the Section herein entitled “Specific Exclusions and Conditions” for more details regarding the parts and components covered by this Limited Warranty. This Limited Warranty only covers defects in the material and workmanship of the Vibra Torq® isolators and isolator support components of the Vibra Torq® mounting Product. Parts, components and subsystems excluded from this Limited Warranty include, but are not limited to, the chassis, chassis frame, chassis components, body, body mounting, body substructure, pump compartment structure, damage resulting from corrosion, including but not limited to exposure to salt, deicing agents, acidic material, or other damaging chemicals, parts with evidence of alterations, cutting, splicing, welding or drilling. This Limited Warranty Coverage will Begin: The date the Product is placed into service by the Purchaser or thirty (30) days after the date of the Product invoice to the Purchaser, whichever comes first. This Limited Warranty Coverage Ends After the First Occurrence of: Twenty (20) Years or 100,000 Miles Who is Covered by this Limited Warranty: This Limited Warranty only applies to Purchaser and, unless required by applicable law, may not be assigned or transferred to any other person or entity without OEM’s prior written authorization. This Limited Warranty is valid only in the country in which the Product is first sold. Body Mounting (Vibra Torq® Mounting System) Limited Warranty Subject to the provisions, limitations, and exclusions set forth in this certificate, Spartan Fire, LLC (“OEM”) extends the following Limited Warranty to the Purchaser of a fire apparatus vehicle manufactured by OEM (the "Apparatus"). As used herein, “Purchaser” means that person or entity which purchases and commences first commercial use of the Product for its intended purpose. This Limited Warranty Covers:Specific Exclusions and Conditions Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Fire Apparatus Ten (10) Years The Apparatus’s OEM-applied exterior coating and finishing system (the “Product”) shall be free from the paint system adhesion defects listed in the Section herein entitled “Specific Exclusions and Conditions", under normal use and maintenance, for the warranty period described in this certificate. Limited Warranty coverage schedule: Basecoat/Clear Coat Corrosion 0-120 Months: 100% 0-24 Months or 100,000 Miles: 100% 25-48 Months or 100,000 Miles: 50% If the Product is manufactured using a chassis provided by a Third-Party Parts manufacturer (i.e. a commercial chassis), this Limited Warranty shall not apply to the chassis. Instead, the Product's chassis will be covered by, and subject to, a separate limited warranty provided by that Third-Party Parts manufacturer. In addition, also see the Section herein entitled “Specific Exclusions and Conditions” for more details regarding this Limited Warranty. This Limited Warranty only covers defects in the following aspects of the Product: A. Loss of adhesion of the Product resulting in rusting less than Rust Grade 5 as in ASTM D 610-08. B. Cracking of the Paint System as set forth in ASTM D 661-93. C. Excessive loss of gloss caused by cracking, checking, and hazing. D. Scab corrosion, and corrosion under the paint film, where the point of origin is not: (a) A breach of the coating that occurred because of damage to the paint system, (b) Corrosion originating from a crevice, or (c) Dissimilar metals E. Chemical Resistance meet ASTM D1308 standards 25 MEK double rubs. F. Stone Chip SAE J400 Method A – 4B or above. Damage or Defects excluded from this Limited Warranty include, but are not limited to: 1. Use of cleaning products not prescribed in the apparatus operator manual(s). 2. Exposure to corrosive agents, acid rain, chemical fallout. 3. Heavy-duty pressure washing or aggressive mechanical wash systems. 4. Paint deterioration caused by abuse, accidents, scratches, chips, or bruises. 5. Paint or coatings on the vehicle’s undercarriage, interior, or aerial structure. 6. Applied or painted graphics, reflective material or gold leaf. 7. Paints or coatings of supplier parts including roller shutter doors. 8. Mechanical abrasion or external foreign object damage. 9. Application of, or removal of, stickers or decals including replacement. 10. Body compartment interior coatings, undercarriage and frame. 11. Defects resulting from or inherent to application such as runs, orange peel, and fisheyes. 12. Defects caused by acid rain and industrial fallout. This Limited Warranty Coverage will Begin: The date the Product is placed into service by the Purchaser or thirty (30) days after the date of the Product invoice to the Purchaser, whichever comes first. This Limited Warranty Coverage Ends After the First Occurrence of: Ten (10) Years Who is Covered by this Limited Warranty: This Limited Warranty only applies to Purchaser and, unless required by applicable law, may not be assigned or transferred to any other person or entity without OEM’s prior written authorization. This Limited Warranty is valid only in the country in which the Product is first sold. Paint and Finish (Exterior Clear coated) Limited Warranty Subject to the provisions, limitations, and exclusions set forth in this certificate, Spartan Fire, LLC (“OEM”) extends the following Limited Warranty to the Purchaser of a fire apparatus vehicle manufactured by OEM (the Apparatus"). As used herein, “Purchaser” means that person or entity which purchases and commences first commercial use of the Product for its intended purpose. This Limited Warranty Covers:Specific Exclusions and Conditions Miscellaneous Terms: OEM reserves the right to make changes to the Product without incurring any obligation to modify or improve previously manufactured parts or products. Further, OEM may respond to or correct any issue or complaint for which it does not otherwise have responsibility under this Limited Warranty without becoming obligated to respond to or correct any future issue or complaint of a same or similar nature, and such response or correction shall not constitute an admission of warranty coverage or impose any additional obligations on OEM. 2104RFW0710 - Paint and Finish (Exterior Clear coated) - 10Y - 2104 How to Obtain Warranty Service: See the Operator Manual(s) for instructions on how to register the Product, to obtain warranty repair authorization and service, and to make arrangements for the Product to be transported to an OEM-authorized service facility for warranty service. All warranty service and towing must be authorized by an OEM customer service representative before any warranty or towing service is performed. OEM shall not be responsible for, or reimburse Purchaser for, any costs or expenses relating to unauthorized warranty service or towing. Purchaser must notify OEM or its authorized customer service representative as soon as possible after discovery of any defect with the Product but in no event more than ten (10) days after discovery. Exclusive Remedy: OEM will, at its option, repair or replace the Product if it is defective in materials or workmanship during the warranty period stated above and covered by this Limited Warranty. Such repair or replacement may be performed at an OEM facility or by an OEM-authorized service facility. Any repaired or replaced Product shall be warranted only for the remainder of the warranty period applicable to the original Product. THIS PARAGRAPH CONTAINS OEM’S SOLE OBLIGATION AND PURCHASER’S EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES FOR ANY DEFECTIVE PRODUCT COVERED BY THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. Third Party Representations: No person or entity is authorized to create any other warranty, obligation or liability in connection with the Product, and OEM is not responsible for any representation, promise or warranty made by any person, dealer, component manufacturer, vehicle manufacturer, or other entity beyond what is expressly stated in this Limited Warranty. Disclaimer of Other Warranties: THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS OEM’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT. EXCEPT FOR THE LIMITED WARRANTIES STATED IN THIS CERTIFICATE, OEM MAKES NO OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER REGARDING THE PRODUCT INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON- INFRINGEMENT, OR ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, ALL OF WHICH ARE EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES MAY NOT BE DISCLAIMED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, SUCH WARRANTIES ARE EXPRESSLY LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY STATED IN THIS CERTIFICATE. Limitation of Liability: IN NO EVENT SHALL OEM BE LIABLE TO PURCHASER OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, ENHANCED, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THE PRODUCT OR OTHERWISE (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST REVENUE, LOST PROFITS, LOSS OF OPPORTUNITIES, LOSS OF USE, DOWN TIME, DIMINUTION IN VALUE, COST OF ALTERNATIVE TRANSPORTATION, INCONVENIENCE, COST OF LODGING, VEHICLE RENTAL EXPENSES, LABOR CHARGES, EQUIPMENT RENTAL CHARGES OR OTHER ECONOMIC LOSSES), WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF OEM HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITIES OF SUCH DAMAGES. FURTHER, OEM'S LIABILITY FOR ANY AND ALL WARRANTY CLAIMS HEREUNDER SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT. General Exclusions and Conditions; What This Limited Warranty Does Not Cover: The Product may incorporate subsystems, assemblies, parts, components, and other items manufactured by third-party manufacturers which may include, but are not limited to, chassis, engine and emissions system, transmission, transfer case, axles, suspensions, water pumps, monitors, valves, foam systems, aerial devices (each, a “Third-Party Part” and collectively, the “Third- Party Parts”). OEM does not warrant Third-Party Parts. Defects in materials and workmanship related to Third-Party Parts that carry their own warranty are subject to that warranty. OEM hereby assigns to Purchaser any assignable warranty applicable to the Third-Party Parts. The previous sentence is OEM’s sole obligation with respect to Third-Party Parts. This Limited Warranty does not apply to, and OEM shall have no responsibility or liability for, any claim, loss or damage resulting from or caused by any of the following: (a) normal wear and tear; (b) misuse, carelessness, abuse or neglect (e.g. overloading, driving over curbs or exposure to corrosive or flooded environments); (c) improper handling, storage or repairs; (d) use of the Product other than for its intended purpose; (e) collision, fire, theft, vandalism; (f) weather, freezing, flooding, acts of God, or other casualties; (g) exposure to salt, acids, corrosive agents or other damaging chemicals or materials; (h) components or systems, whether new or used, provided by Purchaser and installed at its request; (i) when the odometer or hour meter is disconnected, or its reading has been altered, or actual mileage or hours cannot be determined; (j) improper maintenance or use including, but not limited to, failure to follow the required or recommended maintenance schedules, failure to maintain operating parameters, and failure to follow operating instructions; (k) any Third-Party Parts; (l) additions or accessories not originally installed by OEM, including ancillary equipment used in firefighting, and any problems resulting from such additions or accessories; (m) any “aftermarket” devices installed on the Product; (n) the repair or modification of any existing part, component or subsystem originally installed by OEM without its prior express written authorization and any problems resulting from such repair or modification. Further, this Limited Warranty shall be null and void if the Product is ever leased or rented, whether or not for compensation, to another person or entity. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Miscellaneous Terms: OEM reserves the right to make changes to the Product without incurring any obligation to modify or improve previously manufactured parts or products. Further, OEM may respond to or correct any issue or complaint for which it does not otherwise have responsibility under this Limited Warranty without becoming obligated to respond to or correct any future issue or complaint of a same or similar nature, and such response or correction shall not constitute an admission of warranty coverage or impose any additional obligations on OEM. 2102RFW0801 - Plumbing and Piping Corrosion-Free (Stainless Steel) - 10Y-100K - 2102 How to Obtain Warranty Service: See the Operator Manual(s) for instructions on how to register the Product, to obtain warranty repair authorization and service, and to make arrangements for the Product to be transported to an OEM-authorized service facility for warranty service. All warranty service and towing must be authorized by an OEM customer service representative before any warranty or towing service is performed. OEM shall not be responsible for, or reimburse Purchaser for, any costs or expenses relating to unauthorized warranty service or towing. Purchaser must notify OEM or its authorized customer service representative as soon as possible after discovery of any defect with the Product but in no event more than ten (10) days after discovery. Exclusive Remedy: OEM will, at its option, repair or replace the Product if it is defective in materials or workmanship during the warranty period stated above and covered by this Limited Warranty. Such repair or replacement may be performed at an OEM facility or by an OEM-authorized service facility. Any repaired or replaced Product shall be warranted only for the remainder of the warranty period applicable to the original Product. THIS PARAGRAPH CONTAINS OEM’S SOLE OBLIGATION AND PURCHASER’S EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES FOR ANY DEFECTIVE PRODUCT COVERED BY THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. Third Party Representations: No person or entity is authorized to create any other warranty, obligation or liability in connection with the Product, and OEM is not responsible for any representation, promise or warranty made by any person, dealer, component manufacturer, vehicle manufacturer, or other entity beyond what is expressly stated in this Limited Warranty. Disclaimer of Other Warranties: THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS OEM’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT. EXCEPT FOR THE LIMITED WARRANTIES STATED IN THIS CERTIFICATE, OEM MAKES NO OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER REGARDING THE PRODUCT INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, OR ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, ALL OF WHICH ARE EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES MAY NOT BE DISCLAIMED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, SUCH WARRANTIES ARE EXPRESSLY LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY STATED IN THIS CERTIFICATE. Limitation of Liability: IN NO EVENT SHALL OEM BE LIABLE TO PURCHASER OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, ENHANCED, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THE PRODUCT OR OTHERWISE (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST REVENUE, LOST PROFITS, LOSS OF OPPORTUNITIES, LOSS OF USE, DOWN TIME, DIMINUTION IN VALUE, COST OF ALTERNATIVE TRANSPORTATION, INCONVENIENCE, COST OF LODGING, VEHICLE RENTAL EXPENSES, LABOR CHARGES, EQUIPMENT RENTAL CHARGES OR OTHER ECONOMIC LOSSES), WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF OEM HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITIES OF SUCH DAMAGES. FURTHER, OEM'S LIABILITY FOR ANY AND ALL WARRANTY CLAIMS HEREUNDER SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT. General Exclusions and Conditions; What This Limited Warranty Does Not Cover: The Product may incorporate subsystems, assemblies, parts, components, and other items manufactured by third-party manufacturers which may include, but are not limited to, chassis, engine and emissions system, transmission, transfer case, axles, suspensions, water pumps, monitors, valves, foam systems, aerial devices (each, a “Third-Party Part” and collectively, the “Third-Party Parts”). OEM does not warrant Third-Party Parts. Defects in materials and workmanship related to Third-Party Parts that carry their own warranty are subject to that warranty. OEM hereby assigns to Purchaser any assignable warranty applicable to the Third-Party Parts. The previous sentence is OEM’s sole obligation with respect to Third-Party Parts. This Limited Warranty does not apply to, and OEM shall have no responsibility or liability for, any claim, loss or damage resulting from or caused by any of the following: (a) normal wear and tear; (b) misuse, carelessness, abuse or neglect (e.g. overloading, driving over curbs or exposure to corrosive or flooded environments); (c) improper handling, storage or repairs; (d) use of the Product other than for its intended purpose; (e) collision, fire, theft, vandalism; (f) weather, freezing, flooding, acts of God, or other casualties; (g) exposure to salt, acids, corrosive agents or other damaging chemicals or materials; (h) components or systems, whether new or used, provided by Purchaser and installed at its request; (i) when the odometer or hour meter is disconnected, or its reading has been altered, or actual mileage or hours cannot be determined; (j) improper maintenance or use including, but not limited to, failure to follow the required or recommended maintenance schedules, failure to maintain operating parameters, and failure to follow operating instructions; (k) any Third-Party Parts; (l) additions or accessories not originally installed by OEM, including ancillary equipment used in firefighting, and any problems resulting from such additions or accessories; (m) any “aftermarket” devices installed on the Product; (n) the repair or modification of any existing part, component or subsystem originally installed by OEM without its prior express written authorization and any problems resulting from such repair or modification. Further, this Limited Warranty shall be null and void if the Product is ever leased or rented, whether or not for compensation, to another person or entity. Fire Apparatus Ten (10) Years or 100,000 Miles The Apparatus’s stainless steel fire suppression plumbing and piping shall system (the “Product”) shall be free from corrosion perforation, under normal use and maintenance, for the warranty period described below in this certificate. Also see the Section herein entitled “Specific Exclusions and Conditions” for a more detailed description of the parts and components covered by this Limited Warranty. This Limited Warranty only covers corrosion perforation in the stainless steel fire suppression pipes and associated joints for intake and discharge lines of the Product. Parts, components and subsystems excluded from this Limited Warranty include, but are not limited to, the exterior coatings, electrical system, pump and pump accessories, valves, monitors, light towers, generators, gauges, hoses, trim parts, fasteners or hardware. As used in this Limited Warranty, corrosion perforation is defined as an actual hole through the piping material caused by corrosion. This Limited Warranty Coverage will Begin: The date the Product is placed into service by the Purchaser or thirty (30) days after the date of the Product invoice to the Purchaser, whichever comes first. This Limited Warranty Coverage Ends After the First Occurrence of: Ten (10) Years or 100,000 Miles Who is Covered by this Limited Warranty: This Limited Warranty only applies to Purchaser and, unless required by applicable law, may not be assigned or transferred to any other person or entity without OEM’s prior written authorization. This Limited Warranty is valid only in the country in which the Product is first sold. Plumbing and Piping Corrosion-Free (Stainless Steel) Limited Warranty Subject to the provisions, limitations, and exclusions set forth in this certificate, Spartan Fire, LLC (“OEM”) extends the following Limited Warranty to the Purchaser of a fire apparatus vehicle manufactured by OEM (the Apparatus"). As used herein, “Purchaser” means that person or entity which purchases and commences first commercial use of the Product for its intended purpose. This Limited Warranty Covers:Specific Exclusions and Conditions Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Cummins Warranty Worldwide Fire Apparatus/Crash Trucks Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Coverage Products Warranted This Warranty applies to new diesel Engines sold by Cummins and delivered to the first user on or after April 1,2007,that are used in fire apparatus truck and crash truck*applications Worldwide. Base Engine Warranty The Base Engine Warranty covers any failures of the Engine which result,under normal use and service, from a defect in material or factory workmanship (Warrantable Failure).This Coverage begins with the sale of the Engine by Cummins and ends five years or 100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers),whichever occurs first,after the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user. Engine aftertreatment components included in the Cummins Critical Parts List (CPL)and marked with a Cummins part number are covered under Base Engine Warranty. Additional Coverage is outlined in the Emission Warranty section. These Warranties are made to all Owners in the chain of distribution and Coverage continues to all subsequent Owners until the end of the periods of Coverage. Cummins Responsibilities Cummins will pay for all parts and labor needed to repair the damage to the Engine resulting from a Warrantable Failure. Cummins will pay for the lubricating oil,antifreeze, filter elements,belts,hoses and other maintenance items that are not reusable due to the Warrantable Failure. Cummins will pay for reasonable labor costs for Engine removal and reinstallation when necessary to repair a Warrantable Failure. Cummins will pay reasonable costs for towing a vehicle disabled by a Warrantable Failure to the nearest authorized repair location.In lieu of the towing expense,Cummins will pay reasonable costs for mechanics to travel to and from the location of the vehicle,including meals,mileage and lodging when the repair is performed at the site of the failure. Owner Responsibilities Owner is responsible for the operation and maintenance of the Engine as specified in Cummins Operation and Maintenance Manuals.Owner is also responsible for providing proof that all recommended maintenance has been performed. Before the expiration of the applicable Warranty, Owner must notify a Cummins distributor,authorized dealer or other repair location approved by Cummins of any Warrantable Failure and make the Engine available for repair by such facility.Except for Engines disabled by a Warrantable Failure,Owner must also deliver the Engine to the repair facility. Service locations are listed on the Cummins Worldwide Service Locator at cummins.com. Owner is responsible for the cost of lubricating oil, antifreeze,filter elements and other maintenance items provided during Warranty repairs unless such items are not reusable due to the Warrantable Failure. Owner is responsible for communication expenses, meals,lodging and similar costs incurred as a result of a Warrantable Failure. Owner is responsible for non-Engine repairs and for ‘‘downtime’’expenses,cargo damage,fines,all applicable taxes,all business costs and other losses resulting from a Warrantable Failure. Owner is responsible for a $100 (U.S.Dollars) deductible per each service visit under this plan in the 3rd,4th and 5th years of Base Engine Warranty.The deductible will not be charged during the first 2 years of the Base Engine Warranty. Limitations Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse or neglect,including,but not limited to:operation without adequate coolants or lubricants;overfueling; overspeeding;lack of maintenance of lubricating, cooling or intake systems;improper storage,starting, warm-up,run-in or shutdown practices;unauthorized modifications of the Engine. Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty. Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by incorrect oil,fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water, dirt or other contaminants in the fuel,oil or diesel Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 exhaust fluid. This Warranty does not apply to accessories supplied by Cummins which bear the name of another company.Such non-warranted accessories include,but are not limited to:alternators,starters,fans,air conditioning compressors,clutches,filters, transmissions,torque converters,vacuum pumps, power steering pumps,fan drives and air compressors. Cummins branded alternators and starters are covered for the first two years from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user,or the expiration of the Base Engine Warranty,whichever occurs first. Failures resulting in excessive oil consumption are not covered beyond the duration of the Coverage or 100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers)or 7,000 hours from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user, whichever of the three occurs first.Before a claim for excessive oil consumption will be considered,Owner must submit adequate documentation to show that consumption exceeds Cummins published standards. Failures of belts and hoses supplied by Cummins are not covered beyond the first year from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user or the duration of the Warranty,whichever occurs first. Parts used to repair a Warrantable Failure may be new Cummins parts,Cummins approved rebuilt parts or repaired parts.Cummins is not responsible for failures resulting from the use of parts not approved by Cummins. A new Cummins or Cummins approved rebuilt part used to repair a Warrantable Failure assumes the identity of the part it replaced and is entitled to the remaining Coverage hereunder. Cummins Inc.reserves the right to interrogate Electronic Control Module (ECM)data for purposes of failure analysis. CUMMINS DOES NOT COVER WEAR OR WEAROUT OF COVERED PARTS. CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. THIS WARRANTY AND THE EMISSION WARRANTY SET FORTH HEREINAFTER ARE THE SOLE WARRANTIES MADE BY CUMMINS IN REGARD TO THESE ENGINES.CUMMINS MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES,EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,OR OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. This Warranty gives you specific legal rights,and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. Emission Warranty Products Warranted This Emission Warranty applies to new Engines marketed by Cummins that are used in the United States**in vehicles designed for transporting persons or property on a street or highway.This Warranty applies to Engines delivered to the first user on or after September 1,1992. Coverage Cummins warrants to the first user and each subsequent purchaser that the Engine is designed, built and equipped so as to conform at the time of sale by Cummins with all U.S.federal emission regulations applicable at the time of manufacture and that it is free from defects in material or factory workmanship which would cause it not to meet these regulations within the longer of the following periods:(A)Five years or 100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers)of operation, whichever occurs first,as measured from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user or (B)The Base Engine Warranty. If the vehicle in which the Engine is installed is registered in the state of California,a separate California Emission Warranty also applies. Limitations Failures,other than those resulting from defects in material or factory workmanship,are not covered by this Warranty. Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse or neglect,including,but not limited to:operation without adequate coolants or lubricants;overfueling; overspeeding;lack of maintenance of lubricating, cooling or intake systems;improper storage,starting, warm-up,run-in or shutdown practices;unauthorized modifications of the Engine. Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty. Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by incorrect oil,fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water, dirt or other contaminants in the fuel,oil or diesel exhaust fluid. Cummins is not responsible for non-Engine repairs, ‘‘downtime’’expenses,cargo damage,fines,all applicable taxes,all business costs or other losses resulting from a Warrantable Failure. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Cummins Inc. Box 3005 Columbus, IN 47202-3005 U.S.A. Bulletin 3381161 Printed in U.S.A. Rev. 08/09 ©2001 Cummins Inc. CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. *Airport operated crash trucks and fire department operated trucks employed to respond to fires, hazardous material releases,rescue and other emergency-type situations. **United States includes American Samoa,the Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands,Guam, Puerto Rico and the U.S.Virgin Islands. Cummins Inc. Box 3005 Columbus,IN 47202-3005 U.S.A. Bulletin 3381161PrintedinU.S.A.Rev.08/092001CumminsInc. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Custom Chassis Two (2) Years or 36,000 Miles Limited Warranty This Limited Warranty Coverage Ends After the First Occurrence of: RFW0102 - Custom Chassis - 2Y-36K - 2403 Two (2) Years or 36,000 Miles 2403 Custom Chassis Subject to the provisions, limitations, and exclusions set forth in this certificate, Spartan Fire, LLC (“OEM”) extends the following Limited Warranty to the Purchaser of a Custom Chassis (the “Product”) manufactured by OEM for a fire apparatus vehicle (the "Apparatus"). As used herein, “Purchaser” means that person or entity which purchases and commences first commercial use of the Apparatus for its intended purpose. This Limited Warranty Covers: Specific Exclusions and Conditions The Product shall be free from defects in material and workmanship, under normal use and maintenance, for the warranty period described below in this certificate. Also see the Section herein entitled “Specific Exclusions and Conditions” for more details regarding the parts and components covered by this Limited Warranty. This Limited Warranty Coverage will Begin: The date the Product is placed into service by the Purchaser or thirty (30) days after the date of the Product invoice to the Purchaser, whichever comes first. Except as excluded in this certificate, this Limited Warranty covers Product parts, components, and subsystems manufactured by OEM. Parts, components and subsystems excluded from this Limited Warranty include, but are not limited to: normal maintenance parts and activities such as lubrication, oil and filter replacement, belt adjustment, brake adjustment, door check strap adjustment, and vehicle alignments; parts subject to normal wear including, but not limited to, batteries, tires, brakes, belts, hoses, lights and bulbs, electrical accessories, voltage regulator, flashers, windshield wipers, etc.; frame and structure if altered by welding, cutting or splicing, or improper drilling of rail flanges without OEM's prior written approval; any part, component, or subsystem not installed on the Product at the time it is shipped from OEM's factory; parts, components and subsystems subject to separate OEM limited warranties such as, but not limited to, the Apparatus's engine emissions system, electrical system, multiplex electronic system, frame, aerial device, hydraulic system, body structure, cab structure, paint system, or plumbing system. Who is Covered by this Limited Warranty: This Limited Warranty only applies to Purchaser and, unless required by applicable law, may not be assigned or transferred to any other person or entity without OEM’s prior written authorization. This Limited Warranty is valid only in the country in which the Product is first sold. How to Obtain Warranty Service: See the Operator Manual(s) for instructions on how to register the Product, to obtain warranty repair authorization and service, and to make arrangements for the Product to be transported to an OEM-authorized service facility for warranty service. All warranty service and towing must be authorized by an OEM customer service representative before any warranty or towing service is performed. OEM shall not be responsible for, or reimburse Purchaser for, any costs or expenses relating to unauthorized warranty service or towing. Purchaser must notify OEM or its authorized customer service representative as soon as possible after discovery of any defect with the Product but in no event more than ten (10) days after discovery. Exclusive Remedy: OEM will, at its option, repair or replace the Product if it is defective in materials or workmanship during the warranty period stated above and covered by this Limited Warranty. Such repair or replacement may be performed at an OEM facility or by an OEM-authorized service facility. Any repaired or replaced Product shall be warranted only for the remainder of the warranty period applicable to the original Product. THIS PARAGRAPH CONTAINS OEM’S SOLE OBLIGATION AND PURCHASER’S EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES FOR ANY DEFECTIVE PRODUCT COVERED BY THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. Third Party Representations: No person or entity is authorized to create any other warranty, obligation or liability in connection with the Product, and OEM is not responsible for any representation, promise or warranty made by any person, dealer, component manufacturer, vehicle manufacturer, or other entity beyond what is expressly stated in this Limited Warranty. Disclaimer of Other Warranties: THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS OEM’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT. EXCEPT FOR THE LIMITED WARRANTIES STATED IN THIS CERTIFICATE, OEM MAKES NO OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER REGARDING THE PRODUCT INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, OR ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, ALL OF WHICH ARE EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES MAY NOT BE DISCLAIMED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, SUCH WARRANTIES ARE EXPRESSLY LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY STATED IN THIS CERTIFICATE. Limitation of Liability: IN NO EVENT SHALL OEM BE LIABLE TO PURCHASER OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, ENHANCED, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THE PRODUCT OR OTHERWISE (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST REVENUE, LOST PROFITS, LOSS OF OPPORTUNITIES, LOSS OF USE, DOWN TIME, DIMINUTION IN VALUE, COST OF ALTERNATIVE TRANSPORTATION, INCONVENIENCE, COST OF LODGING, VEHICLE RENTAL EXPENSES, LABOR CHARGES, EQUIPMENT RENTAL CHARGES OR OTHER ECONOMIC LOSSES), WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF OEM HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITIES OF SUCH DAMAGES. FURTHER, OEM'S LIABILITY FOR ANY AND ALL WARRANTY CLAIMS HEREUNDER SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT. Dispute Resolution: Any dispute related to this limited warranty, or beach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with their Commercial Arbitration Rules. The arbitration shall take place in the county where the facility that manufactured the truck in question is located. The laws of the state where the truck in question was manufactured shall be applied in any arbitration proceedings, without regard to principles of conflict of law. Each party shall bear its own costs, fees, and expenses. The arbitrator(s) award shall be in writing and include an explanation of the basis for the award. The arbitrator(s) award shall be final and binding and judgment may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. The parties shall maintain the strict confidentiality of the arbitration proceedings and award, unless otherwise required by court order or as necessary to confirm, vacate, or enforce the award and for disclosure in confidence to the parties’ professional advisors (legal/tax), or senior management personnel. General Exclusions and Conditions; What This Limited Warranty Does Not Cover: The Product may incorporate subsystems, assemblies, parts, components, and other items manufactured by third-party manufacturers which may include, but are not limited to, chassis, engine and emissions system, transmission, transfer case, axles, suspensions, water pumps, monitors, valves, foam systems, aerial devices (each, a “Third-Party Part” and collectively, the “Third-Party Parts”). OEM does not warrant Third-Party Parts. Defects in materials and workmanship related to Third-Party Parts that carry their own warranty are subject to that warranty. OEM hereby assigns to Purchaser any assignable warranty applicable to the Third-Party Parts. The previous sentence is OEM’s sole obligation with respect to Third-Party Parts. This Limited Warranty does not apply to, and OEM shall have no responsibility or liability for, any claim, loss or damage resulting from or caused by any of the following: (a) normal wear and tear; (b) misuse, carelessness, abuse or neglect (e.g. overloading, driving over curbs or exposure to corrosive or flooded environments); (c) improper handling, storage or repairs; (d) use of the Product other than for its intended purpose; (e) collision, fire, theft, vandalism; (f) weather, freezing, flooding, acts of God, or other casualties; (g) exposure to salt, acids, corrosive agents or other damaging chemicals or materials; (h) components or systems, whether new or used, provided by Purchaser and installed at its request; (i) when the odometer or hour meter is disconnected, or its reading has been altered, or actual mileage or hours cannot be determined; (j) improper maintenance or use including, but not limited to, failure to follow the required or recommended maintenance schedules, failure to maintain operating parameters, and failure to follow operating instructions; (k) any Third-Party Parts; (l) additions or accessories not originally installed by OEM, including ancillary equipment used in firefighting, and any problems resulting from such additions or accessories; (m) any “aftermarket” devices installed on the Product; (n) the repair or modification of any existing part, component or subsystem originally installed by OEM without its prior express written authorization and any problems resulting from such repair or modification. Further, this Limited Warranty shall be null and void if the Product is ever leased or rented, whether or not for compensation, to another person or entity. Miscellaneous Terms: OEM reserves the right to make changes to the Product without incurring any obligation to modify or improve previously manufactured parts or products. Further, OEM may respond to or correct any issue or complaint for which it does not otherwise have responsibility under this Limited Warranty without becoming obligated to respond to or correct any future issue or complaint of a same or similar nature, and such response or correction shall not constitute an admission of warranty coverage or impose any additional obligations on OEM. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Fire Apparatus Ten (10) Years or 100,000 Miles Limited Warranty This Limited Warranty Coverage Ends After the First Occurrence of: RFW0602 - Cab Structure (Aluminum) - 10Y-100K - 2403 Ten (10) Years or 100,000 Miles 2403 Cab Structure (Aluminum) Subject to the provisions, limitations, and exclusions set forth in this certificate, Spartan Fire, LLC (“OEM”) extends the following Limited Warranty to the Purchaser of a fire apparatus vehicle manufactured by OEM (the "Apparatus"). As used herein, “Purchaser” means that person or entity which purchases and commences first commercial use of the Product for its intended purpose. This Limited Warranty Covers: Specific Exclusions and Conditions The Apparatus’s chassis aluminum cab structure system (the “Product”) shall be free from defects in material and workmanship, under normal use and maintenance, for the warranty period described below in this certificate. Also see the Section herein entitled “Specific Exclusions and Conditions” for more details regarding the parts and components covered by this Limited Warranty. This Limited Warranty Coverage will Begin: The date the Product is placed into service by the Purchaser or thirty (30) days after the date of the Product invoice to the Purchaser, whichever comes first. This Limited Warranty only covers defects in the material and workmanship of the welded or bonded aluminum cab structural aspects of the Product. Parts, components and subsystems excluded from this Limited Warranty include, but are not limited to, the exterior coating, corrosion damage, electrical system, equipment mounting, doors, door hardware, glass, HVAC, switches, instruments, controls, seats, occupant protection, trim parts, upholstery, lighting, mounting components, fasteners or hardware. Who is Covered by this Limited Warranty: This Limited Warranty only applies to Purchaser and, unless required by applicable law, may not be assigned or transferred to any other person or entity without OEM’s prior written authorization. This Limited Warranty is valid only in the country in which the Product is first sold. How to Obtain Warranty Service: See the Operator Manual(s) for instructions on how to register the Product, to obtain warranty repair authorization and service, and to make arrangements for the Product to be transported to an OEM-authorized service facility for warranty service. All warranty service and towing must be authorized by an OEM customer service representative before any warranty or towing service is performed. OEM shall not be responsible for, or reimburse Purchaser for, any costs or expenses relating to unauthorized warranty service or towing. Purchaser must notify OEM or its authorized customer service representative as soon as possible after discovery of any defect with the Product but in no event more than ten (10) days after discovery. Exclusive Remedy: OEM will, at its option, repair or replace the Product if it is defective in materials or workmanship during the warranty period stated above and covered by this Limited Warranty. Such repair or replacement may be performed at an OEM facility or by an OEM-authorized service facility. Any repaired or replaced Product shall be warranted only for the remainder of the warranty period applicable to the original Product. THIS PARAGRAPH CONTAINS OEM’S SOLE OBLIGATION AND PURCHASER’S EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES FOR ANY DEFECTIVE PRODUCT COVERED BY THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. Third Party Representations: No person or entity is authorized to create any other warranty, obligation or liability in connection with the Product, and OEM is not responsible for any representation, promise or warranty made by any person, dealer, component manufacturer, vehicle manufacturer, or other entity beyond what is expressly stated in this Limited Warranty. Disclaimer of Other Warranties: THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS OEM’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT. EXCEPT FOR THE LIMITED WARRANTIES STATED IN THIS CERTIFICATE, OEM MAKES NO OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER REGARDING THE PRODUCT INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, OR ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, ALL OF WHICH ARE EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES MAY NOT BE DISCLAIMED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, SUCH WARRANTIES ARE EXPRESSLY LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY STATED IN THIS CERTIFICATE. Limitation of Liability: IN NO EVENT SHALL OEM BE LIABLE TO PURCHASER OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, ENHANCED, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THE PRODUCT OR OTHERWISE (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST REVENUE, LOST PROFITS, LOSS OF OPPORTUNITIES, LOSS OF USE, DOWN TIME, DIMINUTION IN VALUE, COST OF ALTERNATIVE TRANSPORTATION, INCONVENIENCE, COST OF LODGING, VEHICLE RENTAL EXPENSES, LABOR CHARGES, EQUIPMENT RENTAL CHARGES OR OTHER ECONOMIC LOSSES), WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF OEM HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITIES OF SUCH DAMAGES. FURTHER, OEM'S LIABILITY FOR ANY AND ALL WARRANTY CLAIMS HEREUNDER SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT. Dispute Resolution: Any dispute related to this limited warranty, or beach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with their Commercial Arbitration Rules. The arbitration shall take place in the county where the facility that manufactured the truck in question is located. The laws of the state where the truck in question was manufactured shall be applied in any arbitration proceedings, without regard to principles of conflict of law. Each party shall bear its own costs, fees, and expenses. The arbitrator(s) award shall be in writing and include an explanation of the basis for the award. The arbitrator(s) award shall be final and binding and judgment may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. The parties shall maintain the strict confidentiality of the arbitration proceedings and award, unless otherwise required by court order or as necessary to confirm, vacate, or enforce the award and for disclosure in confidence to the parties’ professional advisors (legal/tax), or senior management personnel. General Exclusions and Conditions; What This Limited Warranty Does Not Cover: The Product may incorporate subsystems, assemblies, parts, components, and other items manufactured by third-party manufacturers which may include, but are not limited to, chassis, engine and emissions system, transmission, transfer case, axles, suspensions, water pumps, monitors, valves, foam systems, aerial devices (each, a “Third-Party Part” and collectively, the “Third-Party Parts”). OEM does not warrant Third-Party Parts. Defects in materials and workmanship related to Third-Party Parts that carry their own warranty are subject to that warranty. OEM hereby assigns to Purchaser any assignable warranty applicable to the Third-Party Parts. The previous sentence is OEM’s sole obligation with respect to Third-Party Parts. This Limited Warranty does not apply to, and OEM shall have no responsibility or liability for, any claim, loss or damage resulting from or caused by any of the following: (a) normal wear and tear; (b) misuse, carelessness, abuse or neglect (e.g. overloading, driving over curbs or exposure to corrosive or flooded environments); (c) improper handling, storage or repairs; (d) use of the Product other than for its intended purpose; (e) collision, fire, theft, vandalism; (f) weather, freezing, flooding, acts of God, or other casualties; (g) exposure to salt, acids, corrosive agents or other damaging chemicals or materials; (h) components or systems, whether new or used, provided by Purchaser and installed at its request; (i) when the odometer or hour meter is disconnected, or its reading has been altered, or actual mileage or hours cannot be determined; (j) improper maintenance or use including, but not limited to, failure to follow the required or recommended maintenance schedules, failure to maintain operating parameters, and failure to follow operating instructions; (k) any Third-Party Parts; (l) additions or accessories not originally installed by OEM, including ancillary equipment used in firefighting, and any problems resulting from such additions or accessories; (m) any “aftermarket” devices installed on the Product; (n) the repair or modification of any existing part, component or subsystem originally installed by OEM without its prior express written authorization and any problems resulting from such repair or modification. Further, this Limited Warranty shall be null and void if the Product is ever leased or rented, whether or not for compensation, to another person or entity. Miscellaneous Terms: OEM reserves the right to make changes to the Product without incurring any obligation to modify or improve previously manufactured parts or products. Further, OEM may respond to or correct any issue or complaint for which it does not otherwise have responsibility under this Limited Warranty without becoming obligated to respond to or correct any future issue or complaint of a same or similar nature, and such response or correction shall not constitute an admission of warranty coverage or impose any additional obligations on OEM. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Important “Participating OEM & Allison Distributor/Dealer Warranty Document Only” The following warranty statement is for transmissions purchased by Participating OEMs (Original Equipment Manufacturers) and by Allison Transmission Distributor/Dealers. The term Participating means that the OEM participates in the warranty coverage provided by Allison Transmission and utilizes Allison Transmission authorized Distributor/Dealer network for warranty repairs. In the event that an OEM is a Non-Participating OEM then the OEM provides the warranty to the customer by utilizing their own network for warranty repairs. Please refer to your vehicle’s operator/owner’s manual and or selling vehicle dealer for powertrain coverage. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 NEW PRODUCT WARRANTY PARTICIPATING OEM SALES DISTRIBUTOR SALES LIMITED WARRANTY ON NEW ALLISON AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS USED IN ON-HIGHWAY TRUCK APPLICATIONS OTHER THAN AUTOMOTIVE FIRE APPARATUS APPLICATIONS Allison Transmission will provide for repairs or replacement, at its option, during the warranty period of each new Allison transmission listed below that is installed in an On-Highway Truck other than Automotive Fire Apparatus in accordance with the following terms, conditions, and limitations. WHAT IS COVERED h WARRANTY APPLIES — This warranty is for new Allison transmission models listed below installed in an On-Highway Truck other than Line Haul and Automotive Fire Apparatus and is provided to the original and any subsequent owner(s) of the vehicle during the warranty period. h REPAIRS COVERED — The warranty covers repairs or replacement, at Allison Transmission’s option, to correct any transmission malfunction resulting from defects in material or workmanship occurring during the warranty period. Needed repairs or replacements will be performed using the method Allison Transmission determines most appropriate under the circumstances. h TOWING — Towing is covered to the nearest Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to your transmission. h PAYMENT TERMS — Warranty repairs, including parts and labor, will be covered per the schedule shown in the chart contained in section “APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE.” h OBTAINING REPAIRS — To obtain warranty repairs, take the vehicle to any Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer within a reasonable amount of time and request the needed repairs. A reasonable amount of time must be allowed for the Distributor or Dealer to perform necessary repairs. h TRANSMISSION REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION — Labor costs for the removal and re-installation of the transmission, when necessary to make a warranty repair, are covered by this warranty. h WARRANTY PERIOD — The warranty period for all coverages shall begin on the date the transmission is delivered to the first retail purchaser, with the following exception: Demonstration Service - A transmission in a new truck or bus may be demonstrated to a total of 5000 miles (8000 kilometers). If the vehicle is within this limit when sold to a retail purchaser, the warranty start date is the date of purchase. Normal warranty services are applicable to the demonstrating Dealer. Should the truck or bus be sold to a retail purchaser after these limits are reached, the warranty period will begin on the date the vehicle was first placed in demonstration service and the purchaser will be entitled to the remaining warranty. The warranty period for all coverages shall end at the expiration of the coverage set forth below: APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE WARRANTY LIMITATIONS (Whichever occurs first) ADJUSTMENT CHARGE TO BE PAID BY THE CUSTOMER APPLICABLE MODELS Months Transmission Miles Or Kilometers Parts Labor MD, MT, HD, HT, 3000, 3500, 4000, 4500, 4700, 4800, 3000 HS, 4000 HS, 4500 HS, 3000 RDS, 3500 RDS, 4000 RDS, 4500 RDS, 4700 RDS 0–24* No Limit No Charge No Charge AT, 1000 Series™, 2000 Series™, 2400 Series™, 1000, 2100, 2200, 2500, 1000 HS, 2100 HS, 2200 HS, 2350 HS, 2500 HS, 2550 HS, 1000 RDS, 2100 RDS, 2200 RDS, 2350 RDS, 2500 RDS, 2550 RDS 0–36* No Limit No Charge No Charge Emergency Vehicle Use Only 1000 EVS, 2100 EVS, 2200 EVS, 2500 EVS, 3000 EVS, 3500 EVS, 4000, 4000 EVS, 4500, 4500 EVS, 4700, 4700 EVS, 4800, 4800 EVS 0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge * Effective July 2006, the Allison transmission in your vehicle may be covered by additional extended coverage, dependent on the Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) which manufactured your vehicle. This additional coverage requires continued use of Allison TranSynd™ synthetic transmission fluid and genuine Allison filters. Please consult your OEM Dealer or authorized Allison Transmission Distributor or Dealer for specific information. Page 1 of 2 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 WHAT IS NOT COVERED h DAMAGE DUE TO ACCIDENT, MISUSE, or ALTERATION Defects and damage caused as the result of any of the following are not covered: — Flood, collision, fire, theft, freezing, vandalism, riot, explosion, or objects striking the vehicle; — Misuse of the vehicle; — Installation into unapproved applications and installations; — Alterations or modification of the transmission or the vehicle, and — Damage resulting from improper storage (refer to long-term storage procedure outlined in the applicable Allison Service Manual) — Anything other than defects in Allison Transmission material or workmanship NOTE: This warranty is void on transmissions used in vehicles currently or previously titled as salvaged, scrapped, junked, or totaled. h CHASSIS, BODY, and COMPONENTS — The chassis and body company (assemblers) and other component and equipment manufacturers are solely responsible for warranties on the chassis, body, component(s), and equipment they provide. Any transmission repair caused by an alteration(s) made to the Allison transmission or the vehicle which allows the transmission to be installed or operated outside of the limits defined in the appropriate Allison Installation Guideline is solely the responsibility of the entity making the alteration(s). h DAMAGE CAUSED by LACK of MAINTENANCE or by the USE of TRANSMISSION FLUIDS NOT RECOMMENDED in the OPERATOR’S MANUAL — Defects and damage caused by any of the following are not covered: • Failure to follow the recommendations of the maintenance schedule intervals applicable to the transmission; • Failure to use transmission fluids or maintain transmission fluid levels recommended in the Operator’s Manual. h MAINTENANCE — Normal maintenance (such as replacement of filters, screens, and transmission fluid) is not covered and is the owner’s responsibility. h REPAIRS by UNAUTHORIZED DEALERS — Defects and damage caused by a service outlet that is not an authorized Allison Transmission Distributor or Dealer are not covered. h USE of OTHER THAN GENUINE ALLISON TRANSMISSION PARTS — Defects and damage caused by the use of parts that are not genuine Allison Transmission parts are not covered. h EXTRA EXPENSES — Economic loss and extra expenses are not covered. Examples include but are not limited to: loss of vehicle use; inconvenience; storage; payment for loss of time or pay; vehicle rental expense; lodging; meals; or other travel costs. h “DENIED PARTY” OWNERSHIP — Warranty repair parts and labor costs are not reimbursed to any participating or non-participating OEMs, dealers or distributors who perform warranty work for, or on behalf of, end users identified by the United States as being a “denied party” or who are citizens of sanctioned or embargoed countries as defined by the U.S. Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control. Furthermore, warranty reimbursements are not guaranteed if the reimbursement would be contrary to any United States export control laws or regulations as defined by the U.S. Department of Commerce, the U.S. Department of State, or the U.S. Department of Treasury. OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO CONSUMERS AS DEFINED by the MAGNUSON-MOSS WARRANTY ACT This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. Allison Transmission does not authorize any person to create for it any other obligation or liability in connection with these transmissions. ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLICABLE TO THESE TRANSMISSIONS IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY. PERFORMANCE OF REPAIRS AND NEEDED ADJUSTMENTS IS THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY UNDER THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (SUCH AS, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOST WAGES OR VEHICLE RENTAL EXPENSES) RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY.** ** Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty will last or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO OTHER END-USERS THIS WARRANTY IS THE ONLY WARRANTY APPLICABLE TO THE ALLISON TRANSMISSION MODELS LISTED ABOVE AND IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ALLISON TRANSMISSION DOES NOT AUTHORIZE ANY PERSON TO CREATE FOR IT ANY OTHER OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH TRANSMISSIONS. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY. QUESTIONS If you have any questions regarding this warranty or the performance of warranty obligations, you may contact any Allison Transmission Distributor or Dealer or write to: Allison Transmission General Motors Corporation P.O. Box 894 Indianapolis, IN 46206-0894 Attention: Warranty Administration 462-470-PF9 Form SE0617EN (200606) Page 2 of 2 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Custom Chassis Lifetime (50) Years or 250,000 Miles Limited Warranty This Limited Warranty Coverage Ends After the First Occurrence of: RFW0305 - Frame Rail - 50Y-250K - 2403 Lifetime (50) Years or 250,000 Miles 2403 Frame Rail Subject to the provisions, limitations, and exclusions set forth in this certificate, Spartan Fire, LLC (“OEM”) extends the following Limited Warranty to the Purchaser of a fire apparatus vehicle manufactured by OEM (the "Apparatus"). As used herein, “Purchaser” means that person or entity which purchases and commences first commercial use of the Product for its intended purpose. This Limited Warranty Covers: Specific Exclusions and Conditions The Custom Chassis' frame rail (the “Product”) shall be free from defects in material and workmanship, under normal use and maintenance, for the warranty period described below in this certificate. Also see the Section herein entitled “Specific Exclusions and Conditions” for more details regarding the parts and components covered by this Limited Warranty. This Limited Warranty Coverage will Begin: The date the Product is placed into service by the Purchaser or thirty (30) days after the date of the Product invoice to the Purchaser, whichever comes first. This Limited Warranty only covers breaking or cracking of factory installed frame rails. Parts, components and subsystems excluded from this Limited Warranty include, but are not limited to, parts with evidence of alterations, cutting, splicing, welding or drilling of rails or flanges without the prior written authorization of the OEM; damage resulting from corrosion, including but not limited to, exposure to salt, deicing agents, acidic material, or other damaging chemicals or materials; any item that is bolted to the frame rail including the item attachment hardware (bolts, nuts, etc.); and paint, undercoating, or other surface treatments. Who is Covered by this Limited Warranty: This Limited Warranty only applies to Purchaser and, unless required by applicable law, may not be assigned or transferred to any other person or entity without OEM’s prior written authorization. This Limited Warranty is valid only in the country in which the Product is first sold. How to Obtain Warranty Service: See the Operator Manual(s) for instructions on how to register the Product, to obtain warranty repair authorization and service, and to make arrangements for the Product to be transported to an OEM-authorized service facility for warranty service. All warranty service and towing must be authorized by an OEM customer service representative before any warranty or towing service is performed. OEM shall not be responsible for, or reimburse Purchaser for, any costs or expenses relating to unauthorized warranty service or towing. Purchaser must notify OEM or its authorized customer service representative as soon as possible after discovery of any defect with the Product but in no event more than ten (10) days after discovery. Exclusive Remedy: OEM will, at its option, repair or replace the Product if it is defective in materials or workmanship during the warranty period stated above and covered by this Limited Warranty. Such repair or replacement may be performed at an OEM facility or by an OEM-authorized service facility. Any repaired or replaced Product shall be warranted only for the remainder of the warranty period applicable to the original Product. THIS PARAGRAPH CONTAINS OEM’S SOLE OBLIGATION AND PURCHASER’S EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES FOR ANY DEFECTIVE PRODUCT COVERED BY THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. Third Party Representations: No person or entity is authorized to create any other warranty, obligation or liability in connection with the Product, and OEM is not responsible for any representation, promise or warranty made by any person, dealer, component manufacturer, vehicle manufacturer, or other entity beyond what is expressly stated in this Limited Warranty. Disclaimer of Other Warranties: THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS OEM’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT. EXCEPT FOR THE LIMITED WARRANTIES STATED IN THIS CERTIFICATE, OEM MAKES NO OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER REGARDING THE PRODUCT INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, OR ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, ALL OF WHICH ARE EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES MAY NOT BE DISCLAIMED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, SUCH WARRANTIES ARE EXPRESSLY LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY STATED IN THIS CERTIFICATE. Limitation of Liability: IN NO EVENT SHALL OEM BE LIABLE TO PURCHASER OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, ENHANCED, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THE PRODUCT OR OTHERWISE (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST REVENUE, LOST PROFITS, LOSS OF OPPORTUNITIES, LOSS OF USE, DOWN TIME, DIMINUTION IN VALUE, COST OF ALTERNATIVE TRANSPORTATION, INCONVENIENCE, COST OF LODGING, VEHICLE RENTAL EXPENSES, LABOR CHARGES, EQUIPMENT RENTAL CHARGES OR OTHER ECONOMIC LOSSES), WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF OEM HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITIES OF SUCH DAMAGES. FURTHER, OEM'S LIABILITY FOR ANY AND ALL WARRANTY CLAIMS HEREUNDER SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT. Dispute Resolution: Any dispute related to this limited warranty, or beach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with their Commercial Arbitration Rules. The arbitration shall take place in the county where the facility that manufactured the truck in question is located. The laws of the state where the truck in question was manufactured shall be applied in any arbitration proceedings, without regard to principles of conflict of law. Each party shall bear its own costs, fees, and expenses. The arbitrator(s) award shall be in writing and include an explanation of the basis for the award. The arbitrator(s) award shall be final and binding and judgment may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. The parties shall maintain the strict confidentiality of the arbitration proceedings and award, unless otherwise required by court order or as necessary to confirm, vacate, or enforce the award and for disclosure in confidence to the parties’ professional advisors (legal/tax), or senior management personnel. General Exclusions and Conditions; What This Limited Warranty Does Not Cover: The Product may incorporate subsystems, assemblies, parts, components, and other items manufactured by third-party manufacturers which may include, but are not limited to, chassis, engine and emissions system, transmission, transfer case, axles, suspensions, water pumps, monitors, valves, foam systems, aerial devices (each, a “Third-Party Part” and collectively, the “Third-Party Parts”). OEM does not warrant Third-Party Parts. Defects in materials and workmanship related to Third-Party Parts that carry their own warranty are subject to that warranty. OEM hereby assigns to Purchaser any assignable warranty applicable to the Third-Party Parts. The previous sentence is OEM’s sole obligation with respect to Third-Party Parts. This Limited Warranty does not apply to, and OEM shall have no responsibility or liability for, any claim, loss or damage resulting from or caused by any of the following: (a) normal wear and tear; (b) misuse, carelessness, abuse or neglect (e.g. overloading, driving over curbs or exposure to corrosive or flooded environments); (c) improper handling, storage or repairs; (d) use of the Product other than for its intended purpose; (e) collision, fire, theft, vandalism; (f) weather, freezing, flooding, acts of God, or other casualties; (g) exposure to salt, acids, corrosive agents or other damaging chemicals or materials; (h) components or systems, whether new or used, provided by Purchaser and installed at its request; (i) when the odometer or hour meter is disconnected, or its reading has been altered, or actual mileage or hours cannot be determined; (j) improper maintenance or use including, but not limited to, failure to follow the required or recommended maintenance schedules, failure to maintain operating parameters, and failure to follow operating instructions; (k) any Third-Party Parts; (l) additions or accessories not originally installed by OEM, including ancillary equipment used in firefighting, and any problems resulting from such additions or accessories; (m) any “aftermarket” devices installed on the Product; (n) the repair or modification of any existing part, component or subsystem originally installed by OEM without its prior express written authorization and any problems resulting from such repair or modification. Further, this Limited Warranty shall be null and void if the Product is ever leased or rented, whether or not for compensation, to another person or entity. Miscellaneous Terms: OEM reserves the right to make changes to the Product without incurring any obligation to modify or improve previously manufactured parts or products. Further, OEM may respond to or correct any issue or complaint for which it does not otherwise have responsibility under this Limited Warranty without becoming obligated to respond to or correct any future issue or complaint of a same or similar nature, and such response or correction shall not constitute an admission of warranty coverage or impose any additional obligations on OEM. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 RFW0710 - PPG Paint and Finish (Exterior Clear coated) - 10Y - 2408 Ten (10) Years How to Obtain Warranty Service: See the Operator Manual(s) for instructions on how to register the Product, to obtain warranty repair authorization and service, and to make arrangements for the Product to be transported to an OEM-authorized service facility for warranty service. All warranty service and towing must be authorized by an OEM customer service representative before any warranty or towing service is performed. OEM shall not be responsible for, or reimburse Purchaser for, any costs or expenses relating to unauthorized warranty service or towing. Purchaser must notify OEM or its authorized customer service representative as soon as possible after discovery of any defect with the Product but in no event more than ten (10) days after discovery. Who is Covered by this Limited Warranty: This Limited Warranty only applies to Purchaser and, unless required by applicable law, may not be assigned or transferred to any other person or entity without OEM’s prior written authorization. This Limited Warranty is valid only in the country in which the Product is first sold. General Exclusions and Conditions; What This Limited Warranty Does Not Cover: The Product may incorporate subsystems, assemblies, parts, components, and other items manufactured by third-party manufacturers which may include, but are not limited to, chassis, engine and emissions system, transmission, transfer case, axles, suspensions, water pumps, monitors, valves, foam systems, aerial devices (each, a “Third-Party Part” and collectively, the “Third-Party Parts”). OEM does not warrant Third-Party Parts. Defects in materials and workmanship related to Third-Party Parts that carry their own warranty are subject to that warranty. OEM hereby assigns to Purchaser any assignable warranty applicable to the Third-Party Parts. The previous sentence is OEM’s sole obligation with respect to Third-Party Parts. This Limited Warranty does not apply to, and OEM shall have no responsibility or liability for, any claim, loss or damage resulting from or caused by any of the following: (a) normal wear and tear; (b) misuse, carelessness, abuse or neglect (e.g. overloading, driving over curbs or exposure to corrosive or flooded environments); (c) improper handling, storage or repairs; (d) use of the Product other than for its intended purpose; (e) collision, fire, theft, vandalism; (f) weather, freezing, flooding, acts of God, or other casualties; (g) exposure to salt, acids, corrosive agents or other damaging chemicals or materials; (h) components or systems, whether new or used, provided by Purchaser and installed at its request; (i) when the odometer or hour meter is disconnected, or its reading has been altered, or actual mileage or hours cannot be determined; (j) improper maintenance or use including, but not limited to, failure to follow the required or recommended maintenance schedules, failure to maintain operating parameters, and failure to follow operating instructions; (k) any Third-Party Parts; (l) additions or accessories not originally installed by OEM, including ancillary equipment used in firefighting, and any problems resulting from such additions or accessories; (m) any “aftermarket” devices installed on the Product; (n) the repair or modification of any existing part, component or subsystem originally installed by OEM without its prior express written authorization and any problems resulting from such repair or modification. Further, this Limited Warranty shall be null and void if the Product is ever leased or rented, whether or not for compensation, to another person or entity. Exclusive Remedy: OEM will, at its option, repair or replace the Product if it is defective in materials or workmanship during the warranty period stated above and covered by this Limited Warranty. Such repair or replacement may be performed at an OEM facility or by an OEM-authorized service facility. Any repaired or replaced Product shall be warranted only for the remainder of the warranty period applicable to the original Product. THIS PARAGRAPH CONTAINS OEM’S SOLE OBLIGATION AND PURCHASER’S EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES FOR ANY DEFECTIVE PRODUCT COVERED BY THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. Third Party Representations: No person or entity is authorized to create any other warranty, obligation or liability in connection with the Product, and OEM is not responsible for any representation, promise or warranty made by any person, dealer, component manufacturer, vehicle manufacturer, or other entity beyond what is expressly stated in this Limited Warranty. Disclaimer of Other Warranties: THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS OEM’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT. EXCEPT FOR THE LIMITED WARRANTIES STATED IN THIS CERTIFICATE, OEM MAKES NO OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER REGARDING THE PRODUCT INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, OR ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, ALL OF WHICH ARE EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES MAY NOT BE DISCLAIMED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, SUCH WARRANTIES ARE EXPRESSLY LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY STATED IN THIS CERTIFICATE. Limitation of Liability: IN NO EVENT SHALL OEM BE LIABLE TO PURCHASER OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, ENHANCED, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THE PRODUCT OR OTHERWISE (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST REVENUE, LOST PROFITS, LOSS OF OPPORTUNITIES, LOSS OF USE, DOWN TIME, DIMINUTION IN VALUE, COST OF ALTERNATIVE TRANSPORTATION, INCONVENIENCE, COST OF LODGING, VEHICLE RENTAL EXPENSES, LABOR CHARGES, EQUIPMENT RENTAL CHARGES OR OTHER ECONOMIC LOSSES), WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF OEM HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITIES OF SUCH DAMAGES. FURTHER, OEM'S LIABILITY FOR ANY AND ALL WARRANTY CLAIMS HEREUNDER SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT. Miscellaneous Terms: OEM reserves the right to make changes to the Product without incurring any obligation to modify or improve previously manufactured parts or products. Further, OEM may respond to or correct any issue or complaint for which it does not otherwise have responsibility under this Limited Warranty without becoming obligated to respond to or correct any future issue or complaint of a same or similar nature, and such response or correction shall not constitute an admission of warranty coverage or impose any additional obligations on OEM. 2408 PPG Paint and Finish (Exterior Clear coated) Fire Apparatus Ten (10) Years Limited Warranty Subject to the provisions, limitations, and exclusions set forth in this certificate, Spartan Fire, LLC (“OEM”) extends the following Limited Warranty to the Purchaser of a fire apparatus vehicle manufactured by OEM (the Apparatus"). As used herein, “Purchaser” means that person or entity which purchases and commences first commercial use of the Product for its intended purpose. This Limited Warranty Covers:Specific Exclusions and Conditions The Apparatus’s OEM-applied exterior coating and finishing system (the “Product”) shall be free from the paint system adhesion defects listed in the Section herein entitled “Specific Exclusions and Conditions", under normal use and maintenance, for the warranty period described in this certificate. If the Product is manufactured using a chassis provided by a Third-Party Parts manufacturer (i.e. a commercial chassis), this Limited Warranty shall not apply to the chassis. Instead, the Product's chassis will be covered by, and subject to, a separate limited warranty provided by that Third-Party Parts manufacturer. In addition, also see the Section herein entitled “Specific Exclusions and Conditions” for more details regarding this Limited Warranty. This Limited Warranty only covers defects in the following aspects of the Product: Warranty Inclusions: A Peeling or delamination of the topcoat and/or other layers of paint. B Cracking or checking due to failure of the product. C Excessive loss of gloss caused by cracking, checking, and hazing. D Corrosion, prorated to the following schedule, Years 1, 2 - 100%, Year 3, - 75% Year 4 - 50%, Year 5 - 25% or 100,000 miles, whichever comes first. Damage or Defects excluded from this Limited Warranty include, but are not limited to: 1 Paint deterioration caused by blisters or other film degradation due to dissimilar metals or corrosion originating from damage to the paint thickness. 2 Corrosion originatingfrom a crevice/body seam. 3 Hazing, chalking or loss of gloss caused by improper care, abrasive polishes, cleaning agents, heavy- duty pressure washing, or aggressive mechanical wash systems. 4 Paint deterioration caused by abuse, scratches, chips, gloss reduction, accidents, acid rain, chemical fallout or acts of nature. 5 Claims presented without proper Warranty documentation. This Limited Warranty Coverage will Begin: The date the Product is placed into service by the Purchaser or thirty (30) days after the date of the Product invoice to the Purchaser, whichever comes first. This Limited Warranty Coverage Ends After the First Occurrence of: Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Fire Apparatus Two (2) Years or 36,000 Miles Limited Warranty This Limited Warranty Coverage Ends After the First Occurrence of: RFW0202 - Electrical - 2Y-36K - 2403 Two (2) Years or 36,000 Miles 2403 Electrical Subject to the provisions, limitations, and exclusions set forth in this certificate, Spartan Fire, LLC (“OEM”) extends the following Limited Warranty to the Purchaser of a fire apparatus vehicle manufactured by OEM (the "Apparatus"). As used herein, “Purchaser” means that person or entity which purchases and commences first commercial use of the Product for its intended purpose. This Limited Warranty Covers: Specific Exclusions and Conditions The Apparatus’s electrical system (the “Product”) shall be free from defects in material and workmanship, under normal use and maintenance, for the warranty period described below in this certificate. Also see the Section herein entitled “Specific Exclusions and Conditions” for more details regarding the parts and components covered by this Limited Warranty. This Limited Warranty Coverage will Begin: The date the Product is placed into service by the Purchaser or thirty (30) days after the date of the Product invoice to the Purchaser, whichever comes first. This Limited Warranty only covers defects in the main wire harnesses and related circuit protection, connectors, routing, harness clamping, and wire protection of the Product. Parts, components and subsystems excluded from this Limited Warranty include, but are not limited to, electronic devices, lighting, bulbs, sirens, radios, intercoms, ECUs, gauges, switches, occupant protection airbags and pyrotechnics, electronically controlled valves, pressure governors, foam system controls, ABS, ESC, solenoids, and relays. If the Product is manufactured using a chassis provided by a Third-Party Parts manufacturer (i.e. a commercial chassis), this Limited Warranty shall not apply to the chassis. Instead, the Product's chassis will be covered by, and subject to, a separate limited warranty provided by that Third-Party Parts manufacturer. Who is Covered by this Limited Warranty: This Limited Warranty only applies to Purchaser and, unless required by applicable law, may not be assigned or transferred to any other person or entity without OEM’s prior written authorization. This Limited Warranty is valid only in the country in which the Product is first sold. How to Obtain Warranty Service: See the Operator Manual(s) for instructions on how to register the Product, to obtain warranty repair authorization and service, and to make arrangements for the Product to be transported to an OEM-authorized service facility for warranty service. All warranty service and towing must be authorized by an OEM customer service representative before any warranty or towing service is performed. OEM shall not be responsible for, or reimburse Purchaser for, any costs or expenses relating to unauthorized warranty service or towing. Purchaser must notify OEM or its authorized customer service representative as soon as possible after discovery of any defect with the Product but in no event more than ten (10) days after discovery. Exclusive Remedy: OEM will, at its option, repair or replace the Product if it is defective in materials or workmanship during the warranty period stated above and covered by this Limited Warranty. Such repair or replacement may be performed at an OEM facility or by an OEM-authorized service facility. Any repaired or replaced Product shall be warranted only for the remainder of the warranty period applicable to the original Product. THIS PARAGRAPH CONTAINS OEM’S SOLE OBLIGATION AND PURCHASER’S EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES FOR ANY DEFECTIVE PRODUCT COVERED BY THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. Third Party Representations: No person or entity is authorized to create any other warranty, obligation or liability in connection with the Product, and OEM is not responsible for any representation, promise or warranty made by any person, dealer, component manufacturer, vehicle manufacturer, or other entity beyond what is expressly stated in this Limited Warranty. Disclaimer of Other Warranties: THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS OEM’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT. EXCEPT FOR THE LIMITED WARRANTIES STATED IN THIS CERTIFICATE, OEM MAKES NO OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER REGARDING THE PRODUCT INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, OR ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, ALL OF WHICH ARE EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES MAY NOT BE DISCLAIMED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, SUCH WARRANTIES ARE EXPRESSLY LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY STATED IN THIS CERTIFICATE. Limitation of Liability: IN NO EVENT SHALL OEM BE LIABLE TO PURCHASER OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, ENHANCED, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THE PRODUCT OR OTHERWISE (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST REVENUE, LOST PROFITS, LOSS OF OPPORTUNITIES, LOSS OF USE, DOWN TIME, DIMINUTION IN VALUE, COST OF ALTERNATIVE TRANSPORTATION, INCONVENIENCE, COST OF LODGING, VEHICLE RENTAL EXPENSES, LABOR CHARGES, EQUIPMENT RENTAL CHARGES OR OTHER ECONOMIC LOSSES), WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF OEM HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITIES OF SUCH DAMAGES. FURTHER, OEM'S LIABILITY FOR ANY AND ALL WARRANTY CLAIMS HEREUNDER SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT. Dispute Resolution: Any dispute related to this limited warranty, or beach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with their Commercial Arbitration Rules. The arbitration shall take place in the county where the facility that manufactured the truck in question is located. The laws of the state where the truck in question was manufactured shall be applied in any arbitration proceedings, without regard to principles of conflict of law. Each party shall bear its own costs, fees, and expenses. The arbitrator(s) award shall be in writing and include an explanation of the basis for the award. The arbitrator(s) award shall be final and binding and judgment may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. The parties shall maintain the strict confidentiality of the arbitration proceedings and award, unless otherwise required by court order or as necessary to confirm, vacate, or enforce the award and for disclosure in confidence to the parties’ professional advisors (legal/tax), or senior management personnel. General Exclusions and Conditions; What This Limited Warranty Does Not Cover: The Product may incorporate subsystems, assemblies, parts, components, and other items manufactured by third-party manufacturers which may include, but are not limited to, chassis, engine and emissions system, transmission, transfer case, axles, suspensions, water pumps, monitors, valves, foam systems, aerial devices (each, a “Third-Party Part” and collectively, the “Third-Party Parts”). OEM does not warrant Third-Party Parts. Defects in materials and workmanship related to Third-Party Parts that carry their own warranty are subject to that warranty. OEM hereby assigns to Purchaser any assignable warranty applicable to the Third-Party Parts. The previous sentence is OEM’s sole obligation with respect to Third-Party Parts. This Limited Warranty does not apply to, and OEM shall have no responsibility or liability for, any claim, loss or damage resulting from or caused by any of the following: (a) normal wear and tear; (b) misuse, carelessness, abuse or neglect (e.g. overloading, driving over curbs or exposure to corrosive or flooded environments); (c) improper handling, storage or repairs; (d) use of the Product other than for its intended purpose; (e) collision, fire, theft, vandalism; (f) weather, freezing, flooding, acts of God, or other casualties; (g) exposure to salt, acids, corrosive agents or other damaging chemicals or materials; (h) components or systems, whether new or used, provided by Purchaser and installed at its request; (i) when the odometer or hour meter is disconnected, or its reading has been altered, or actual mileage or hours cannot be determined; (j) improper maintenance or use including, but not limited to, failure to follow the required or recommended maintenance schedules, failure to maintain operating parameters, and failure to follow operating instructions; (k) any Third-Party Parts; (l) additions or accessories not originally installed by OEM, including ancillary equipment used in firefighting, and any problems resulting from such additions or accessories; (m) any “aftermarket” devices installed on the Product; (n) the repair or modification of any existing part, component or subsystem originally installed by OEM without its prior express written authorization and any problems resulting from such repair or modification. Further, this Limited Warranty shall be null and void if the Product is ever leased or rented, whether or not for compensation, to another person or entity. Miscellaneous Terms: OEM reserves the right to make changes to the Product without incurring any obligation to modify or improve previously manufactured parts or products. Further, OEM may respond to or correct any issue or complaint for which it does not otherwise have responsibility under this Limited Warranty without becoming obligated to respond to or correct any future issue or complaint of a same or similar nature, and such response or correction shall not constitute an admission of warranty coverage or impose any additional obligations on OEM. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Limited Warranty Subject to the provisions, limitations, and exclusions set forth in this certificate, Spartan Fire, LLC (“OEM”) extends the following Limited Warranty to the Purchaser of a Custom Chassis (the “Product”) manufactured by OEM for a fire apparatus vehicle (the "Apparatus"). As used herein, “Purchaser” means that person or entity which purchases and commences first commercial use of the Apparatus for its intended purpose. This Limited Warranty Covers:Specific Exclusions and Conditions This warranty applies to apparatus equipped with: Cummins X10 engine with a rated torque of greater than 1250 flt-lbs Cummins X15 engine installed in the apparatus on or after Jan. 1, 2027 The Product shall be free from defects in material and workmanship, under normal use and maintenance, for the warranty period described below in this certificate. Also see the Section herein entitled “Specific Exclusions and Conditions” for more details regarding the parts and components covered by this Limited Warranty. This Limited Warranty only covers defects in material and workmanship that effect emissions performance in the follow components of the Product: Engine Air Handling System and Associated Plumbing: Ambient Air Temperature Sensor; Charge Air Cooler and plumbing. Engine harness circuits connected at both ends to emissions components. Exhaust gas piping after the turbocharger. Exhaust Aftertreatment: DEF tank heater control valve, DEF line heater control relay, DEF temperature sensors, DEF tank/lines heating element, heat exchanger, and pipe, DEF tank and lines, DEF level sensor. Electronics: DEF lamp, OBD malfunction indicator lamp (MIL), OBD connector. Air Supply: Compressed air regulator valve and supply line for hydrocarbon doser. This limited warranty remains in effect so long as the vehicle emissions-related systems are properly maintained in accordance with the operator manual(s) and as described in 40 CFR 1068.115. Parts, components and subsystems excluded from this Limited Warranty include, but are not limited to, engine emissions related parts that are warranted by the engine manufacturer. If the Product is manufactured using a chassis provided by a Third-Party Parts manufacturer (i.e. a commercial chassis), this Limited Warranty shall not apply to the chassis. Instead, the Product's chassis will be covered by, and subject to, a separate limited warranty provided by that Third-Party Parts manufacturer. This Limited Warranty Coverage will Begin: The date the Product is placed into service by the Purchaser or thirty (30) days after the date of the Product invoice to the Purchaser, whichever comes first. This Limited Warranty Coverage Ends After the First Occurrence of: Regulated Emissions - Heavy HDE Custom Fire Chassis Ten (10) Years or 450,000 Miles or 22,000 Eng Hours RFW0144 - Regulated Emissions - Heavy HDE - 10Y-450K - 2408 Ten (10) Years or 450,000 Miles or 22,000 Eng Hours How to Obtain Warranty Service: See the Operator Manual(s) for instructions on how to register the Product, to obtain warranty repair authorization and service, and to make arrangements for the Product to be transported to an OEM-authorized service facility for warranty service. All warranty service and towing must be authorized by an OEM customer service representative before any warranty or towing service is performed. OEM shall not be responsible for, or reimburse Purchaser for, any costs or expenses relating to unauthorized warranty service or towing. Purchaser must notify OEM or its authorized customer service representative as soon as possible after discovery of any defect with the Product but in no event more than ten (10) days after discovery. Who is Covered by this Limited Warranty: This Limited Warranty only applies to Purchaser and, unless required by applicable law, may not be assigned or transferred to any other person or entity without OEM’s prior written authorization. This Limited Warranty is valid only in the country in which the Product is first sold. General Exclusions and Conditions; What This Limited Warranty Does Not Cover: The Product may incorporate subsystems, assemblies, parts, components, and other items manufactured by third-party manufacturers which may include, but are not limited to, chassis, engine and emissions system, transmission, transfer case, axles, suspensions, water pumps, monitors, valves, foam systems, aerial devices (each, a “Third-Party Part” and collectively, the “Third-Party Parts”). OEM does not warrant Third-Party Parts. Defects in materials and workmanship related to Third-Party Parts that carry their own warranty are subject to that warranty. OEM hereby assigns to Purchaser any assignable warranty applicable to the Third-Party Parts. The previous sentence is OEM’s sole obligation with respect to Third-Party Parts. This Limited Warranty does not apply to, and OEM shall have no responsibility or liability for, any claim, loss or damage resulting from or caused by any of the following: (a) normal wear and tear; (b) misuse, carelessness, abuse or neglect (e.g. overloading, driving over curbs or exposure to corrosive or flooded environments); (c) improper handling, storage or repairs; (d) use of the Product other than for its intended purpose; (e) collision, fire, theft, vandalism; (f) weather, freezing, flooding, acts of God, or other casualties; (g) exposure to salt, acids, corrosive agents or other damaging chemicals or materials; (h) components or systems, whether new or used, provided by Purchaser and installed at its request; (i) when the odometer or hour meter is disconnected, or its reading has been altered, or actual mileage or hours cannot be determined; (j) improper maintenance or use including, but not limited to, failure to follow the required or recommended maintenance schedules, failure to maintain operating parameters, and failure to follow operating instructions; (k) any Third-Party Parts; (l) additions or accessories not originally installed by OEM, including ancillary equipment used in firefighting, and any problems resulting from such additions or accessories; (m) any “aftermarket” devices installed on the Product; (n) the repair or modification of any existing part, component or subsystem originally installed by OEM without its prior express written authorization and any problems resulting from such repair or modification. Further, this Limited Warranty shall be null and void if the Product is ever leased or rented, whether or not for compensation, to another person or entity. Exclusive Remedy: OEM will, at its option, repair or replace the Product if it is defective in materials or workmanship during the warranty period stated above and covered by this Limited Warranty. Such repair or replacement may be performed at an OEM facility or by an OEM-authorized service facility. Any repaired or replaced Product shall be warranted only for the remainder of the warranty period applicable to the original Product. THIS PARAGRAPH CONTAINS OEM’S SOLE OBLIGATION AND PURCHASER’S EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES FOR ANY DEFECTIVE PRODUCT COVERED BY THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. Third Party Representations: No person or entity is authorized to create any other warranty, obligation or liability in connection with the Product, and OEM is not responsible for any representation, promise or warranty made by any person, dealer, component manufacturer, vehicle manufacturer, or other entity beyond what is expressly stated in this Limited Warranty. Disclaimer of Other Warranties: THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS OEM’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT. EXCEPT FOR THE LIMITED WARRANTIES STATED IN THIS CERTIFICATE, OEM MAKES NO OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER REGARDING THE PRODUCT INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, OR ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, ALL OF WHICH ARE EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES MAY NOT BE DISCLAIMED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, SUCH WARRANTIES ARE EXPRESSLY LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY STATED IN THIS CERTIFICATE. Limitation of Liability: IN NO EVENT SHALL OEM BE LIABLE TO PURCHASER OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, ENHANCED, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THE PRODUCT OR OTHERWISE (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST REVENUE, LOST PROFITS, LOSS OF OPPORTUNITIES, LOSS OF USE, DOWN TIME, DIMINUTION IN VALUE, COST OF ALTERNATIVE TRANSPORTATION, INCONVENIENCE, COST OF LODGING, VEHICLE RENTAL EXPENSES, LABOR CHARGES, EQUIPMENT RENTAL CHARGES OR OTHER ECONOMIC LOSSES), WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF OEM HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITIES OF SUCH DAMAGES. FURTHER, OEM'S LIABILITY FOR ANY AND ALL WARRANTY CLAIMS HEREUNDER SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT. Miscellaneous Terms: OEM reserves the right to make changes to the Product without incurring any obligation to modify or improve previously manufactured parts or products. Further, OEM may respond to or correct any issue or complaint for which it does not otherwise have responsibility under this Limited Warranty without becoming obligated to respond to or correct any future issue or complaint of a same or similar nature, and such response or correction shall not constitute an admission of warranty coverage or impose any additional obligations on OEM. 2408 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Limited Warranty Subject to the provisions, limitations, and exclusions set forth in this certificate, Spartan Fire, LLC (“OEM”) extends the following Limited Warranty to the Purchaser of a Custom Chassis (the “Product”) manufactured by OEM for a fire apparatus vehicle (the "Apparatus"). As used herein, “Purchaser” means that person or entity which purchases and commences first commercial use of the Apparatus for its intended purpose. This Limited Warranty Covers:Specific Exclusions and Conditions The Product shall be free from defects in material and workmanship, under normal use and maintenance, for the warranty period described below in this certificate. Also see the Section herein entitled “Specific Exclusions and Conditions” for more details regarding the parts and components covered by this Limited Warranty. This Limited Warranty only covers defects in material and workmanship that effect the emissions performance of the originally equipped tires. This limited warranty remains in effect so long as the vehicle emissions-related systems are properly maintained in accordance with the operator manual(s) and as described in 40 CFR 1068.115. If the Product is manufactured using a chassis provided by a Third-Party Parts manufacturer (i.e. a commercial chassis), this Limited Warranty shall not apply to the chassis. Instead, the Product's chassis will be covered by, and subject to, a separate limited warranty provided by that Third-Party Parts manufacturer. This Limited Warranty Coverage will Begin: The date the Product is placed into service by the Purchaser or thirty (30) days after the date of the Product invoice to the Purchaser, whichever comes first. This Limited Warranty Coverage Ends After the First Occurrence of: Regulated Emissions - Tires Custom Fire Chassis Two (2) Years or 24,000 Miles RFW0145 - Regulated Emissions - Tires - 2Y-24K - 2408 Two (2) Years or 24,000 Miles How to Obtain Warranty Service: See the Operator Manual(s) for instructions on how to register the Product, to obtain warranty repair authorization and service, and to make arrangements for the Product to be transported to an OEM-authorized service facility for warranty service. All warranty service and towing must be authorized by an OEM customer service representative before any warranty or towing service is performed. OEM shall not be responsible for, or reimburse Purchaser for, any costs or expenses relating to unauthorized warranty service or towing. Purchaser must notify OEM or its authorized customer service representative as soon as possible after discovery of any defect with the Product but in no event more than ten (10) days after discovery. Who is Covered by this Limited Warranty: This Limited Warranty only applies to Purchaser and, unless required by applicable law, may not be assigned or transferred to any other person or entity without OEM’s prior written authorization. This Limited Warranty is valid only in the country in which the Product is first sold. General Exclusions and Conditions; What This Limited Warranty Does Not Cover: The Product may incorporate subsystems, assemblies, parts, components, and other items manufactured by third-party manufacturers which may include, but are not limited to, chassis, engine and emissions system, transmission, transfer case, axles, suspensions, water pumps, monitors, valves, foam systems, aerial devices (each, a “Third-Party Part” and collectively, the “Third-Party Parts”). OEM does not warrant Third-Party Parts. Defects in materials and workmanship related to Third-Party Parts that carry their own warranty are subject to that warranty. OEM hereby assigns to Purchaser any assignable warranty applicable to the Third-Party Parts. The previous sentence is OEM’s sole obligation with respect to Third-Party Parts. This Limited Warranty does not apply to, and OEM shall have no responsibility or liability for, any claim, loss or damage resulting from or caused by any of the following: (a) normal wear and tear; (b) misuse, carelessness, abuse or neglect (e.g. overloading, driving over curbs or exposure to corrosive or flooded environments); (c) improper handling, storage or repairs; (d) use of the Product other than for its intended purpose; (e) collision, fire, theft, vandalism; (f) weather, freezing, flooding, acts of God, or other casualties; (g) exposure to salt, acids, corrosive agents or other damaging chemicals or materials; (h) components or systems, whether new or used, provided by Purchaser and installed at its request; (i) when the odometer or hour meter is disconnected, or its reading has been altered, or actual mileage or hours cannot be determined; (j) improper maintenance or use including, but not limited to, failure to follow the required or recommended maintenance schedules, failure to maintain operating parameters, and failure to follow operating instructions; (k) any Third-Party Parts; (l) additions or accessories not originally installed by OEM, including ancillary equipment used in firefighting, and any problems resulting from such additions or accessories; (m) any “aftermarket” devices installed on the Product; (n) the repair or modification of any existing part, component or subsystem originally installed by OEM without its prior express written authorization and any problems resulting from such repair or modification. Further, this Limited Warranty shall be null and void if the Product is ever leased or rented, whether or not for compensation, to another person or entity. Exclusive Remedy: OEM will, at its option, repair or replace the Product if it is defective in materials or workmanship during the warranty period stated above and covered by this Limited Warranty. Such repair or replacement may be performed at an OEM facility or by an OEM-authorized service facility. Any repaired or replaced Product shall be warranted only for the remainder of the warranty period applicable to the original Product. THIS PARAGRAPH CONTAINS OEM’S SOLE OBLIGATION AND PURCHASER’S EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES FOR ANY DEFECTIVE PRODUCT COVERED BY THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. Third Party Representations: No person or entity is authorized to create any other warranty, obligation or liability in connection with the Product, and OEM is not responsible for any representation, promise or warranty made by any person, dealer, component manufacturer, vehicle manufacturer, or other entity beyond what is expressly stated in this Limited Warranty. Disclaimer of Other Warranties: THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS OEM’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT. EXCEPT FOR THE LIMITED WARRANTIES STATED IN THIS CERTIFICATE, OEM MAKES NO OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER REGARDING THE PRODUCT INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, OR ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, ALL OF WHICH ARE EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES MAY NOT BE DISCLAIMED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, SUCH WARRANTIES ARE EXPRESSLY LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY STATED IN THIS CERTIFICATE. Limitation of Liability: IN NO EVENT SHALL OEM BE LIABLE TO PURCHASER OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, ENHANCED, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THE PRODUCT OR OTHERWISE (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST REVENUE, LOST PROFITS, LOSS OF OPPORTUNITIES, LOSS OF USE, DOWN TIME, DIMINUTION IN VALUE, COST OF ALTERNATIVE TRANSPORTATION, INCONVENIENCE, COST OF LODGING, VEHICLE RENTAL EXPENSES, LABOR CHARGES, EQUIPMENT RENTAL CHARGES OR OTHER ECONOMIC LOSSES), WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF OEM HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITIES OF SUCH DAMAGES. FURTHER, OEM'S LIABILITY FOR ANY AND ALL WARRANTY CLAIMS HEREUNDER SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT. Miscellaneous Terms: OEM reserves the right to make changes to the Product without incurring any obligation to modify or improve previously manufactured parts or products. Further, OEM may respond to or correct any issue or complaint for which it does not otherwise have responsibility under this Limited Warranty without becoming obligated to respond to or correct any future issue or complaint of a same or similar nature, and such response or correction shall not constitute an admission of warranty coverage or impose any additional obligations on OEM. 2408 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Limited Warranty Subject to the provisions, limitations, and exclusions set forth in this certificate, Spartan Fire, LLC (“OEM”) extends the following Limited Warranty to the Purchaser of a Custom Chassis (the “Product”) manufactured by OEM for a fire apparatus vehicle (the "Apparatus"). As used herein, “Purchaser” means that person or entity which purchases and commences first commercial use of the Apparatus for its intended purpose. This Limited Warranty Covers:Specific Exclusions and Conditions The Product shall be free from defects in material and workmanship, under normal use and maintenance, for the warranty period described below in this certificate. Also see the Section herein entitled “Specific Exclusions and Conditions” for more details regarding the parts and components covered by this Limited Warranty. This Limited Warranty only covers defects in material and workmanship of the air conditioning system related to the EPA regulated leakage rates. This limited warranty remains in effect so long as the vehicle emissions-related systems are properly maintained in accordance with the operator manual(s) and as described in 40 CFR 1068.115. If the Product is manufactured using a chassis provided by a Third-Party Parts manufacturer (i.e. a commercial chassis), this Limited Warranty shall not apply to the chassis. Instead, the Product's chassis will be covered by, and subject to, a separate limited warranty provided by that Third-Party Parts manufacturer. This Limited Warranty Coverage will Begin: The date the Product is placed into service by the Purchaser or thirty (30) days after the date of the Product invoice to the Purchaser, whichever comes first. This Limited Warranty Coverage Ends After the First Occurrence of: Regulated Emissions - AC Leak Custom Fire Chassis Five (5) Years or 100,000 Miles RFW0146 - Regulated Emissions - AC Leak - 5Y-100K - 2408 Five (5) Years or 100,000 Miles How to Obtain Warranty Service: See the Operator Manual(s) for instructions on how to register the Product, to obtain warranty repair authorization and service, and to make arrangements for the Product to be transported to an OEM-authorized service facility for warranty service. All warranty service and towing must be authorized by an OEM customer service representative before any warranty or towing service is performed. OEM shall not be responsible for, or reimburse Purchaser for, any costs or expenses relating to unauthorized warranty service or towing. Purchaser must notify OEM or its authorized customer service representative as soon as possible after discovery of any defect with the Product but in no event more than ten (10) days after discovery. Who is Covered by this Limited Warranty: This Limited Warranty only applies to Purchaser and, unless required by applicable law, may not be assigned or transferred to any other person or entity without OEM’s prior written authorization. This Limited Warranty is valid only in the country in which the Product is first sold. General Exclusions and Conditions; What This Limited Warranty Does Not Cover: The Product may incorporate subsystems, assemblies, parts, components, and other items manufactured by third-party manufacturers which may include, but are not limited to, chassis, engine and emissions system, transmission, transfer case, axles, suspensions, water pumps, monitors, valves, foam systems, aerial devices (each, a “Third-Party Part” and collectively, the “Third-Party Parts”). OEM does not warrant Third-Party Parts. Defects in materials and workmanship related to Third-Party Parts that carry their own warranty are subject to that warranty. OEM hereby assigns to Purchaser any assignable warranty applicable to the Third-Party Parts. The previous sentence is OEM’s sole obligation with respect to Third-Party Parts. This Limited Warranty does not apply to, and OEM shall have no responsibility or liability for, any claim, loss or damage resulting from or caused by any of the following: (a) normal wear and tear; (b) misuse, carelessness, abuse or neglect (e.g. overloading, driving over curbs or exposure to corrosive or flooded environments); (c) improper handling, storage or repairs; (d) use of the Product other than for its intended purpose; (e) collision, fire, theft, vandalism; (f) weather, freezing, flooding, acts of God, or other casualties; (g) exposure to salt, acids, corrosive agents or other damaging chemicals or materials; (h) components or systems, whether new or used, provided by Purchaser and installed at its request; (i) when the odometer or hour meter is disconnected, or its reading has been altered, or actual mileage or hours cannot be determined; (j) improper maintenance or use including, but not limited to, failure to follow the required or recommended maintenance schedules, failure to maintain operating parameters, and failure to follow operating instructions; (k) any Third-Party Parts; (l) additions or accessories not originally installed by OEM, including ancillary equipment used in firefighting, and any problems resulting from such additions or accessories; (m) any “aftermarket” devices installed on the Product; (n) the repair or modification of any existing part, component or subsystem originally installed by OEM without its prior express written authorization and any problems resulting from such repair or modification. Further, this Limited Warranty shall be null and void if the Product is ever leased or rented, whether or not for compensation, to another person or entity. Exclusive Remedy: OEM will, at its option, repair or replace the Product if it is defective in materials or workmanship during the warranty period stated above and covered by this Limited Warranty. Such repair or replacement may be performed at an OEM facility or by an OEM-authorized service facility. Any repaired or replaced Product shall be warranted only for the remainder of the warranty period applicable to the original Product. THIS PARAGRAPH CONTAINS OEM’S SOLE OBLIGATION AND PURCHASER’S EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES FOR ANY DEFECTIVE PRODUCT COVERED BY THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. Third Party Representations: No person or entity is authorized to create any other warranty, obligation or liability in connection with the Product, and OEM is not responsible for any representation, promise or warranty made by any person, dealer, component manufacturer, vehicle manufacturer, or other entity beyond what is expressly stated in this Limited Warranty. Disclaimer of Other Warranties: THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS OEM’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT. EXCEPT FOR THE LIMITED WARRANTIES STATED IN THIS CERTIFICATE, OEM MAKES NO OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER REGARDING THE PRODUCT INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, OR ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, ALL OF WHICH ARE EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES MAY NOT BE DISCLAIMED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, SUCH WARRANTIES ARE EXPRESSLY LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY STATED IN THIS CERTIFICATE. Limitation of Liability: IN NO EVENT SHALL OEM BE LIABLE TO PURCHASER OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, ENHANCED, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THE PRODUCT OR OTHERWISE (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST REVENUE, LOST PROFITS, LOSS OF OPPORTUNITIES, LOSS OF USE, DOWN TIME, DIMINUTION IN VALUE, COST OF ALTERNATIVE TRANSPORTATION, INCONVENIENCE, COST OF LODGING, VEHICLE RENTAL EXPENSES, LABOR CHARGES, EQUIPMENT RENTAL CHARGES OR OTHER ECONOMIC LOSSES), WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF OEM HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITIES OF SUCH DAMAGES. FURTHER, OEM'S LIABILITY FOR ANY AND ALL WARRANTY CLAIMS HEREUNDER SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT. Miscellaneous Terms: OEM reserves the right to make changes to the Product without incurring any obligation to modify or improve previously manufactured parts or products. Further, OEM may respond to or correct any issue or complaint for which it does not otherwise have responsibility under this Limited Warranty without becoming obligated to respond to or correct any future issue or complaint of a same or similar nature, and such response or correction shall not constitute an admission of warranty coverage or impose any additional obligations on OEM. 2408 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Custom Chassis Twenty Five (25) Years or 150,000 Miles Limited Warranty This Limited Warranty Coverage Ends After the First Occurrence of: RFW0316 - Frame Rail Corrosion (Zinc Plate and Powder Coat) - 25Y-150K - 2403 Twenty Five (25) Years or 150,000 Miles 2403 Frame Rail Corrosion (Zinc Plate and Powder Coat) Subject to the provisions, limitations, and exclusions set forth in this certificate, Spartan Fire, LLC (“OEM”) extends the following Limited Warranty to the Purchaser of a fire apparatus vehicle manufactured by OEM (the "Apparatus"). As used herein, “Purchaser” means that person or entity which purchases and commences first commercial use of the Product for its intended purpose. This Limited Warranty Covers: Specific Exclusions and Conditions The Custom Chassis' Zinc plated and power coated chassis frame rail system (the “Product”) shall be free from corrosion perforation, under normal use and maintenance, for the warranty period described below in this certificate. Also see the Section herein entitled “Specific Exclusions and Conditions” for more details regarding the parts and components covered by this Limited Warranty. This Limited Warranty Coverage will Begin: The date the Product is placed into service by the Purchaser or thirty (30) days after the date of the Product invoice to the Purchaser, whichever comes first. This Limited Warranty only covers repair or replacement of the zinc plated and powder coated frame rail system consisting of the frame rails, frame liners, or frame wrappers if they are found to have corrosion perforation. As used in this Limited Warranty, corrosion perforation is defined as an actual hole through the piping material caused by corrosion. Parts, components and subsystems excluded from this Limited Warranty include, but are not limited to, any frame component not zinc plated; parts, components and systems with evidence of alterations, cutting, splicing, welding or drilling of rails or flanges without the prior written authorization of the OEM; parts, components and subsystems where the Apparatus has been involved in an accident; and paint, undercoating, or other surface treatments. As a condition to maintaining this Limited Warranty, the Purchaser must have the Apparatus inspected annually by an authorized OEM representative for damage to surface coatings of the frame including paint, plating, caulking and undercoating, and a written inspection report detailing the findings from each annual inspection must be forwarded to the OEM customer service department within 30 days of each inspection and any repairs. Failure to have damaged areas of the frame immediately repaired may void this Limited Warranty. Who is Covered by this Limited Warranty: This Limited Warranty only applies to Purchaser and, unless required by applicable law, may not be assigned or transferred to any other person or entity without OEM’s prior written authorization. This Limited Warranty is valid only in the country in which the Product is first sold. How to Obtain Warranty Service: See the Operator Manual(s) for instructions on how to register the Product, to obtain warranty repair authorization and service, and to make arrangements for the Product to be transported to an OEM-authorized service facility for warranty service. All warranty service and towing must be authorized by an OEM customer service representative before any warranty or towing service is performed. OEM shall not be responsible for, or reimburse Purchaser for, any costs or expenses relating to unauthorized warranty service or towing. Purchaser must notify OEM or its authorized customer service representative as soon as possible after discovery of any defect with the Product but in no event more than ten (10) days after discovery. Exclusive Remedy: OEM will, at its option, repair or replace the Product if it is defective in materials or workmanship during the warranty period stated above and covered by this Limited Warranty. Such repair or replacement may be performed at an OEM facility or by an OEM-authorized service facility. Any repaired or replaced Product shall be warranted only for the remainder of the warranty period applicable to the original Product. THIS PARAGRAPH CONTAINS OEM’S SOLE OBLIGATION AND PURCHASER’S EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES FOR ANY DEFECTIVE PRODUCT COVERED BY THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. Third Party Representations: No person or entity is authorized to create any other warranty, obligation or liability in connection with the Product, and OEM is not responsible for any representation, promise or warranty made by any person, dealer, component manufacturer, vehicle manufacturer, or other entity beyond what is expressly stated in this Limited Warranty. Disclaimer of Other Warranties: THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS OEM’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT. EXCEPT FOR THE LIMITED WARRANTIES STATED IN THIS CERTIFICATE, OEM MAKES NO OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER REGARDING THE PRODUCT INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, OR ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, ALL OF WHICH ARE EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES MAY NOT BE DISCLAIMED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, SUCH WARRANTIES ARE EXPRESSLY LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY STATED IN THIS CERTIFICATE. Limitation of Liability: IN NO EVENT SHALL OEM BE LIABLE TO PURCHASER OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, ENHANCED, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THE PRODUCT OR OTHERWISE (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST REVENUE, LOST PROFITS, LOSS OF OPPORTUNITIES, LOSS OF USE, DOWN TIME, DIMINUTION IN VALUE, COST OF ALTERNATIVE TRANSPORTATION, INCONVENIENCE, COST OF LODGING, VEHICLE RENTAL EXPENSES, LABOR CHARGES, EQUIPMENT RENTAL CHARGES OR OTHER ECONOMIC LOSSES), WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF OEM HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITIES OF SUCH DAMAGES. FURTHER, OEM'S LIABILITY FOR ANY AND ALL WARRANTY CLAIMS HEREUNDER SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT. Dispute Resolution: Any dispute related to this limited warranty, or beach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with their Commercial Arbitration Rules. The arbitration shall take place in the county where the facility that manufactured the truck in question is located. The laws of the state where the truck in question was manufactured shall be applied in any arbitration proceedings, without regard to principles of conflict of law. Each party shall bear its own costs, fees, and expenses. The arbitrator(s) award shall be in writing and include an explanation of the basis for the award. The arbitrator(s) award shall be final and binding and judgment may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. The parties shall maintain the strict confidentiality of the arbitration proceedings and award, unless otherwise required by court order or as necessary to confirm, vacate, or enforce the award and for disclosure in confidence to the parties’ professional advisors (legal/tax), or senior management personnel. General Exclusions and Conditions; What This Limited Warranty Does Not Cover: The Product may incorporate subsystems, assemblies, parts, components, and other items manufactured by third-party manufacturers which may include, but are not limited to, chassis, engine and emissions system, transmission, transfer case, axles, suspensions, water pumps, monitors, valves, foam systems, aerial devices (each, a “Third-Party Part” and collectively, the “Third-Party Parts”). OEM does not warrant Third-Party Parts. Defects in materials and workmanship related to Third-Party Parts that carry their own warranty are subject to that warranty. OEM hereby assigns to Purchaser any assignable warranty applicable to the Third-Party Parts. The previous sentence is OEM’s sole obligation with respect to Third-Party Parts. This Limited Warranty does not apply to, and OEM shall have no responsibility or liability for, any claim, loss or damage resulting from or caused by any of the following: (a) normal wear and tear; (b) misuse, carelessness, abuse or neglect (e.g. overloading, driving over curbs or exposure to corrosive or flooded environments); (c) improper handling, storage or repairs; (d) use of the Product other than for its intended purpose; (e) collision, fire, theft, vandalism; (f) weather, freezing, flooding, acts of God, or other casualties; (g) exposure to salt, acids, corrosive agents or other damaging chemicals or materials; (h) components or systems, whether new or used, provided by Purchaser and installed at its request; (i) when the odometer or hour meter is disconnected, or its reading has been altered, or actual mileage or hours cannot be determined; (j) improper maintenance or use including, but not limited to, failure to follow the required or recommended maintenance schedules, failure to maintain operating parameters, and failure to follow operating instructions; (k) any Third-Party Parts; (l) additions or accessories not originally installed by OEM, including ancillary equipment used in firefighting, and any problems resulting from such additions or accessories; (m) any “aftermarket” devices installed on the Product; (n) the repair or modification of any existing part, component or subsystem originally installed by OEM without its prior express written authorization and any problems resulting from such repair or modification. Further, this Limited Warranty shall be null and void if the Product is ever leased or rented, whether or not for compensation, to another person or entity. Miscellaneous Terms: OEM reserves the right to make changes to the Product without incurring any obligation to modify or improve previously manufactured parts or products. Further, OEM may respond to or correct any issue or complaint for which it does not otherwise have responsibility under this Limited Warranty without becoming obligated to respond to or correct any future issue or complaint of a same or similar nature, and such response or correction shall not constitute an admission of warranty coverage or impose any additional obligations on OEM. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Custom Chassis Three (3) Years or 48,000 Miles Limited Warranty This Limited Warranty Coverage Ends After the First Occurrence of: RFW0315 - Frame Components Corrosion (Powder Coat) - 3Y-48K - 2403 Three (3) Years or 48,000 Miles 2403 Frame Components Corrosion (Powder Coat) Subject to the provisions, limitations, and exclusions set forth in this certificate, Spartan Fire, LLC (“OEM”) extends the following Limited Warranty to the Purchaser of a fire apparatus vehicle manufactured by OEM (the "Apparatus"). As used herein, “Purchaser” means that person or entity which purchases and commences first commercial use of the Product for its intended purpose. This Limited Warranty Covers: Specific Exclusions and Conditions The Custom Chassis' powder coated frame component system (the “Product”) shall be free from corrosion perforation, under normal use and maintenance, for the warranty period described below in this certificate. Also see the Section herein entitled “Specific Exclusions and Conditions” for more details regarding the parts and components covered by this Limited Warranty. This Limited Warranty Coverage will Begin: The date the Product is placed into service by the Purchaser or thirty (30) days after the date of the Product invoice to the Purchaser, whichever comes first. This Limited Warranty only covers repair or replacement of the powder coated front frame extension, frame crossmembers, battery brackets, and rear underbody supports if they are found to have corrosion perforation. As used in this Limited Warranty, corrosion perforation is defined as an actual hole through the piping material caused by corrosion. Parts, components and subsystems excluded from this Limited Warranty include, but are not limited to, any frame component not zinc plated; parts, components and systems with evidence of alterations, cutting, splicing, welding or drilling of rails or flanges without the prior written authorization of the OEM; parts, components and subsystems where the Apparatus has been involved in an accident; and paint, undercoating, or other surface treatments. As a condition to maintaining this Limited Warranty, the Purchaser must have the Apparatus inspected annually by an authorized OEM representative for damage to surface coatings of the frame including paint, plating, caulking and undercoating, and a written inspection report detailing the findings from each annual inspection must be forwarded to the OEM customer service department within 30 days of each inspection and any repairs. Failure to have damaged areas of the frame immediately repaired may void this Limited Warranty. Who is Covered by this Limited Warranty: This Limited Warranty only applies to Purchaser and, unless required by applicable law, may not be assigned or transferred to any other person or entity without OEM’s prior written authorization. This Limited Warranty is valid only in the country in which the Product is first sold. How to Obtain Warranty Service: See the Operator Manual(s) for instructions on how to register the Product, to obtain warranty repair authorization and service, and to make arrangements for the Product to be transported to an OEM-authorized service facility for warranty service. All warranty service and towing must be authorized by an OEM customer service representative before any warranty or towing service is performed. OEM shall not be responsible for, or reimburse Purchaser for, any costs or expenses relating to unauthorized warranty service or towing. Purchaser must notify OEM or its authorized customer service representative as soon as possible after discovery of any defect with the Product but in no event more than ten (10) days after discovery. Exclusive Remedy: OEM will, at its option, repair or replace the Product if it is defective in materials or workmanship during the warranty period stated above and covered by this Limited Warranty. Such repair or replacement may be performed at an OEM facility or by an OEM-authorized service facility. Any repaired or replaced Product shall be warranted only for the remainder of the warranty period applicable to the original Product. THIS PARAGRAPH CONTAINS OEM’S SOLE OBLIGATION AND PURCHASER’S EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES FOR ANY DEFECTIVE PRODUCT COVERED BY THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. Third Party Representations: No person or entity is authorized to create any other warranty, obligation or liability in connection with the Product, and OEM is not responsible for any representation, promise or warranty made by any person, dealer, component manufacturer, vehicle manufacturer, or other entity beyond what is expressly stated in this Limited Warranty. Disclaimer of Other Warranties: THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS OEM’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT. EXCEPT FOR THE LIMITED WARRANTIES STATED IN THIS CERTIFICATE, OEM MAKES NO OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER REGARDING THE PRODUCT INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, OR ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, ALL OF WHICH ARE EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES MAY NOT BE DISCLAIMED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, SUCH WARRANTIES ARE EXPRESSLY LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY STATED IN THIS CERTIFICATE. Limitation of Liability: IN NO EVENT SHALL OEM BE LIABLE TO PURCHASER OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, ENHANCED, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THE PRODUCT OR OTHERWISE (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST REVENUE, LOST PROFITS, LOSS OF OPPORTUNITIES, LOSS OF USE, DOWN TIME, DIMINUTION IN VALUE, COST OF ALTERNATIVE TRANSPORTATION, INCONVENIENCE, COST OF LODGING, VEHICLE RENTAL EXPENSES, LABOR CHARGES, EQUIPMENT RENTAL CHARGES OR OTHER ECONOMIC LOSSES), WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF OEM HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITIES OF SUCH DAMAGES. FURTHER, OEM'S LIABILITY FOR ANY AND ALL WARRANTY CLAIMS HEREUNDER SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT. Dispute Resolution: Any dispute related to this limited warranty, or beach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with their Commercial Arbitration Rules. The arbitration shall take place in the county where the facility that manufactured the truck in question is located. The laws of the state where the truck in question was manufactured shall be applied in any arbitration proceedings, without regard to principles of conflict of law. Each party shall bear its own costs, fees, and expenses. The arbitrator(s) award shall be in writing and include an explanation of the basis for the award. The arbitrator(s) award shall be final and binding and judgment may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. The parties shall maintain the strict confidentiality of the arbitration proceedings and award, unless otherwise required by court order or as necessary to confirm, vacate, or enforce the award and for disclosure in confidence to the parties’ professional advisors (legal/tax), or senior management personnel. General Exclusions and Conditions; What This Limited Warranty Does Not Cover: The Product may incorporate subsystems, assemblies, parts, components, and other items manufactured by third-party manufacturers which may include, but are not limited to, chassis, engine and emissions system, transmission, transfer case, axles, suspensions, water pumps, monitors, valves, foam systems, aerial devices (each, a “Third-Party Part” and collectively, the “Third-Party Parts”). OEM does not warrant Third-Party Parts. Defects in materials and workmanship related to Third-Party Parts that carry their own warranty are subject to that warranty. OEM hereby assigns to Purchaser any assignable warranty applicable to the Third-Party Parts. The previous sentence is OEM’s sole obligation with respect to Third-Party Parts. This Limited Warranty does not apply to, and OEM shall have no responsibility or liability for, any claim, loss or damage resulting from or caused by any of the following: (a) normal wear and tear; (b) misuse, carelessness, abuse or neglect (e.g. overloading, driving over curbs or exposure to corrosive or flooded environments); (c) improper handling, storage or repairs; (d) use of the Product other than for its intended purpose; (e) collision, fire, theft, vandalism; (f) weather, freezing, flooding, acts of God, or other casualties; (g) exposure to salt, acids, corrosive agents or other damaging chemicals or materials; (h) components or systems, whether new or used, provided by Purchaser and installed at its request; (i) when the odometer or hour meter is disconnected, or its reading has been altered, or actual mileage or hours cannot be determined; (j) improper maintenance or use including, but not limited to, failure to follow the required or recommended maintenance schedules, failure to maintain operating parameters, and failure to follow operating instructions; (k) any Third-Party Parts; (l) additions or accessories not originally installed by OEM, including ancillary equipment used in firefighting, and any problems resulting from such additions or accessories; (m) any “aftermarket” devices installed on the Product; (n) the repair or modification of any existing part, component or subsystem originally installed by OEM without its prior express written authorization and any problems resulting from such repair or modification. Further, this Limited Warranty shall be null and void if the Product is ever leased or rented, whether or not for compensation, to another person or entity. Miscellaneous Terms: OEM reserves the right to make changes to the Product without incurring any obligation to modify or improve previously manufactured parts or products. Further, OEM may respond to or correct any issue or complaint for which it does not otherwise have responsibility under this Limited Warranty without becoming obligated to respond to or correct any future issue or complaint of a same or similar nature, and such response or correction shall not constitute an admission of warranty coverage or impose any additional obligations on OEM. Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Limited WarrantyFire Apparatus Suspensions Reyco Granning, LLC (The Company) warrants suspension products manufactured by it to be free from defect in material and workmanship that occurs under normal use and service, subject to the following conditions and limitations. 1. Coverage is per below in years or in miles depending upon which occurs first. Application Coverage Period (Years)Miles Coverage Provided Fire Appratus 3 150,000 Parts and Labor Allowance 2. This warranty shall not apply, and no warranty of any kind shall exist, as to any product which has been subject to abuse, misuse, neglect, misapplication. No warranty applies in the event of: use of components, parts and/or accessories not obtained from/or approved by The Company, improper installation, maintenance, repair, or unauthorized alterations or modifications 3. LOSSES: The Company will not be liable for the loss of use of the product or loss of time, inconvenience, commercial loss, or any other expenses other than directly related to claim 4. INSTALLATION: The fire apparatus OEM is responsible for all installation of product according to The Company’s approved procedures; and is also responsible for providing a copy of The Company’s warranty and owner’s manual to the end-user. The end-user is responsible for the operation, inspection, and maintenance of the suspension sysem as stated in the owner’s manual. Reyco Granning Suspensions 1205 Industrial Park Drive Mount Vernon, MO 65712 Phone: 417-466-2178 Fax: 417-466-3964 ISO Certified 9001:2015 www.reycogranning.com Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Reyco Granning Suspensions 1205 Industrial Park Drive Mount Vernon, MO 65712 Phone: 417-466-2178 Fax: 417-466-3964 ISO Certified 9001:2015 www.reycogranning.com 5. The Company shall not be liable for the loss of use of any product, loss of time, inconvenience, commercial loss or any other indirect consequential, special or incidental damages due to breach of the above warranty or any other failure to comply with the terms of the contract between The Company make no warranties of any kind, express or implied, other than as herein expressly provided, and specifically disclaims the implied warranties merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. 6. With respect to parts manufactured by others, The Company shall have no duty except to assign to buyer any claim, which The Company may have against the manufacturer thereof. (The Company warrants purchased components to the same extent as the warranty extended by the original manufacturer to The Company). This warranty does not apply to the normal “wearing out” of rubber bushings, shock absorbers, etc., or sacrificial wear areas such as springs to hangers. 7. The determination of the reasonable cost of labor as required in paragraph one, shall be made in accordance with The Company shop standard times. Maximum hourly allotment for labor cost is determined by The Company annually. Shop standard times and the maximum hourly allotment for labor may be revised periodically at the sole discretion of The Company. 8. The Company is not responsible for damages from improper installation or operations beyond design capability. The Company, in its sole discretion, shall determine whether or not any product is defective or otherwise covered by this warranty. No action for breach of this warranty may be commenced more than one year after the occurrence of alleged breach. This warranty is not transferable. 9. Retention of possession or use of the product for the warranty period shall constitute an unconditional acceptance thereof and fulfillment of all warranties and obligations of The Company and no assistance rendered by The Company in operating the product or remedying any defect either before or after that time shall operate to extend the warranty period. PRODUCT IN STALLER RESPONSIBILITIES 10. Installer is responsible for installing the product in accordance with The Company specifications and installation instructions. Installer is responsible for providing proper vehicle components and attachments, as well as, required or necessary clearance for suspension components, axles, wheels, tires, and other vehicle components to ensure a safe and sound installation and operation. Installer is responsible for advising the owner of proper use, service and maintenance required by the product and for supplying maintenance and other instruction as readily available from The Company. PRODUCT OWNER RESPONSIBILITIES 11. Owner is solely responsible for pre-operation inspection, periodic inspections, maintenance, and use of product as specified by The Company in the particular instructions, available by product model, except as provided in this warranty, and for maintenance of other vehicle components. Of particular importance is the re-torque of fasteners including axle u-bolts, torque arm bolts and track rod bolts. This re-torque must be done within 90 days of the suspension being put in service. Owner is responsible for “down time” expenses, cargo damage, and all business costs and losses resulting from a warrantable failure. WARRANTY CLAIM PROCEDURES *In-Service Date is defined as follows: NEW VEHICLE – license and registration date AFTERMARKET – date of installation, service invoice IFS Fire Apparatus Warranty 042020 Fire Apparatus Suspensions Limited Warranty 12. All possible Warranty Claims must be first submitted to the Original Equipment Manufacturer or distributor who installed the suspension, who will coordinate the fix, documentation, parts shipment, etc directly with Reyco Granning. For a claim to be considered, it must contain adequate documentation which states vehicle mileage, in service date of vehicle , product model, where and how used, and a Reyco Granning Return Material Authorization Number. The claim must be made within six months of failure of the component. Such part or parts must be returned to The Company, transportation charges paid. The Company reserves the right to inspect any returned components to determine the cause of defects. * Reyco Granning reserves the right to make changes and improvements in design or specifications without notice and without obligations to provide or to substitute new design modifications for those Reyco Granning suspension systems already in service Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33 Docusign Envelope ID: A450D45F-4BFE-86EF-8376-A02075E04C33